Loading...

Paliverse

Search Ask PaliVerse Signin

The PaliVerse Project

A Universe of Wisdom
100%
Font family
Theme
Navigation & Search

Hello ,How can i help you ?

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

In the Collection of Minor Texts

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nuns

1.

The Book of the Ones

1.

Commentary on the Verses of a Certain Elder Nun

1. Now the occasion has arrived for the explanation of the meaning of the Therīgāthā. Therein, since by making known how the going forth and full ordination were first obtained by the nuns, when the explanation of meaning is being given, it becomes easy and clear to elucidate the origin of the verses here and there, therefore, to make that known, from the beginning, in brief, this is the progressive discourse -

For this Lord of the World, having combined the eight factors stated by the method beginning with "human existence, accomplishment of the male sex" and so on, having made the great resolution at the feet of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara, fulfilling the thirty perfections, having received a declaration in the presence of twenty-four Buddhas, having gradually fulfilled the perfections, having reached the summit of the conduct for the welfare of relatives, the conduct for the welfare of the world, and the conduct for the welfare of Buddhahood, having been reborn in the Tusita realm, having remained there as long as life lasted, by the deities of the ten-thousand world-systems for the sake of Buddhahood -

"The time has come for you, O great hero, having been born in your mother's womb;

Helping the world with its gods to cross over, awaken to the Deathless state."

Being one whose rebirth among humans was requested, having given his acknowledgment to those deities, having made the fivefold great investigation, mindful and fully aware he descended into his mother's womb in the house of the Great King Suddhodana in the Sakyan royal family, having remained there for ten months mindful and fully aware, mindful and fully aware he emerged from there, having obtained his noble birth in the Lumbinī grove, beginning with various nurses, being properly attended to with great care, gradually having come of age, surrounded by various performers in three mansions, experiencing success like a god, with a sense of urgency arisen through seeing the aged, the sick, and the dead, because his knowledge had reached maturity, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures and the benefit in renunciation, on the day of the birth of Prince Rāhula, with Channa as companion, having mounted Kaṇḍaka the king of horses, through the door opened by the deities at the time of midnight, having gone forth in the great renunciation, by that very remainder of the night having crossed over three kingdoms, having reached the bank of the river Anomā, having taken the banner of arahantship brought by the Great Brahmā Ghaṭikāra, he went forth, at that very moment becoming accomplished in deportment like an elder of sixty rains retreats, with an inspiring deportment gradually having reached Rājagaha, having walked for almsfood there, having eaten his almsfood on the slope of Mount Paṇḍava, being invited with the kingdom by the King of Magadha, having rejected that, having gone to the park of Bhaggava, having mastered his doctrine, then having mastered the doctrine of Āḷāra and Udaka, not being satisfied with all that, gradually having gone to Uruvelā, having performed austerities there for six years, having known by that the absence of penetration of the noble Teaching, thinking "This is not the path to enlightenment," taking gross food, having gained strength within a few days, on the full moon day of Vesākha having eaten the excellent food given by Sujātā, having cast the golden dish against the stream of the river, having made the determination "Today I shall become a Buddha," in the evening time, with his virtues praised by the serpent king Kāḷa, having ascended the ground of enlightenment, at the immovable spot, facing the eastern world-system, seated on the unconquered divan, having determined upon energy endowed with four factors, while the sun had not yet set, having scattered the forces of Māra, in the first watch having recollected past lives, in the middle watch having purified the divine eye, in the last watch having brought down knowledge into dependent origination, contemplating the mode of dependent conditions in forward and reverse order, having developed insight, having attained the perfect enlightenment attained by all Buddhas, not shared with any other, having spent seven days right there in the fruition attainment having Nibbāna as its object, having spent the other weeks too at the seat of enlightenment itself in the same manner, having eaten the honey-cake food at the foot of the rājāyatana tree, again seated at the foot of the goatherd's banyan tree, having reviewed the profundity of the Teaching by its nature, when his mind inclined to living at ease, being requested by the Great Brahmā, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye, having seen beings distinguished as those with sharp faculties, those with soft faculties, and so on, having given his acknowledgment to the Great Brahmā for teaching the Teaching, reflecting "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" having known the deceased state of Āḷāra and Udaka, having thought "The group of five monks have been of great service to me, they who attended on me when I was resolute in striving; what if I were to first teach the Teaching to the group of five monks," on the full moon of Āsāḷhī, having set out from the great Bodhi tree on the eighteen-yojana road towards Bārāṇasī, having conversed with the naked ascetic Upaka on the road, gradually having reached Isipatana, having convinced the group of five there, by the teaching of the Discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching beginning with "These two extremes, monks, should not be cultivated by one who has gone forth," having given the nectar of the Teaching to drink to eighteen crores of Brahmās headed by Aññāsikoṇḍañña, on the first day of the fortnight having established the Elder Bhaddiya, on the second of the fortnight the Elder Vappa, on the third of the fortnight the Elder Mahānāma, on the fourth the Elder Assaji, in the fruition of stream-entry, but on the fifth of the fortnight, by the teaching of the Discourse on the Characteristic of Non-self, having established all of them in arahantship, thereafter, the fifty-five men headed by the young man Yasa, about thirty of the Bhadda group in the cotton-tree jungle thicket, about a thousand former matted-hair ascetics on the flat rock at Gayāsīsa - thus having brought the great multitude down to the noble plane, having established eleven myriads headed by Bimbisāra in the fruition of stream-entry, one myriad in the Triple Refuge, having accepted the Bamboo Grove, while dwelling there, having asked leave of Sañcaya who had attained the first path through the utterance of the Elder Assaji, when Sāriputta and Moggallāna had come to his presence together with their following, having realised the highest fruition, having reached the summit of the perfections of a disciple, having established them in the position of chief disciples, at the invitation of the Elder Kāḷudāyī having gone to Kapilavatthu, having tamed the pride-stiffened relatives by the Twin Miracle, having established his father in the fruition of non-returning, Mahāpajāpati in the fruition of stream-entry, having given the going forth to Prince Nanda and Prince Rāhula, the Teacher returned again to Rājagaha.

Then at another time, while the Teacher was dwelling in dependence on Vesālī in the Pinnacled Hall, the Great King Suddhodana, right under the white parasol, having realised arahantship, attained final Nibbāna. Then the mind inclined towards going forth arose in Mahāpajāpati Gotamī; thereupon, at the conclusion of the teaching of the Kalahavivāda Suttanta on the bank of the river Rohinī, having gone forth, the wives of the five hundred princes who had gone forth, being of one intention, having gone to the presence of Mahāpajāpati, all of them, having made Mahāpajāpati the chief, saying "We shall go forth in the presence of the Teacher," wished to go to the Teacher's presence. And this Mahāpajāpati, having previously once requested the going forth from the Teacher, did not obtain it; therefore, having summoned a barber, having had her hair cut, having clothed herself in ochre robes, having taken all those Sakyan women, having gone to Vesālī, having had the One of Ten Powers requested by the Elder Ānanda, by the acceptance of the eight rules of respect, she obtained the going forth and full ordination. But all the others were fully ordained together. This is the summary here. But in detail, this story has come in the canonical text here and there.

Thus fully ordained, Mahāpajāpati, having approached the Teacher, having paid respect, stood to one side. Then the Teacher taught her the Teaching. She, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the Teacher, attained arahantship. And the remaining five hundred nuns attained arahantship at the conclusion of Nandaka's exhortation. Thus, when the community of nuns was well established and widely spread, in the various villages, market towns, country districts, and royal cities, women of good families, daughters-in-law of good families, and young girls of good families, having heard of the Buddha's excellent enlightenment, the Teaching's excellent nature as Teaching, and the Community's excellent practice, having confidence in the Dispensation and with a sense of urgency arisen regarding the round of rebirths, having obtained permission from their own husbands, mothers and fathers, and relatives, having given their breast to the Dispensation, went forth. And having gone forth, accomplished in morality and good conduct, having received exhortation in the presence of the Teacher and of those elders, striving and endeavouring, before long they realised arahantship. The verses spoken by them here and there by way of inspired utterances and so on were afterwards collected together by the Elders who held the convocations and brought to rehearsal by way of the Book of Ones and so on, as "These are the Therīgāthā." The division of those into Books and so on has been stated above. Therein, among the Books, the Book of Ones is the first. Therein too -

1.

"Sleep happily, little elder nun, wrapped in a robe you have made;

For your lust is calmed, like dried-up vegetables in a pot."

This verse is the beginning. What is its origin? In the past, it is said, a certain daughter of a good family, in the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, having become devoted to the Dispensation, having invited the Teacher, on the second day, having had a branch-pavilion built, having spread sand, having tied a canopy above, having made an offering with scents, flowers, and so on, she announced the time to the Teacher. The Teacher, having gone there, sat down on the prepared seat. She, having paid homage to the Blessed One, having served him with superior solid and soft food, clothed the Blessed One who had finished eating and had removed his hand from the bowl with the three robes. The Blessed One, having given thanksgiving for her, departed. She, having performed meritorious deeds as long as life lasted, at the end of her life span, having been reborn in the heavenly world, wandering only in fortunate destinations for one interval between Buddhas, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having been reborn in a householder's family, having reached discretion, with a sense of urgency arisen regarding the round of rebirths, having gone forth in the Dispensation, having received full ordination, having fulfilled the morality of a nun for twenty thousand years, having made a worldling's death, having been reborn in heaven, having experienced heavenly success for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, she was reborn in a wealthy warrior family at Vesālī. They called her Therikā because of the firmness and calmness of her body. She, having come of age, given by her mother and father to a warrior prince of the same birth by way of family, region, and so on, having become a devoted wife, while dwelling thus, during the Teacher's journey to Vesālī, having gained faith in the Dispensation, having become a female lay follower, at a later time, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Elder Nun Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having generated a preference for the going forth, she informed her husband "I shall go forth." Her husband did not give permission. She, however, because of having formed an aspiration in the past, having reviewed the Teaching as she had heard it, having comprehended material and immaterial phenomena, dwelt devoted to insight meditation.

Then one day, while vegetables were being cooked in the kitchen, a great flame of fire arose. That flame of fire burned the entire vessel, making it crackle. She, having seen that, having made that very thing her object, having reflected upon impermanence presenting itself most clearly, then having applied suffering, impermanence, and non-self therein, having developed insight, having gradually aroused zeal, became established in the fruition of non-returning by the succession of paths. She, from that time onwards, wore neither ornaments nor decorations. She, when asked by her husband "Why do you, dear lady, not now wear ornaments or decorations as before?" having declared her inability to remain in the lay life, obtained his permission for the going forth. He, like the lay follower Visākha with Dhammadinnā, having led her with great care to the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, said "Lady, give this one the going forth." Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having given her the going forth, having given her full ordination, having led her to the monastery, showed her to the Teacher. The Teacher too, making clear the very object seen by her naturally, spoke the verse "Sleep happily."

Therein, "happily" is a neuter expression denoting a state. "Sleep" is an imperative expression. "Little elder nun" is a term of address. "Wrapped in a robe you have made" is an urging towards fewness of wishes. "For your lust is calmed" is a praising of the practice. "Like dried-up vegetables" is an illustration of the unessential nature of the mental defilement to be appeased. "In a pot" is an illustration of the impermanent, hollow, and other nature of its container.

"Happily" - and this is a designation for the desirable. Having become free from suffering through happiness - this is the meaning. "Sleep" - and this is an illustration of lying down among the four postures; therefore, conduct all four postures with happiness alone, dwell happily - this is the meaning. "Little elder nun" - although this is the mentioning of her name, yet because for the most part it is a designation according to meaning, one who has attained firmness in the firm Dispensation, endowed with firm qualities such as morality and so on - this is the meaning. "Wrapped in a robe you have made" means having made a robe from rag-cloths, with body covered, both dressed in and wrapped in that. "For your lust is calmed" - the word "for" has the meaning of cause. Because the sensual lust arising in your continuity is calmed, burnt by the fire of the knowledge of the path of non-returning, now having burnt the remaining lust by the fire of the knowledge of the highest path, sleep happily - this is the intention. "Like dried-up vegetables in a pot" means just as a small amount of vegetable curry being cooked in a fired vessel by a great flame of fire, having burned, drying up, is appeased; or just as when vegetable curry mixed with water, having been placed on an oven, while being cooked, while water is present, it hisses and sizzles, but when the water is exhausted, it becomes calmed; thus sensual lust in your continuity is calmed; having appeased the rest too, sleep happily.

The elder nun, because her faculties had reached maturity, and through the beauty of the Teacher's instruction, at the conclusion of the verse, together with the analytical knowledges, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"For the Buddha Koṇāgamana, a pavilion was caused to be made by me;

Constantly I gave the three robes to the Buddha, the kinsman of the world.

"Whatever country I go to, to market towns and royal cities;

Everywhere I am venerated, this is the fruit of meritorious action.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

Like a she-elephant having cut the bond, I dwell without mental corruptions.

"Indeed welcome it was for me, in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"The four analytical knowledges, and these eight deliverances;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, the elder nun, uttering an inspired utterance, spoke that very same verse; therefore this verse became that elder nun's verse. Therein, in the verse spoken by the elder nun, lust without remainder is comprehended by the highest path, because the appeasement of that is intended. By the appeasement of lust alone here, the appeasement of all mental defilements too should be seen as stated, because of the accomplishment of the appeasement of all defilement-states due to their co-existence therewith. For thus it is said -

"The delusion that is considered born together with restlessness and sceptical doubt;

By being of one purpose with abandoning, it is conflicting with lust indeed."

Just as here the appeasement of all defilements is stated, so everywhere too their appeasement should be understood as stated. Because of the accomplishment of appeasement in the preliminary stage by way of substitution of opposites, at the moment of serenity and insight meditation by way of suppression, at the moment of the path by way of eradication, and at the moment of fruition by way of subsiding. By that, the accomplishment of the fourfold abandoning should be known. Therein, by abandoning by substitution of opposites, the accomplishment of accomplishment in morality; by abandoning by suppression, the accomplishment of accomplishment in concentration; by the others, the accomplishment of accomplishment in wisdom is shown, because of the succeeding of the full realisation of abandoning. Just as it establishes the full realisation of development, because of the absence of that in its absence, so it establishes the full realisation of direct experience and the full realisation of full understanding as well. It should be understood that by the accomplishment of the four full realisations, the three trainings, by the practice the threefold goodness, and the seven purifications are fully made known by this verse. "A certain elder nun" means unknown, not well-known by way of name and clan and so on; one elder nun endowed with the marks, a bhikkhunī, spoke this verse - this is the intention.

The commentary on the verses of a certain elder nun is completed.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Muttā

2.

"Muttā, be freed from the mental bonds, like the moon from Rāhu's grip;

With a free mind, free of debt, enjoy your almsfood."

This is the verse of the female trainee named Muttā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher going along the road, with a gladdened mind, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration, through the force of joy, lay down face downward at the feet of the Teacher. She, by that meritorious action, having been reborn in the heavenly world, wandering again and again only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī in a wealthy brahmin family; her name was Muttātissā. She, through the achievement of decisive support, at the time of twenty years, having gone forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, while still being a female trainee, having had a meditation subject spoken about, was doing the work of insight. She, one day, having done the meal duty, having returned from her alms round, having shown her duty to the elder nuns, having gone to her day-quarters, seated in a secret place, began attention to insight. The Teacher, while just seated in the fragrant perfumed chamber, having emitted a radiance, having shown himself as if seated before her, spoke this verse "Muttā, be freed from the mental bonds."

Therein, "Muttā" is a vocative addressing her. "Be freed from the mental bonds" means be freed by the succession of paths from the four mental bonds beginning with the bond of sensuality; become one with a mind liberated from them. Like what? "Like the moon from Rāhu's grip" means be freed from impurity, like the moon from the grip called Rāhu. "With a free mind" means with a mind well liberated by the noble path through liberation by eradication; and this is an instrumental expression in the sense of indicating a state. "Free of debt, enjoy your almsfood" means having abandoned the debt of mental defilements, having become free of debt, you should eat food obtained from the people. For whoever, without abandoning the mental defilements, consumes the requisites permitted by the Teacher, he is called one who consumes with conflict. As the Venerable Bākula said - "For only seven days indeed, friend, did I, with conflict, eat food obtained from the people." Therefore, one who has gone forth in the Dispensation, having become free of debt through the abandoning of the debt of sensual desire and so on, should consume offerings given in faith. "Almsfood" is merely the heading of the teaching; the meaning is the four requisites as well. "Repeatedly exhorts" means purifying the impurities for the attainment of the noble path, he gives exhortation repeatedly.

She, having stood firm in that exhortation, before long attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"To the Blessed One Vipassī, the foremost of the world, such a one;

Proceeding along the road, helping living beings to cross over.

"Having gone out from the house, I lay down face downward;

The compassionate Lord of the World stepped upon my head.

"Having stepped upon my head, the leader of the world went;

By that confidence of mind, I went to Tusita.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, she uttered that very same verse as an inspired utterance. Having completed her training and received full ordination, at a later time, even at the time of final Nibbāna, she spoke that very same verse in reply.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Muttā is completed.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Puṇṇā

3. "Puṇṇā, be filled with qualities" is the verse of the female trainee named Puṇṇā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in a world devoid of a Buddha, was reborn in the realm of kinnaras on the bank of the river Candabhāgā. One day, having seen there a certain Individually Enlightened One, with a gladdened mind, having venerated him with a garland of reeds, she stood with raised joined palms. She, by that meritorious action, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī in a wealthy householder family. Her name was Puṇṇātissā. She, through the achievement of decisive support, while living for twenty years, having heard the Teaching in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having gained faith, having gone forth, while still being a female trainee, began insight meditation. The Teacher, while just seated in the perfumed chamber, having emitted a radiance to her -

3.

"Puṇṇā, be filled with qualities, like the moon on the fifteenth day;

With complete wisdom, shatter the mass of darkness." He spoke this verse.

Therein, "Puṇṇā" is a vocative addressing her. "Be filled with qualities" means become full with the thirty-seven qualities pertaining to enlightenment. "Like the moon on the fifteenth day" - the letter "ra" serves as a word-connector. Like the moon full with all its phases on the fifteenth day, the full moon day. "With complete wisdom" means with the wisdom of the path of arahantship, complete through the fulfilment of the sixteen functions. "Shatter the mass of darkness" means break and eradicate the mass of delusion without remainder. Together with the shattering of the mass of delusion, all mental defilements too are shattered.

She, having heard that verse, having developed insight, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was a kinnara woman then;

I saw the stainless Buddha, the Self-Become One, the unconquered.

"With a confident mind, glad, filled with joy, with joined palms;

Having taken a reed garland, I venerated the Self-Become One.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the kinnarī body, I went to the destination among the deities.

"I attained the status of chief queen of thirty-six kings of gods;

I attained the status of chief queen of ten universal monarchs;

Having caused agitation in my mind, I went forth into homelessness.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"Ninety-four cosmic cycles ago from now, the flower that I honoured;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of flower-offering.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, that elder nun uttered that very same verse as an inspired utterance. And this itself was her verse of declaration of final liberating knowledge.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Puṇṇā is completed.

4.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Tissā

4. "Tissā, train in the training" - this is the verse of the female trainee Tissā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, through the condition of stored-up wholesome action, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the Sakyan royal family at Kapilavatthu, having come of age, having become a harem-lady of the Bodhisatta, afterwards having gone forth together with Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having gone forth, was doing the work of insight. The Teacher, having emitted a radiance by the method already stated above for her -

4.

"Tissā, train in the training, let not the mental bonds overcome you;

Unbound from all mental bonds, wander in the world without mental corruptions." He spoke this verse.

Therein, "Tissā" is a vocative addressing her. "Train in the training" means train in the threefold training beginning with the training in higher morality; the meaning is accomplish the three trainings associated with the path. Now he states the reason for accomplishing them by saying "let not the mental bonds overcome you" - human existence, completeness of faculties, the arising of a Buddha, the attainment of faith - these mental bonds, right times, rare moments, let them not pass you by. Or alternatively, the four mental bonds beginning with the bond of sensuality - let them not overcome you, let them not overpower you. "Unbound from all mental bonds" means liberated from all mental bonds beginning with the bond of sensuality, thereby having become without mental corruptions, wander in the world - the meaning is dwell with the pleasant abiding of the seen.

She, having heard that verse, having developed insight, attained arahantship - the method beginning thus should be understood by the method already stated above.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Tissā is completed.

5-10.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Tissā and So On

5-10. "Tissā, engage in the teachings" - this is the verse of the Elder Nun Tissā. Her story is similar to the story of the female trainee Tissā. But this one, having become an elder nun, attained arahantship. And just as this one, so too from here onwards the stories of the five elder nuns - Dhīrā, Vīrā, Mittā, Bhadrā, and Upasamā - are exactly alike. All these, dwelling in Kapilavatthu, having been harem-ladies of the Bodhisatta, having gone forth together with Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, attained arahantship through a verse of radiance, except for the seventh. She, however, without a verse of radiance, how much more so in dependence on the exhortation received in the presence of the Teacher, having aroused zeal in insight, having attained arahantship, by way of an inspired utterance spoke the verse "A heroine with heroic." The others too, having attained arahantship -

5.

"Tissā, engage in the teachings, let not the moment pass you by;

For those who have missed the moment grieve, consigned to hell.

6.

"Wise one, experience cessation, the happiness of the appeasement of perception;

Attain Nibbāna, the unsurpassed freedom from bondage.

7.

"A heroine with heroic qualities, a nun with developed faculties;

Bears her final body, having conquered Māra with his army.

8.

"Having gone forth through faith, be one delighting in friends among friends;

Develop wholesome mental states, for the attainment of freedom from bondage.

9.

"Having gone forth through faith, be one delighting in good among the good;

Develop wholesome mental states, the unsurpassed freedom from bondage.

10.

"Upasama, cross the flood, the realm of Death so hard to cross;

Bear your final body, having conquered Māra with his army." They spoke these verses.

Therein, "engage in the teachings" means engage, make exertion in the qualities of serenity and insight and in the noble qualities conducive to enlightenment. "Let not the moment pass you by" means whoever does not thus make exertion in meditation, this moment - the moment of birth in a suitable place, the moment of non-deficiency of the six sense bases, the moment of a Buddha's arising, the moment of attaining faith - all this moment passes by that person. Let not that moment pass you by. "Those who have missed the moment" means those who have passed beyond the moment, and those persons whom that moment has passed beyond, they, having been consigned to hell, grieve; having been reborn there, they experience great suffering - this is the meaning.

"Experience cessation" means touch, obtain the cessation of mental defilements. "The happiness of the appeasement of perception, attain Nibbāna" means attain Nibbāna, the perpetual happiness that has the sign of the appeasement of evil perceptions such as perception of sensuality and so on.

"A heroine with heroic qualities" means a nun with developed faculties, with faculties of faith and so on increased, a heroine through the predominance of energetic striving, having conquered the Māra of mental defilements together with his army by means of heroic noble path qualities abundant in power, bears the final body because of the absence of renewed existence in the future - thus the elder nun shows herself as if another.

"Mittā" - she addresses her thus. "Delighting in friends" means delighting in good friends. Therein, be one who shows honour and respect to them. "Develop wholesome mental states" means increase the noble path qualities. "Of freedom from bondage" means for the attainment, for the achievement of arahantship and Nibbāna.

"Bhadrā" - she addresses her thus. "Delighting in the good" means be one who delights, takes delight in good qualities such as morality and so on. "The unsurpassed freedom from bondage" means Nibbāna, which is secure from the four mental bonds, free from danger, unsurpassed; the meaning is "develop the wholesome qualities conducive to enlightenment for the attainment of that."

"Upasamā" - she addresses her thus. "Cross the flood, the realm of Death so hard to cross" - Death is borne here, thus it is the realm of Death; very difficult to cross for those who have not accumulated the requisites of merit, thus it is so hard to cross; cross the great flood of the round of rebirths - you would cross by the boat of the noble path. "Bear the final body" means by that very crossing, you will become a bearer of the final body - this is the meaning.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Tissā and so on is completed.

The commentary on the first chapter is completed.

11.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Muttā

11. The verse of the Elder Nun Muttā beginning with "Well released, truly well released am I." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the daughter of a poor brahmin named Oghātaka in the Kosala country; when she came of age, her mother and father gave her to a certain humpbacked brahmin. She, finding the household life disagreeable with him, having obtained his permission, having gone forth, was doing the work of insight. Her mind ran about towards external objects; she, restraining it, while uttering the very verse "Well released, truly well released am I," having aroused zeal in insight, together with the analytical knowledges, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, having vision regarding all phenomena;

Compassionately caring for living beings, entered the city for almsfood.

"As that Teacher was approaching, all the city-dwellers;

Full of mirth, having assembled together, they scattered sand.

"Having swept the streets, with plantain and full-pot banners;

Incense and bath powder and beans, having done honour to the Teacher.

"Having prepared a pavilion, having invited the Guide;

Having given a great gift, she aspired for the highest enlightenment.

"Padumuttara, the great hero, the carrier away of all living beings;

Having given the rejoicing, the foremost person made the declaration.

"'When a hundred thousand have passed, there will be a fortunate cosmic cycle;

Having obtained happiness from existence to existence, you will attain enlightenment.

"'Whatever manual labour, men and women have done;

In the future time, all will be face to face.

"By the result of that action, and by volition and aspirations;

Arisen in the divine abode, those attendants of yours.

"'Divine happiness incalculable, and human happiness incalculable;

They experience for a long time, we transmigrated from existence to existence.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the action which I did then;

Delicate among human beings, and also in the celestial cities.

"'Beauty, wealth, fame, life span, and also fame-happiness and dearness;

I constantly obtain all, the accomplishment of well-done action.

"'When the final existence was attained, I was born in a brahmin family;

With delicate hands and feet, in a delightful dwelling.

"At all times the earth, I do not see undecorated;

Muddy ground, impure, I never see.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, uttering an inspired utterance -

11.

"Well released, truly well released am I, freed from three crooked things;

From the mortar, from the pestle, and from my humpbacked husband;

I am freed from birth and death, the conduit to existence has been uprooted." - she spoke this verse;

Therein, "well released" means well freed. "Truly well released am I" means truly, properly freed am I. But from what is she well released, truly well released? She said "freed from three crooked things"; the meaning is completely freed from three bent things. Now showing those in their own form, she said "from the mortar, from the pestle, and from my humpbacked husband." For when putting grain into the mortar, turning it over, and pounding it with the pestle, the back has to be bent; therefore, because of being a cause for making one humpbacked, both of those are called "crooked." But her husband was indeed humpbacked. Now, the freedom from three crooked things was stated by way of illustration of the freedom from which she was freed. Showing that very thing, having said "I am freed from birth and death," therein she states the reason by "the conduit to existence has been uprooted." Its meaning is - Not only am I freed from the three crooked things, but indeed from all birth and death as well, because the conduit of all existence, the leader, craving, has been eradicated by me through the highest path.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Muttā is completed.

12.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Dhammadinnā

12. "One in whom desire has arisen, who has reached the conclusion" is the verse of the Elder Nun Dhammadinnā. It is said that she, in the time of the Buddha Padumuttara, in the city of Haṃsavatī, living as one dependent on others for her livelihood, having given a gift preceded by veneration and honour to the chief disciple who had emerged from cessation, was reborn in the heavenly world. Having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Phussa, while dwelling in the house of the worker for the Teacher's half-brothers, when regarding a gift her husband said "Give one," giving two, having made much merit, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, having taken conception in the house of Kikī, the King of Kāsi, having been among the seven sisters, having lived the holy life for twenty thousand years, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in Rājagaha, having come of age, she went to the house of the millionaire Visākha.

Then one day the millionaire Visākha, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having become a non-returner, having gone home, while ascending the mansion, without taking hold of the outstretched hand of Dhammadinnā who was standing at the top of the steps, having ascended the mansion, even while eating he ate silently. Dhammadinnā, having reflected upon that, said "Master's son, why did you today not take hold of my hand, and even while eating you said nothing; is there indeed any fault of mine?" Visākha said "Dhammadinnā, there is no fault of yours, but from today onwards I am unworthy to touch a woman's body and to be greedy regarding food; such is the Teaching that has been penetrated by me. But if you wish, dwell in this very house. If you do not wish, having taken however much wealth you need, go to your family house." "I shall not, master's son, lick up what has been vomited by you; allow me the going forth." Visākha, saying "Good, Dhammadinnā," sent her by a golden palanquin to the nuns' dwelling. She, having gone forth, having taken a meditation subject, having dwelt there for a few days, wishing to dwell in a secluded residence, having gone to the presence of her teachers and preceptor, said "Ladies, my mind does not delight in a crowded place; I am going to a village residence." The nuns led her to a village residence. She, dwelling there, because of having crushed the activities in the past, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I was in Haṃsavatī, in a certain family;

I was a worker for others, prudent, restrained by morality.

"Of the Buddha Padumuttara, Sujāta, the chief disciple;

Having gone forth from the dwelling, goes for almsfood.

"Having taken a pot, going along, then as a water carrier;

Having seen him, I gave a cake, devoted, with my own hands.

"Having accepted, right there, seated, he consumed;

Then having led him to the house, I gave food to him.

"Then my grandfather, satisfied, made me his own daughter-in-law;

Having gone together with my mother-in-law, I paid respect to the Self-enlightened One.

"Then he, praising the nun as a Teaching-preacher;

Established her in the foremost position, having heard that, I was joyful.

"Having invited the Fortunate One, together with the Community, the leader of the world;

Having given a great gift, I aspired for that state.

"Then the Fortunate One said to me, with a voice like the sound of a dense cloud;

'To one delighting in my attendance, serving food together with the Community.

"'Engaged in hearing the Good Teaching, with a mind increased in virtues;

Dear lady, be joyful, you will obtain the fruit of your aspiration.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Dhammadinnā by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.'

"Having heard that, having become joyful, for as long as life, the great sage;

With a mind of friendliness I tended, with requisites, the Guide.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"I was his sixth daughter, renowned as Sudhammā;

Having heard the Teaching of the foremost Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

"Our father did not allow us, while still in the household then;

For twenty thousand years, we wandered untiringly.

"Living the holy life from maidenhood, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, joyful were the seven daughters.

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāyikā.

"Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, Paṭācārā and Kuṇḍalā;

Gotamī and I myself, Visākhā is the seventh.

"By those well-done actions, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, in Giribbaja, the best of cities;

Born in a prosperous millionaire's family, abounding in all sensual pleasures.

"When endowed with beauty and virtues, standing in the first youth;

Then having gone to another's family, I dwelt, devoted to happiness.

"Having approached the refuge of the world, having heard the teaching of the Teaching;

My husband, of great wisdom, has attained the fruition of non-returning.

"Then I, having received permission, went forth into homelessness;

Not long after, I attained arahantship.

"Then that lay follower, having approached me, asked;

Profound and subtle questions, all those I answered.

"The Conqueror, satisfied with that virtue, established me in the foremost position;

'I do not see another nun who is a Teaching-preacher such as this.'

'As Dhammadinnā is wise, thus remember, monks';

Thus I am wise, shown compassion by the leader.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

I know the minds of others, carrying out the Teacher's instruction.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I was pure, completely stainless.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, thinking "My mind has reached its summit; now having dwelt here, what shall I do? Having gone to Rājagaha itself, I shall pay homage to the Teacher, and many of my relatives will make merit," she returned to Rājagaha itself together with the nuns. Visākha, having heard of her arrival, investigating her achievement, asked a question by way of the five aggregates and so on. Dhammadinnā, as if cutting a white water-lily stalk with a well-sharpened knife, answered each and every question asked. Visākha reported the entire method of questions and answers to the Teacher. The Teacher, praising her beginning with "Wise, Visākha, is the nun Dhammadinnā" and so on, having compared it with his omniscient knowledge, having declared the fact of its being answered, making that very Cūḷavedalla Sutta the occasion, established her in the foremost position among nuns who are Teaching-preachers. But when she, dwelling in that village residence, having attained the lower paths, established insight for the purpose of the highest path, then -

12.

"One in whom desire has arisen, who has reached the conclusion, and who would be pervaded by mind;

With consciousness unbound to sensual pleasures, is called an upstream-goer."

spoke this verse.

Therein, "one in whom desire has arisen" means one in whom desire has arisen for the purpose of the highest fruition. "Who has reached the conclusion" - "avasāya" is called the end, the completion; and since that too, because of the state of having consciousness unbound to sensual pleasures, will be stated as "an upstream-goer," it should be understood as the completion of the ascetic's task, not of just anyone whatsoever; therefore, by both terms too, the meaning stated is: one who has not attained her goal, aspiring for the unsurpassed freedom from bondage. "And who would be pervaded by mind" means one would be pervaded, touched, by the three lower path consciousnesses with regard to Nibbāna. "With consciousness unbound to sensual pleasures" means with consciousness not bound to sensual pleasures by the influence of the path of non-returning. "An upstream-goer" - the stream of the path and the stream of saṃsāra go only upward for her, thus she is an upstream-goer. For just as for a non-returner the highest path arises, and no other, so for one reborn in the Aviha and other realms, up to the Akaniṭṭha realm, rebirth is only upward.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Dhammadinnā is completed.

13.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Visākhā

13. "Practise the Buddha's teaching" is the verse of the elder nun Visākhā. Her story is similar to the story of the elder nun Dhīrā. She, having attained arahantship, spending her time in the bliss of liberation -

13.

"Practise the Buddha's teaching, which having done one does not regret;

Quickly having washed your feet, sit down on one side."

By this verse she declared the final liberating knowledge.

Therein, "practise the Buddha's teaching" means practise the Buddha's teaching, the exhortation and advice; the meaning is: proceed in accordance with the advice. "Which having done one does not regret" means having carried out the advice, one does not feel remorse because of doing it, since the intentions of one who practises it are properly fulfilled. "Quickly having washed your feet, sit down on one side" - this was said because she herself, after the meal, having returned from her alms round, having shown her duty to her teachers and preceptor, having washed her feet at her own day-quarters, seated in a secret place, brought her own welfare to its summit; therefore, urging others too in that, she spoke.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Visākhā is completed.

14.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sumanā

14. "Having seen the elements as suffering" is the verse of the elder nun Sumanā. Her story is similar to the story of the elder nun Tissā. For this one too, the Teacher, having emitted a radiance, having shown himself as if seated before her -

14.

"Having seen the elements as suffering, do not come again to birth;

Having removed desire for existence, you will live at peace." -

He spoke this verse. She, at the conclusion of the verse, attained arahantship.

Therein, "having seen the elements as suffering" means having seen with the eye of knowledge the elements beginning with the eye and so on, included within their own continuity, and the others too, as "suffering" through the oppression of rise and fall and so on. "Do not come again to birth" means do not approach again birth, rebirth in the future. "Having removed desire for existence" means having abandoned the desire of craving in all existence such as sensual existence and so on, by the path termed as dispassion. "You will live at peace" means through the state of having abandoned defilements in every respect, being quenched, you will dwell.

And here, by "having seen the elements as suffering," insight is shown through the approach of observation of suffering. By "having removed desire for existence," the path is shown; by "you will live at peace," the element of Nibbāna with residue of clinging is shown; by "do not come again to birth," the element of Nibbāna without residue of clinging is shown - it should be seen thus.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sumanā is completed.

15.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Uttarā

15. "I was restrained by body" is the verse of the elder nun Uttarā. Her story too is similar to the story of the elder nun Tissā. For she too, born in a Sakyan family, having been a harem-lady of the Bodhisatta, having gone forth together with Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having attained arahantship through a verse of radiance, then -

15.

"I was restrained by body, by speech, or by mind;

Having uprooted craving with its root, I have become cool, quenched."

She spoke that very verse by way of an inspired utterance.

Therein, "I was restrained by body" means I was restrained by bodily restraint. "By speech" means the explanation is: I was restrained by verbal restraint. By both terms, she speaks of restraint by morality. "Or" means then. "By mind" means by the consciousness of concentration; by this she speaks of insight meditation. "Having uprooted craving with its root" means with its underlying tendencies, or having pulled out craving together with ignorance. For craving arises in the three existences when the danger has been concealed by ignorance.

Another method - "Restrained by body" means by right action, through the abandoning of wrong action in every respect, I was restrained by body through path restraint alone. "By speech" means the meaning is: by right speech, through the abandoning of wrong speech in every respect, I was restrained by speech through path restraint alone. "By mind" means by concentration. By the heading "mind," right concentration is stated here below; by the inclusion of right concentration alone, through the characteristic of the path having a single characteristic, the path factors beginning with right view are included as well. Thus, by path restraint, the abandoning of non-restraint beginning with covetousness without remainder has been shown. Therefore she said "having uprooted craving with its root." "I have become cool, quenched" means through the absence of the fever of mental defilements in every respect, having attained the state of coolness, I am quenched through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Uttarā is completed.

16.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sumanā Who Went Forth in Old Age

16. "Sleep happily, little elder" is the verse of Sumanā, who went forth in old age. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī as the sister of the king of Mahākosala. She, having heard the Teaching taught by the Teacher to King Pasenadi of Kosala beginning with "There are four, great king, who should not be despised as young," having gained confidence, having established herself in the refuges and in the precepts, although desirous of going forth, having spent a long time thinking "I will look after my grandmother," at a later time, when her grandmother had died, together with the king, having had very costly bed-coverings and outer garments carried, having gone to the monastery, having given them to the monastic community, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having become established in the fruition of non-returning, she requested the going forth. The Teacher, having seen the maturity of her knowledge -

16.

"Sleep happily, little elder, wrapped in a robe you have made;

For your lust is calmed, you have become cool, quenched."

spoke this verse. She, at the conclusion of the verse, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, spoke that very verse by way of an inspired utterance. This itself was her declaration of final liberating knowledge; she went forth at that very moment. In the verse, however, "little elder" means senior, advanced in age - this is the meaning. But this one was also senior by virtues such as morality and so on; in the fourth verse of the verse spoken by the elder nun, it should be connected as "you have become cool, quenched." The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sumanā who went forth in old age is completed.

17.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Dhammā

17. "Having walked for almsfood" is the verse of the elder nun Dhammā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, with stored-up accumulation of merit, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in Sāvatthī, having come of age, having gone to the house of a suitable husband, having gained faith in the Dispensation, wishing to go forth, not permitted by her husband, afterwards when her husband had died, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, one day, having walked for almsfood, while coming to the monastery, having fallen down, having made that very thing her object, having developed insight, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges -

17.

"Having walked for almsfood, leaning on a staff, weak;

With trembling limbs, right there I fell to the ground;

Having seen the danger in the body, thereupon my mind was liberated."

She spoke this verse by way of an inspired utterance.

Therein, "having walked for almsfood, leaning on a staff" means having wandered about in the city with a stick as a support for the purpose of almsfood, having roamed about for alms. "Chamā" means on the ground, on the earth; she fell to the ground by way of her feet - this is the meaning. "Having seen the danger in the body" means having seen with the eye of wisdom the fault in the body in various ways such as foulness, impermanence, suffering, non-self, and so on. "Thereupon my mind was liberated" means through the observation of danger and through the observation of disenchantment and so on that occurred thereafter, by way of suppression my mind was released from mental defilements, and then again through path and fruition, in due order, by way of eradication and by way of subsiding, it was altogether liberated, liberated; now there is nothing of hers that needs to be liberated. This itself was her declaration of final liberating knowledge.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Dhammā is completed.

18.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Saṅghā

18. "Having left the household, gone forth" is the verse of the elder nun Saṅghā. Her story is similar to the story of the elder nun Dhīrā. The verse, however -

18.

"Having left the household, gone forth, having left son, cattle, and dear ones;

Having left lust and hate, and having become dispassionate towards ignorance;

Having uprooted craving with its root, I am at peace, quenched." He spoke this verse.

Therein, "having left" means having abandoned. "Household" means home. For the word "ghara" is sometimes used in the conventional sense in the plural even for a single referent, like a seed. "Having left son, cattle, and dear ones" means having abandoned, by the abandoning of desire and lust bound to them, the sons who are to be held dear and the cattle such as cows and buffaloes and so on. "Having left lust and hate" means having completely cut off by the noble path lust, whose intrinsic nature is defilement, and hate, whose intrinsic nature is aversion. "And having become dispassionate towards ignorance" means having discarded delusion, the forerunner among all unwholesome states, and having uprooted it by the path - this is the meaning. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Saṅghā is completed.

The commentary on the Book of Ones is completed.

2.

The Book of the Twos

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Abhirūpanandā

19-20. In the Book of Twos, the verse beginning with "Afflicted, impure, putrid" is the verse of the female trainee Abhirūpanandā. It is said that she, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been the daughter of a very wealthy householder in the city of Bandhumatī, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having established herself in the refuges and in the precepts, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, having made an offering to the relic shrine with a golden umbrella adorned with jewels, having died, having been reborn in heaven, wandering again and again only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in the womb of the queen-consort of the Sakyan Khemaka in the city of Kapilavatthu. Her name was Nandātissā. She, through the attainment of exceedingly great beauty of form in her individual existence, being lovely, beautiful, and pleasing, became known as Abhirūpanandā. When she had come of age, on the very day of the marriage proposal, the Sakyan prince who was to be her husband died. Then her mother and father gave her the going forth against her will.

She, even after going forth, with vanity arisen in dependence on her beauty, thinking "The Teacher dispraises beauty, censures it, shows the danger in beauty in many ways," did not go to attend upon the Buddha. The Blessed One, having known the maturity of her knowledge, commanded Mahāpajāpati: "Let all the nuns come in succession for exhortation." When her own turn arrived, she sent another. The Blessed One said: "When one's turn has arrived, one must come oneself; another should not be sent." She, being unable to transgress the Teacher's command, went to attend upon the Buddha together with the nuns. The Blessed One, having created by supernormal power one lovely woman's form, then having shown it as aged and decrepit, having aroused religious emotion -

19.

"Afflicted, impure, putrid, see, Nanda, this body;

Develop the mind towards foulness, fully focused, well concentrated.

20.

"And develop the signless, abandon the underlying tendency to conceit;

Then through the full realization of conceit, you will live at peace."

He spoke these two verses. Their meaning follows the same method as stated above. At the conclusion of the verses, Abhirūpanandā attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Bandhumatī, there was a warrior named Bandhumā;

I was the wife of that king, I lived together with him.

"Having gone to a private place and sat down, thus I thought then;

'Indeed there is nothing wholesome done by me to take along when going.

'To great torment, painful, of terrible form, extremely dreadful;

Surely I go to hell, here there is no doubt for me.

"Having thus reflected, having gladdened my mind;

Having approached the king, I spoke these words.

"We are women by nature, O god, always following men;

Give me one ascetic, I will feed him, O warrior.

"The great king gave to me an ascetic with developed faculties;

Having taken his bowl, I filled it with the finest food.

"Having filled it with the finest food, worth a thousand, I

Having covered it with a pair of cloths, gave it with a satisfied mind.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Of a thousand kings of gods, I attained the status of chief queen;

Of a thousand universal monarchs, I attained the status of chief queen.

"Principality over a district, extensive, incalculable by counting;

Various and much merit, as the fruit of that action thence.

"My beauty is like that of a waterlily, lovely, beautiful to see;

A woman endowed with all qualities, well-born, resplendent.

"When the final existence was attained, I was born in a Sakyan family;

Chief among a thousand women, I belonged to the son of Suddhodana.

"Having become disenchanted with the house, I went forth into homelessness;

Having reached the seventh night, I attained the four truths.

"Robes and almsfood, and requisites and lodging;

I am not able to measure it, this is the fruit of almsfood.

"Whatever former action of mine, wholesome, generated, O sage;

For your benefit, O great hero, much was attended to by me.

"Thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the gift that I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of almsfood.

"I understand two destinations, divinity and also human;

I know no other destination, this is the fruit of almsfood.

"I understand in high families, three wealthy sal-tree families;

I know no other family, this is the fruit of almsfood.

"Having wandered in the round of rebirths from existence to existence, urged on by wholesome root;

I do not see anything disagreeable, the fruit is made of pleasure.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I am a master, O great sage.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

Knowledge for me, O great hero, arisen in your presence.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, she herself too by way of an inspired utterance spoke those very verses; and this itself was her declaration of final liberating knowledge.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Abhirūpanandā is completed.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Jentā

21-22. The verses of the elder nun Jentā beginning with "These seven factors of enlightenment." Her past and present story is similar to the story of Abhirūpanandā. But this one was reborn in Vesālī in a Licchavi royal family - this alone is the distinction. Having heard the Teaching taught by the Teacher, at the conclusion of the teaching, having attained arahantship, having reviewed the distinction attained by herself, by means of joy -

21.

"These seven factors of enlightenment, the path for the attainment of Nibbāna;

All of them were developed by me, as taught by the Buddha.

22.

"For I have seen that Blessed One, this is the final body;

The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "these seven factors of enlightenment" means these seven mental states termed mindfulness, investigation of phenomena, energy, joy, tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity, which have obtained the name "factors of enlightenment" because they are constituent factors of enlightenment, that is, the aforesaid concord of mental states, or because they are constituent factors of the person who awakens, the individual possessed of that. "The path for the attainment of Nibbāna" means being the means for the achievement of Nibbāna. "All of them were developed by me, as taught by the Buddha" means those thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment, all of them, just as taught by the Buddha, the Blessed One, so they were produced and increased by me.

"For I have seen that Blessed One" - the word "for" has the meaning of cause. Because that Blessed One, the body of the Teaching, the perfectly Self-awakened One, was seen through the vision of the noble Teaching attained by oneself, therefore "this is the final body" - this is the explanation. For by the vision of the noble Teaching, the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, and other noble ones are truly seen, not by the mere seeing of the material body. As he said - "Whoever, Vakkali, sees the Teaching sees me" and "But, monks, a learned noble disciple, who sees the noble ones" and so on. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Jentā is completed.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sumaṅgalamātā

23-24. The verses of the Elder Nun Sumaṅgala's Mother beginning with "Well freed" and so on. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a poor family in Sāvatthī, having come of age, given to a certain basket-maker, obtained a son who was a being in his last existence in her very first pregnancy. His name was "Sumaṅgala." From that time onwards, she became known as "Sumaṅgala's Mother." But because her name and clan were not well-known, therefore "a certain unknown elder nun, a bhikkhunī" was stated in the canonical text. Her son too, having reached discretion, having gone forth, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, became well-known as "the Elder Sumaṅgala." His mother, having gone forth among the nuns, doing the work of insight, one day, having reviewed the suffering obtained by herself during her time as a householder, with a sense of urgency arisen, having developed insight, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, uttering an inspired utterance -

23.

"Well freed, well freed, I am truly well freed from the pestle;

My shameless husband, and even my sunshade-making, my pot smells like a water-snake."

24.

"Both lust and hate I destroy with a 'crackle crackle' sound;

Having approached the root of a tree, 'Oh happiness!' I meditate in happiness."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "sumuttikā" means "well released." The syllable "ka" is merely an expletive; the meaning is "well freed indeed." She, having seen the achievement obtained by herself in the Dispensation, said "well freed, well freed" on account of confidence, or having addressed her on account of praise. But showing liberation from that which she particularly loathed during her time as a householder, she said beginning with "I am truly well freed." Therein, "I am truly well freed" means I am indeed properly freed. "Of the pestle" means from the pestle. It is said that this one, due to her poverty, during her time as a householder, herself did the work of the pestle; therefore she said thus. "My shameless husband" means my husband is shameless, without shame; the remainder of the expression is "he does not please me." Being by nature one whose mind was dispassionate towards sensual pleasures, she speaks loathing the conduct of those inclined to sensual pleasures. "And even my sunshade-making" means even the sunshade-making being done for the sake of livelihood does not please me - this is the meaning. The word "or" has the meaning of an unstated accumulation; by that it includes boxes, caskets, and so on. She speaks loathing the painful livelihood by way of making sunshades and so on day after day, having taken bamboo sticks and so on. Some, having said "a harmful wind blows upon me," say the meaning is: a harmful, ageing-bringing wind blows upon my body during my time as a householder. Others, however, say the meaning is: "a wind more foul-smelling than that of others, harmful, blows from my body." "My pot smells like a water-snake" means my cooking vessel for food, due to its impurity from being used for a long time, emits the smell of a water-snake; from that I am truly well freed - this is the explanation.

"Both lust and hate I destroy with a 'crackle crackle' sound" means I destroy, eliminate, abandon lust and hate, the foremost of mental defilements, together with this sound "crackle crackle" - this is the meaning. It is said that she, loathing her own husband, censuring the sound of the dry bamboo sticks and so on being split by him day after day, equated the abandoning of that with the abandoning of lust and hate, and spoke. "Having approached the root of a tree" means she, I, Sumaṅgala's mother, having approached a secluded tree-root. "I meditate in happiness" means I meditate happily, from time to time entering into attainment, experiencing the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, I meditate with fruition meditative absorption - this is the meaning. "Oh happiness" - this, however, was said by her by way of attention occurring after the attainment; it is also fitting as by way of prior reflective attention.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sumaṅgalamātā is completed.

4.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Aḍḍhakāsī

25-26. The verses of the elder nun Aḍḍhakāsī beginning with "As far as the Kāsi country." It is said that she, in the time of Kassapa, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having gone to the presence of nuns, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, having reviled with the accusation of being a courtesan a certain elder nun who had attained the analytical knowledges and who had eliminated the mental corruptions, who was established in the morality of a nun, having passed away from there, having been tormented in hell, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a millionaire's family of eminent wealth in the Kāsi country, having come of age, as an outcome of verbal misconduct done before, she fell from her position and became a courtesan. By name she was called Aḍḍhakāsī. Her going forth and full ordination by a messenger have come just as in the chapter. For this was said:

Now at that time the courtesan Aḍḍhakāsī had gone forth among the nuns. And she wished to go to Sāvatthī, thinking "I shall receive full ordination in the presence of the Blessed One." The cheats heard - "It seems the courtesan Aḍḍhakāsī wishes to go to Sāvatthī." They lay in wait on the road. The courtesan Aḍḍhakāsī heard "It seems the cheats have laid in wait on the road." She sent a messenger to the presence of the Blessed One - "I am wishing for full ordination, how should I proceed?" Then the Blessed One, on this occasion, in this connection, having given a talk on the Teaching, addressed the monks - "I allow, monks, to give full ordination even by a messenger."

Having thus obtained full ordination, doing the work of insight, before long she attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"Then I, having gone forth, in that Buddha's Dispensation;

Restrained in the principal monastic code, and in the five faculties.

"Knowing moderation in food, and engaged in wakefulness too;

Dwelling engaged in exertion, I am a nun free from mental corruptions.

"I reviled with a malicious mind, I called her 'courtesan' then;

By that evil action, I was cooked in hell.

"By that remainder of action, I was born in a courtesan's family;

Mostly dependent on others, and in the final birth.

"Born in a millionaire's family among the Kāsis, I by the power of the holy life;

Like a nymph among the gods, I was with accomplishment of beauty.

"Having seen me, beautiful to behold, in Giribbaja, the best of cities;

They established me in the profession of a courtesan, by the power of my abuse.

"I, having heard the Good Teaching, taught by the supreme Buddha;

Accomplished in former impressions, I went forth into homelessness.

"For the purpose of that full ordination, going to the presence of the Conqueror;

Having heard that cheats were standing on the road, I obtained ordination by messenger.

"All action is exhausted, merit and evil likewise;

Having crossed over all saṃsāra, and the courtesan's life is spent.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I am a master, O great sage.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

Knowledge for me, O great hero, arisen in your presence.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, by way of an inspired utterance -

25.

"As far as the Kāsi country, my toll was that much;

Having made that the price, the townspeople set me at half the price.

26.

"Then I became wearied of material form, and being wearied I became dispassionate;

May I not transmigrate again and again through the round of rebirths;

The three true knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled." -

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "as far as the Kāsi country, my toll was that much" means the toll existing in the Kāsi countryside is the Kāsi country toll; as far as that was, however much, that much was my toll - it was. But how much was it? About a thousand. In the Kāsi country, it is said, at that time, by way of toll, the income arising for the king in one day was about a thousand; from this one too, the wealth obtained from men's hands in one day was that much. Therefore it was said - "As far as the Kāsi country, my toll was that much." She, however, because of being equal in measure to the Kāsi toll, obtained the designation "Kāsī." Therein, mostly people, being unable to give a thousand, having given half of that, having enjoyed themselves for only part of the day, would go; on account of them, she became known as "Aḍḍhakāsī." Therefore it was said - "Having made that the price, the townspeople set me at half the price." Having made that wealth of about five hundred the price, the townspeople, the people dwelling in the market town, although being priceless by virtue of being a jewel among women, on account of the half-price sign, established me by the designation "Aḍḍhakāsī," thus they called me - this is the meaning.

"Then I became wearied of material form" means having been a harlot, she was thus established. Then afterwards, in dependence on the Dispensation, I became wearied of material form, seeing "Thus too matter is impermanent, thus too this matter is suffering, unattractive" - I became dissatisfied therewith. "And being wearied I became dispassionate" means being wearied, I thereafter attained dispassion. By the use of "being wearied" here, he shows young insight; by the use of "dispassion," powerful insight. For it has been said: "Being disenchanted, one becomes dispassionate; through dispassion, one becomes liberated." "May I not transmigrate again and again through the round of rebirths" - by this he illustrates the manner of becoming wearied and becoming dispassionate. By "the three true knowledges" and so on, the attainment of the summit of those. That is by the same method as already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Aḍḍhakāsī is completed.

5.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Cittā

27-28. The verse beginning with "Although I am thin" and so on is the verse of the elder nun Cittā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, ninety-four cosmic cycles ago from now, was reborn in the realm of kinnaras on the bank of the river Candabhāgā. She, one day, having seen a certain Individually Enlightened One seated at the root of a tree, with a gladdened mind, having made an offering with reed flowers, having paid homage, having raised joined palms, having circumambulated him, departed. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in Rājagaha, having attained discretion, having gained faith at the Teacher's entrance to Rājagaha, afterwards having gone forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, in the time of old age, having ascended Vulture's Peak mountain, practising the ascetic duty, having developed insight, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was a kinnara woman then;

I saw the stainless Buddha, the Self-Become One, the unconquered.

"With a confident mind, glad, filled with joy, with joined palms;

Having taken a reed garland, I venerated the Self-Become One.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the kinnarī body, I went to the destination among the deities.

"I attained the status of chief queen of thirty-six kings of gods;

I attained the status of chief queen of ten universal monarchs;

Having caused agitation in my mind, I went forth into homelessness.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"Ninety-four cosmic cycles ago from now, the flower that I honoured;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of flower-offering.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

She, however, having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice -

27.

"Although I am thin, sick and very weak;

Leaning on a staff I go, having ascended the mountain.

28.

"Having laid aside the double robe, and having turned over the bowl;

On the rock I steadied myself, having shattered the mass of darkness."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "although I am thin" means even though I am worn out by old age, with an emaciated body due to having little flesh and blood. "Sick and very weak" means sick due to a disturbance of the elements and so on, and by that very sickness exceedingly weak. "Leaning on a staff I go" means wherever I go, I go only by holding on to a walking stick. "Having ascended the mountain" means even being in such a state, through desire for seclusion, having ascended Vulture's Peak mountain.

"Having laid aside the double robe" means having been wearing only the inner and upper robes, having placed the double robe that had been placed on the shoulder as it was folded, within arm's reach. "And having turned over the bowl" means having turned my clay bowl for daily use face downwards and having placed it to one side. "On the rock I steadied myself, having shattered the mass of darkness" means seated on the mountain, having shattered the mass of delusion never before shattered during this long period of time, and by that very shattering of the mass of delusion I steadied myself, my individual existence; the meaning is that I suppressed my continuity by bringing about the state of non-arising in the future.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Cittā is completed.

6.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Mettikā

29-30. The verse beginning with "Although I am afflicted" and so on is the verse of the elder nun Mettikā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Siddhattha, having been reborn in a householder's family, having attained discretion, made an offering at the Teacher's shrine with a girdle adorned with jewels. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Rājagaha in a wealthy brahmin family. The remainder is similar to what was said in the preceding. But this one, having ascended the Counterpart Peak, practising the ascetic duty, having developed insight, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"To the Blessed One Siddhattha, I was a schemer of a stupa;

A girdle was given by me, for the new construction work of the Teacher.

"And when the great stupa was finished, I gave a girdle again;

To the sage, the Protector of the World, devoted, with my own hands.

"Ninety-four cosmic cycles ago from now, the girdle which I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of making a stupa.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

29.

"Although I am afflicted, weak, with youth gone;

Leaning on a staff I go, having ascended the mountain.

30.

"Having laid aside the double robe, and having turned over the bowl;

Seated I was on a rock, thereupon my mind was liberated;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "afflicted" means afflicted through being overcome by disease, with suffering arisen, having reached suffering. "Weak" means devoid of power through that very reaching of suffering and through the decrepitude of ageing. Therefore she said "with youth gone," meaning one who has traversed the span of life.

"Thereupon my mind was liberated" means seated I was on a rock, thereupon immediately after that, because of being properly applied through evenness of energy, by the succession of paths, my mind was liberated from all mental corruptions. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Mettikā is completed.

7.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Mittā

31-32. The verse of another elder nun, Mittā, beginning with "The fourteenth, the fifteenth." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family of the warrior caste, having attained discretion, having become a lady of the harem of King Bandhumā, having seen one elder nun who had eliminated the mental corruptions, a female disciple of the Blessed One Vipassī, with a gladdened mind, having taken the bowl from her hand, having filled it with superior solid and soft food, gave it together with a very costly suit of clothes. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the Sakyan royal family at Kapilavatthu, having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, became a female lay follower. She, at a later time, having gone forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having completed the preliminary functions, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Bandhumatī, there was a warrior named Bandhumā;

I was the wife of that king, I lived together with him.

"Having gone to a private place and sat down, thus I thought then;

'Indeed there is nothing wholesome done by me to take along when going.

'To great torment, painful, of terrible form, extremely dreadful;

Surely I go to hell, here there is no doubt for me.

Having approached the king, I spoke these words;

Give me one ascetic, I will feed him, O warrior.

"The great king gave to me an ascetic with developed faculties;

Having taken his bowl, I filled it with the finest food.

"Having filled it with supreme food, I made an ointment of fragrance;

Having covered it with a net, I concealed it with a pair of cloths.

"This is my object, I remember it for as long as I live;

Having gladdened my mind there, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Of thirty kings of gods, I attained the status of chief queen;

What is wished for by my mind, arises as desired.

I attained the status of chief queen of twenty universal monarchs;

Having become as if gathered, I wander in the round of rebirths from existence to existence.

"I am released from all bondage, my clinging is gone;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the gift that I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of almsfood.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, filled with joy and happiness, by way of an inspired utterance -

31.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

32.

"I undertook the Observance, delighting in the group of gods;

Today, with one meal, shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe;

I do not aspire to the group of gods, having removed anguish from the heart." he spoke these two verses.

Therein, "the fourteenth, the fifteenth" - the fourteenth is that which completes fourteen, the fifteenth is that which completes fifteen; that fourteenth and fifteenth - the connection is "of the fortnight." And this is an accusative expression used in the sense of absolute connection. "And the eighth of the fortnight, and that" - this is the explanation. "And the extra holiday" means and the supplementary fortnight; and the fortnight on which the Observance morality should be maintained by way of entering and departing, in order from the beginning and from the end respectively of the fourteenth, fifteenth, and eighth; the meaning is: and on the thirteenth, the first day of the fortnight, the seventh, and the ninth. "Well endowed with the eight factors" means well endowed with the eight factors beginning with abstention from killing living beings. "I undertook the Observance" means I undertook the fasting; I observed - this is the meaning. With reference to which it was said -

"One should not kill a living being, nor take what is not given, one should not speak falsehood, nor should one be a drinker of intoxicants;

One should abstain from not practising the holy life, from sexual intercourse, one should not eat at night, eating at the improper time.

"One should not wear garlands, nor should one use perfumes, one should sleep on a bed or on the ground on a rug;

This they call the eightfold Observance, made known by the Buddha, who has reached the end of suffering."

"Delighting in the group of gods" means the explanation is: aspiring to the group of gods beginning with the Cātumahārājika gods by way of wishing for rebirth there, she undertook the Observance. "Today, with one meal" means she, I, today, on this very day, with one occasion of eating a meal. "Shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe" means having become one with shaven hair and with body wrapped in the double robe, one who has gone forth - this is the meaning. "I do not aspire to the group of gods" means because of having attained the highest path, I do not desire any order of gods. Therefore he said - "Having removed anguish from the heart" means having removed by way of eradication the disturbance of mental defilements gone to the mind - this is the meaning. This itself was her declaration of final liberating knowledge.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Mittā is completed.

8.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Abhayamātā

33-34. The verse beginning with "Upwards from the soles of the feet" and so on is the verse of the elder nun, the mother of Abhaya. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Tissa, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher walking for almsfood, with a gladdened mind, having taken the bowl, gave a ladleful of almsfood. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, by such an outcome of action, was a city courtesan named Padumavatī in Ujjenī. King Bimbisāra, having heard of her virtues such as beauty and so on, informed the chaplain - "In Ujjenī, it seems, there is a courtesan named Padumavatī; I wish to see her." The chaplain, saying "Very well, Sire," by the power of spells, having summoned a demon named Kumbhīra, by the demon's power, led the king instantly to the city of Ujjenī. The king lived together with her for one night. She conceived an embryo by him. And she informed the king - "An embryo has been established in my womb." Having heard that, the king, having said to her "If it should be a son, having raised him, show him to me," having given a signet ring, departed. She, after the elapse of ten months, having given birth to a son, on the name-giving day, gave him the name Abhaya. And when the son was seven years old, she sent him to the presence of the king, saying "Your father is the great king Bimbisāra." The king, having seen that son, having obtained affection for a son, reared him with the care befitting a prince. His acquisition of faith, going forth, and specific attainment have come above. His mother, at a later time, having heard the Teaching in the presence of her son, the Elder Abhaya, having gained faith, having gone forth among the nuns, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"As he was walking for almsfood, the Teacher named Tissa;

Having held up a ladle of almsfood, I gave to the foremost Buddha.

"Having accepted, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, Tissa, the chief leader of the world,

The Teacher, standing in the street, gave me thanksgiving.

"'Having given a ladle of almsfood, you will go to Tāvatiṃsa;

You will become the chief queen of thirty-six divine kings.

"'You will become the chief queen of fifty universal monarchs;

All that is wished for by mind, you will obtain always.

"'Having experienced success, you will go forth without possessions;

Having fully understood all mental corruptions, you will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.'

"Having said this, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, Tissa, the chief leader of the world,

The hero rose up into the sky, like a king of swans in the firmament.

"Well given by me was the excellent gift, well sacrificed was the accomplishment of alms-giving;

Having given a ladle of almsfood, I have attained the unshakeable state.

"Ninety-two cosmic cycles ago from now, the gift that I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving almsfood.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, the verse which was spoken by way of exhortation by her own son, the Elder Abhaya, while teaching the Teaching, reciting those very same verses herself too by way of an inspired utterance -

33.

"Upwards from the soles of the feet, mother, downwards indeed from the top of the hair;

Review this body of mine, impure, foul-smelling.

34.

"Dwelling thus, all lust has been uprooted;

The fever has been cut off, I have become cool, quenched." He said;

Therein, in the first verse to begin with, this is the meaning in brief - Mother Padumavatī, upwards from the soles of the feet, downwards from the top of the hair, filled with various kinds of impurity, impure, foul-smelling because of the blowing of a putrid odour at all times, review this body, this physical form, which is the origin of contemptible things, with the eye of knowledge. For this is the verse spoken by her son by way of giving exhortation.

She, having heard that, having attained arahantship, uttering an inspired utterance, by way of honouring the teacher, having first spoken that very same verse, relating her own practice, spoke the second verse "Dwelling thus."

Therein, "dwelling thus" means thus, having stood firm in the exhortation given by my son, the Elder Abhaya, beginning with "upwards from the soles of the feet," having seen the whole body as foulness, with a fully focused mind, having comprehended therein the material phenomena distinguished as primary elements and derived matter, and the immaterial phenomena beginning with feeling that are bound to them, having applied the three characteristics therein, dwelling by way of the observation of impermanence and so on. "All lust has been uprooted" means when insight leading to emergence was joined with the path, by the highest path in the succession of paths, all lust has been uprooted by me, eradicated. "The fever has been cut off" means from that very fact all the fever of mental defilements has been properly destroyed, and because of its being cut off, I have become cool, quenched through the Nibbāna element with residue of clinging.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Abhayamātā is completed.

9.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Abhayā

35-36. The verses of the elder nun Abhayā beginning with "Abhayā, the body is fragile." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a wealthy warrior family, having attained discretion, was the chief queen of King Aruṇa. The king one day gave her seven waterlilies accomplished in fragrance. She, having taken those, "What use are these adornments to me? What if I were to venerate the Blessed One with these?" having thought thus, she sat down. And the Blessed One at the time for the alms round entered the king's dwelling. She, having seen the Blessed One, with a gladdened mind, having gone forward to meet him, having venerated him with those flowers, paid homage with the fivefold prostration. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in Ujjenī, having attained discretion, having become a companion of Abhayā's mother, when she had gone forth, out of affection for her, having herself too gone forth, while dwelling together with her in Rājagaha, one day went to the Cool Grove for the purpose of seeing the foul. The Teacher, while just seated in the perfumed chamber, having placed before her an object previously experienced by her, made known to her the state of bloatedness and so on. Having seen that, she stood with a mind stirred with a sense of urgency. The Teacher, having pervaded with light, having shown himself as if seated before her -

35.

"Abhayā, the body is fragile, where worldlings are attached;

I shall lay down this body, fully aware and mindful.

36.

"By many painful states, for me who delights in heedfulness;

The elimination of craving has been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

He spoke these verses. She, at the conclusion of the verse, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Aruṇavatī, there was a warrior named Aruṇa;

I was the wife of that king, I prevented what was to be prevented.

"Having taken a garland of seven strands, Uppalā, fragrant as a goddess;

Having sat down in the excellent mansion, thus she thought at that very moment.

"What use are these garlands to me, placed upon my head;

Better for me is what is planted in the knowledge of the Buddha, the foremost.

"Waiting for the Self-enlightened One, I sat down near the door;

When the Self-enlightened One comes, I will honour the great sage.

"With a hump, as if sporting, like a lion, the king of beasts;

Together with the Community of monks, the Conqueror came along the street.

"Having seen the Buddha's radiance, joyful, with a stirred mind;

Having opened the door, I honoured the foremost Buddha.

"Seven waterlily flowers, scattered about in the sky;

Making a canopy, they bear them upon the Buddha's head.

"With elated mind, glad, filled with joy, with joined palms;

Having gladdened my mind there, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"A covering of the great blue lotus, they hold upon my head;

I waft divine fragrance, this is the fruit of seven water lilies.

"Sometimes when I was being led, by my congregation of kinsmen then;

As far as my assembly extended, a great canopy was held.

"Of seventy kings of gods, I attained the status of chief queen;

Having been lord everywhere, I wander in the round of rebirths from existence to existence.

I attained the status of chief queen of sixty-three universal monarchs;

All conformed to me, my words were acceptable.

"My beauty is like that of a waterlily, and my odour diffuses;

I do not know ugliness, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.

"Skilled in the bases for spiritual power, delighting in the development of enlightenment factors;

Having attained the perfection of direct knowledge, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.

Skilled in the establishments of mindfulness, with concentration and meditative absorption as their resort;

Engaged in right striving, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.

"Energy is my beast of burden, carrying me to freedom from bondage;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"Thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the flower that I honoured;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, uttering an inspired utterance, having changed those very verses, she spoke them.

Therein, "Abhayā" - she addresses herself. "Fragile" means of a nature that breaks; the meaning is impermanent. "Where worldlings are attached" means in this body, which is of a nature that breaks in a moment, which is of the intrinsic nature of impurity, foul odour, loathsomeness, and repulsiveness, these blind worldlings, beings, are stuck, attached. "I shall lay down this body" means but I, indifferent, without taking up again, shall cast off, shall discard this body, this putrid body. Therein, she states the reason by "fully aware and mindful."

"By many painful states" means the intention is: for one touched by many painful states such as birth, ageing, and so on. "For one who delights in heedfulness" means for one who delights in heedfulness - termed as the continuous presence of mindfulness - because of having attained a sense of urgency through that very state of being fallen into suffering. The remainder is according to the method already stated. And here, according to the procedure taught by the Teacher -

"Lay down this body, for you who delight in heedfulness;

Attain the elimination of craving, fulfil the Buddha's teaching."

This is the reading, but because it was placed into the recitation according to the procedure as spoken by the elder nun. "For you who delight in heedfulness" (appamādaratāya te) means: you should be one who delights in heedfulness - this is the meaning.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Abhayā is completed.

10.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sāmā

37-38. The verse beginning with "Four times, five times" is the verse of the elder nun Sāmā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in Kosambī, her name was Sāmātissā. She, having attained discretion, having become a dear companion of the female lay follower Sāmāvatī, when she had died, with religious emotion arisen, went forth. And having gone forth, being unable to dispel the sorrow that had arisen referring to Sāmāvatī, she was not able to take the noble path. At a later time, having heard the exhortation of the Elder Ānanda who was seated in the sitting hall, having established insight, on the seventh day from that, together with the analytical knowledges, she attained arahantship.

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, making it known -

37.

"Four times, five times, I went out from the dwelling;

Not having gained peace of mind, not having control over my mind;

For me that was the eighth night, since when craving was uprooted.

38.

"By many painful states, for me who delights in heedfulness;

The elimination of craving has been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

She spoke these two verses by way of an inspired utterance.

Therein, "four times, five times, I went out from the dwelling" means having thought "Seated in my dwelling-place with attention to insight, being unable to bring the ascetic duty to its culmination, due to the absence of a suitable climate, is not my insight indeed obstructed by the path?" I went out from the dwelling, from the lodging, nine times - four and five - outside. Therefore she said "not having gained peace of mind, not having control over my mind." Therein, "peace of mind" is said with reference to the concentration of the noble path. "Not having control over my mind" means not wielding power over my meditation mind due to the absence of moderation of energy. It is said that she had excessively exerted energy. "For me that was the eighth night" means from the time I received the exhortation in the presence of the Elder Ānanda, from that time onwards, unwearied night and day, doing the work of insight, at night having gone out from the dwelling four times and five times, applying attention, not having attained distinction, on the eighth night, having obtained moderation of energy, she exhausted the mental defilements by the succession of paths - this is the meaning. Therefore it was said - "For me that was the eighth night, since when craving was uprooted." The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sāmā is completed.

The commentary on the Book of Twos is completed.

3.

The Book of the Threes

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Other Elder Nun Sāmā

39-41. In the Book of Threes, the verse beginning with "Twenty-five years" is the verse of another elder nun, Sāmā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, was reborn in the realm of kinnaras on the bank of the river Candabhāgā. She there, devoted to amusement, wandered about together with the kinnaras. Then one day the Teacher, for the purpose of planting a wholesome seed for her, having gone there, walked up and down on the riverbank. She, having seen the Blessed One, full of mirth, having taken sal flowers, having gone to the Teacher's presence, having paid homage, venerated the Blessed One with those flowers. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in Kosambī, having come of age, having become a companion of Sāmāvatī, when she had died, with a sense of urgency arisen, having gone forth, not having obtained concentration of mind for twenty-five years, in the time of old age, having received the exhortation of the Fortunate One, having developed insight, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was a kinnara woman then;

I saw the god of gods, the lord of men walking up and down.

"Having plucked a sal flower, I, a slave of the foremost Buddha, gave it;

The great hero sniffed at the sal flower with divine fragrance.

"Having accepted, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, Vipassī, the leader of the world;

The great hero sniffed at it while I was looking on then.

"Having raised my joined palms, having paid homage to the highest of bipeds;

Having gladdened my own mind, I then ascended the mountain.

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, when I gave flowers then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

39.

"Twenty-five years, since I went forth;

I do not know of having attained tranquillity of mind at any time.

40.

"Not having gained peace of mind, not having control over my mind;

Then I attained religious emotion, having remembered the Conqueror's Dispensation.

41.

"By many painful states, for me who delights in heedfulness;

The elimination of craving has been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

Today is my seventh night, since when craving was dried up."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "tranquillity of mind" means the appeasement of mind, the concentration of serenity of mind, path, and fruition - this is the meaning.

"Thereby" means therefore, because of the inability to bring the mind under control. "Attained religious emotion" means even while the Teacher was still living, being unable to bring the task of one gone forth to its summit, thinking "How shall I bring it to completion afterwards?" I attained religious emotion, the terror of knowledge. "Having remembered the Conqueror's Dispensation" means having recollected the Teacher's exhortation such as the simile of the blind turtle and so on. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the other elder nun Sāmā is completed.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Uttamā

42-44. The verse beginning with "Four times, five times" is the verse of the excellent elder nun. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, was reborn as a household slave girl in the home of a certain householder in the city of Bandhumatī. She, having come of age, lived performing service for her masters. And at that time King Bandhuma, on the full moon day, having become an observer of the Observance, before the meal having given gifts, after the meal having gone, listens to the Teaching. Then the public, just as the king proceeds, in the same way on the full moon day, having undertaken the Observance factors, they carry on. Then this occurred to that slave girl - "Now indeed the great king and the public, having undertaken the Observance factors, carry on; what if I were to undertake the Observance morality on Observance days and carry on." She, doing so, having observed the completely pure Observance morality, was reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, wandering again and again only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a millionaire's family in Sāvatthī, having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, having gone forth, having established insight, she was not able to bring it to its culmination. The Elder Nun Paṭācārā, having known the disposition of her mind, gave exhortation. She, having stood firm in her exhortation, together with the analytical knowledges, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Bandhumatī, there was a warrior named Bandhumā;

On the full moon day, he observed the Observance.

"I at that time, a water-carrying slave girl I was there;

Having seen the army with its king, thus I reflected then.

"Even the king, having abandoned kingship, observed the Observance;

Surely that action was fruitful, the crowd of people was glad.

"Having wisely reviewed, the bad destination and poverty;

Having gladdened the mind, I observed the Observance.

"Having observed the Observance in the teaching of the perfectly Self-awakened One;

By that well-done action, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"There my divine mansion was well made, risen up two yojanas high;

Endowed with excellent pinnacle buildings, well adorned with great seats.

"A hundred thousand nymphs stand close to me always;

Surpassing other gods, I outshine them always.

"I attained the status of chief queen of sixty-four kings of gods;

I attained the status of chief queen of sixty-three universal monarchs.

"Having become gold-coloured, I wander in the round of rebirths through existences;

Everywhere I am the noble one, this is the fruit of the Observance.

"Elephant vehicles, horse vehicles, chariot vehicles and palanquins;

I obtain all this indeed, this is the fruit of the Observance.

"Made of gold, made of silver, and also made of crystal;

And made of coral, I obtain all.

"Silks and woollen blankets, linens and cottons too;

And very costly garments, I obtain all.

"Food, drink, solid food, cloth and lodgings;

All this one would obtain, this is the fruit of the Observance.

"Excellent odour and garlands, scented powder and cosmetics;

All this one would obtain, this is the fruit of the Observance.

"A pinnacle building and a mansion, a pavilion, a long building, a cave;

All this one would obtain, this is the fruit of the Observance.

"Seven years old by birth, I went forth into homelessness;

Before a fortnight had passed, I attained arahantship.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the action which I did then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the Observance.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

42.

"Four times, five times, I went out from the dwelling;

Not having gained peace of mind, not having control over my mind.

43.

"I approached a nun, who was trustworthy to me;

She taught me the Teaching, the aggregates, sense bases, and elements.

44.

"Having heard the teaching from her, as she instructed me;

For seven days in a single cross-legged posture, I sat, endowed with joy and happiness;

On the eighth day I stretched out my feet, having shattered the mass of darkness."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "I approached a nun, who was trustworthy to me" means she who was to be trusted by me, whose words were trustworthy, that nun I approached, I went to; it refers to the Elder Nun Paṭācārā by way of faith. "That nun approached, who was my accomplisher" is also a reading. That nun Paṭācārā out of compassion approached me, she who was the accomplisher of my own welfare - this is the meaning. "She taught me the Teaching, the aggregates, sense bases, and elements" means that Elder Nun Paṭācārā, having classified and shown the aggregates and so on thus: "these are the five aggregates, these are the twelve sense bases, these are the eighteen elements," taught the Teaching to me.

"Having heard the Teaching from her" means having heard, in the presence of that elder nun who had attained the analytical knowledges, the subtle and refined insight teaching taught preceded by the classification of the aggregates and so on, leading to the noble path. "As she instructed me" means that elder nun, just as she instructed me, exhorted me, so practising, having brought the practice to its culmination, even so for seven days I sat in a single cross-legged posture. How? "Endowed with joy and happiness" means possessed of the joy and happiness born of meditative absorption. "On the eighth day I stretched out my feet, having shattered the mass of darkness" means having shattered completely the mass of delusion by the highest path, on the eighth day, breaking the cross-legged posture, I stretched out my feet. This itself was her declaration of final liberating knowledge.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Uttamā is completed.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Other Elder Nun Uttamā

45-47. The verses of another elder nun, Uttamā, beginning with "These seven factors of enlightenment." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, was reborn as a household slave girl in the city of Bandhumatī. She, one day, having seen a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions, a disciple of the Teacher, walking for almsfood, with a gladdened mind, gave three sweet-meats. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a wealthy brahmin family in a certain place in the Kosala country, having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher who was wandering on a journey through the country, having gained faith, having gone forth, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Bandhumatī, I was a water-carrying slave girl;

Having taken my share, I went as a water carrier.

"Having seen an ascetic on the road, with peaceful mind, composed;

With a confident mind, glad, I gave sweet-meats for thirteen days.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

For ninety-one cosmic cycles, I do not go to the nether world.

Having achieved that success, I experienced all;

Having given three sweet-meats, I have attained the unshakeable state.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

45.

"These seven factors of enlightenment, the path for the attainment of Nibbāna;

All of them were developed by me, as taught by the Buddha.

46.

"Of emptiness and the signless, I am an obtainer at will;

A legitimate daughter of the Buddha, always delighting in Nibbāna.

47.

"All sensual pleasures have been cut off, those that are divine and those that are human;

The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "of emptiness and the signless, I am an obtainer at will" means I am an obtainer at will of the emptiness attainment and the signless attainment; therein, whatever attainment I wish to enter, wherever, whenever, that very attainment, there, then, having entered upon it, I dwell - this is the meaning. For even though for any path whatsoever named emptiness, desireless, and so on, the threefold fruition distinguished as emptiness and so on comes to be. But this elder nun enters only upon the emptiness and signless attainment. Therefore it was said - "Of emptiness and the signless, I am an obtainer at will." Or this was said mostly. Others say this is merely an illustration.

"Those that are divine and those that are human" means whatever objective sensual pleasures included in the heavenly world and those included in the human world - all of them have been completely cut off by me through the abandoning of desire and lust bound to them, made unworthy of enjoyment. For it is said - "A monk who has eliminated the mental corruptions is incapable, friend, of consuming sensual pleasures. Just as formerly when he was a householder." The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the other elder nun Uttamā is completed.

4.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Dantikā

48-50. The verses of the elder nun Dantikā beginning with "Having come out from the day residence." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in a time void of a Buddha, was reborn in the realm of kinnaras on the bank of the river Candabhāgā. She, one day, playing together with the kinnaras, wandering about, saw a certain Individually Enlightened One seated for the day's abiding at the root of a certain tree. Having seen him, with a gladdened mind, having approached, having made an offering with sal flowers, having paid homage, she departed. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the house of the royal chaplain brahmin of the king of Kosala in Sāvatthī, having attained discretion, having gained faith at the acceptance of the Jeta Grove, having become a female lay follower, afterwards having gone forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, while dwelling in Rājagaha, one day, after the meal, having ascended Vulture's Peak, seated for the day's abiding, having seen an elephant stretching out its foot for the elephant driver to mount, having made that very thing her object, having developed insight, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was a kinnara woman then;

I saw the stainless Buddha, the Self-Become One, the unconquered.

"With a confident mind, glad, filled with joy, with joined palms;

Having taken a sal garland, I venerated the Self-Become One.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the kinnarī body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"I attained the status of chief queen of thirty-six kings of gods;

What is wished for by my mind, arises as desired.

I attained the status of chief queen of ten universal monarchs;

Having become as if gathered, I wander in the round of rebirths from existence to existence.

"Wholesome deed is found in me, I went forth into homelessness;

Worthy of veneration am I today, in the Sakyan son's Dispensation.

"With purified mind today, rid of mental evil;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"Ninety-four cosmic cycles ago from now, when I honoured the Buddha;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the sal garland.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, filled with joy and happiness, by way of an inspired utterance -

48.

"Having come out from the day residence, on Vulture's Peak mountain;

I saw an elephant that had plunged in and emerged, on the riverbank.

49.

"A man, having taken a goad, requests 'Give your foot';

The elephant stretched out its foot, the man mounted the elephant.

50.

"Having seen the untamed one tamed, come under the control of human beings;

Thereupon I concentrated my mind, indeed having gone to the forest for that reason." - He spoke these verses.

Therein, "an elephant that had plunged in and emerged" means a noble elephant, having made a plunge into the river, having plunged in, then come out from there. Or the reading is "ogayha muttiṇṇa." The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. "I saw on the riverbank" means I beheld on the bank of the river Candabhāgā.

"What were they doing?" - to show this, "a man" and so on was said. Therein, "requests 'give your foot'" means "give your foot" - he gives a signal to stretch out the foot for the purpose of mounting the back; indeed, giving a signal as previously trained, here he is said to "request."

"Having seen the untamed one tamed" means one previously untamed by nature, now having undergone the taming and training by the elephant trainer through elephant training. What kind of tamed? "Come under the control of human beings" - the explanation is: having seen whatever human beings command, that and that. "Thereupon I concentrated my mind, indeed having gone to the forest for that reason" - "khalu" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of emphasis. Thereupon, after seeing the elephant, having gone to the forest, the wilderness, by reason of that action of the elephant which was the cause, I concentrated my mind indeed. How? "Even this elephant, an animal, has come to taming through the influence of the elephant tamer; why should the mind of one who has become a human being not come to taming through the influence of the Teacher, the tamer of persons?" - with a sense of urgency arisen, having developed insight, through the concentration of the highest path, I concentrated my mind; by perpetual concentration, I exhausted the mental defilements in every respect - this is the meaning.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Dantikā is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Ubbirī

51-53. The verses of the elder nun Ubbirī beginning with "Mother, Jīvā." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, one day, when her mother and father had gone to another house to enjoy a blessing, being alone, left behind by herself at home, at the approaching time, having seen a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions, a disciple of the Blessed One, going near the house door, wishing to give almsfood, having said "Venerable sir, enter here," when the elder had entered the house, having paid homage to the elder with the fivefold prostration, having prepared a seat with long-fleeced rugs and so on, she gave it. The elder sat down on the prepared seat. She, having taken the bowl, having filled it with almsfood, placed it in the elder's hands. The elder, having given thanksgiving, departed. She, by that meritorious action, having been reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, having experienced lofty heavenly success there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in Sāvatthī, received the name Ubbirī; she was lovely, beautiful, and pleasing. She, at the time of coming of age, was led to his own house by the king of Kosala, and after the passing of several years, she obtained one daughter. They gave her the name Jīvantī. The king, having seen her daughter, with a satisfied mind, gave the consecration to Ubbirī. But her daughter, at the time of running about and roaming around, died. The mother, having gone to the cemetery where the laying down of her body was done, laments day after day. One day, having gone to the Teacher's presence, having paid homage, having sat down for a short while, having gone, standing on the bank of the river Aciravatī, she laments referring to her daughter. Having seen that, the Teacher, while just seated in the perfumed chamber, having shown himself, asked "Why do you wail?" "I wail referring to my daughter, Blessed One." "Cremated at this cemetery, your daughters number eighty-four thousand; with reference to which of them do you wail?" Having shown the respective cremation places of those -

51.

"Mother, 'Jīvā!' you weep in the forest, understand yourself, Ubbirī;

Eighty-four thousand, all bearing the name Jīvā;

Were cremated at this cremation ground, for which of them do you grieve?" He spoke a verse and a half.

Therein, "Mother, Jīvā" is an address to the daughter by the affectionate name for mother, and this is a showing of the manner of her wailing. "You weep in the forest" means you lament in the midst of the forest. "Understand yourself, Ubbirī" means Ubbirī, first awaken to your own self, know as it really is. "Eighty-four thousand" means eighty-four thousand. "All bearing the name Jīvā" means all those too are Jīvantīs, who are of the same name. "Cremated at this cremation ground" means cremated at this cemetery. "For which of them do you grieve" means with reference to which among those eighty-four thousand named Jīvantī do you bewail, do you fall into sorrow - thus, when the Teaching was taught by the Teacher, in accordance with the teaching, having sent forth knowledge, having undertaken insight, through the beauty of the Teacher's instruction and through the maturity of her own conditions, just as she stood, having aroused zeal in insight, she became established in the highest fruition, arahantship, by the succession of paths. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a girl then;

My mother and father too, they went to work.

"When the sun was at midday, I saw an ascetic;

Going along the road, I prepared a seat.

"Having prepared my seat with woollen carpets with long fleece;

With a confident mind, glad, I spoke these words.

"The ground is heated and boiling, the sun standing at midday;

And the winds do not blow, and this is the time for rain."

"This seat has been laid down for your benefit, O great sage;

Out of compassion, sit down upon my seat.

"There sat the ascetic, well tamed, with purified mind;

Having taken his bowl, I gave according to what was prepared.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"There my divine mansion was well made, well-fashioned with a seat;

Sixty yojanas in height, thirty yojanas in width.

"Made of gold, made of jewels, and also made of crystal;

And made of ruby, various are my divans.

"Cotton mattresses with various coverings, and with silk painted ones;

And with fur on one side, my divans are well-established.

"Whenever I wish for passage, devoted to laughter and play;

Together with the excellent divan, I go to what I wished for.

"I attained the status of chief queen of eighty kings of gods;

I attained the status of chief queen of seventy universal monarchs.

"Wandering in the round of rebirths from existence to existence, I obtain great wealth;

There is no deficiency in my wealth, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"I wander in two existences, in divinity and also in humanity;

I do not know other existences, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"I am born in two families, in the warrior caste and also in the brahmin caste;

Of high birth everywhere, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"I do not know displeasure, the sorrow of my mind;

I do not know disfiguration, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"Nurses attend upon me, hunchbacks and cloth-wearers, many;

I go from lap to lap, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"Some bathe me, some feed me, some delight me always;

Some anoint me with fragrance, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"In a pavilion or at the root of a tree, or for one dwelling in an empty house;

Having understood my thought, a divan stands close.

"This is my last, the final existence goes on;

Even today, having abandoned kingship, I went forth into homelessness.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the gift that I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of a single seat.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having become established in arahantship, making known the distinction attained by herself -

52.

"He has indeed drawn out my dart, difficult to see, lodged in my heart;

He who, for me overcome with sorrow, dispelled my grief for my daughter.

53.

"Today I have the dart pulled out, without hunger, attained final Nibbāna;

I go to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community for refuge, the sage."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "he has indeed drawn out my dart, difficult to see, lodged in the heart" means difficult to see as it really is for those who have not accumulated the requisites of merit, based upon my mind, called a "dart" because of generating affliction, because of being difficult to remove, and because of piercing within - he has indeed drawn out, indeed taken out, sorrow and craving. "He who, for me overcome with sorrow" means because he dispelled my grief for my daughter for me who was overcome with sorrow, removed it without remainder, therefore "he has indeed drawn out my dart" - this is the explanation.

"Today I have the dart pulled out" means she, I, today, with the dart of craving pulled out in every respect, thereby indeed without hunger, attained final Nibbāna. "The sage" means the omniscient Buddha, and the ninefold supramundane Teaching distinguished as the path, fruition, and Nibbāna taught by him, and the Community reckoned as the assembly of eight noble persons established therein, and because of connection with those unsurpassed ones and because of the destruction of the entire suffering of the round of rebirths, they are refuge, shelter, rock cell, and ultimate goal. "I go to" means I approach, I understand, and I practise - this is the meaning.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Ubbirī is concluded.

6.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sukkā

54-56. The verses of the Elder Nun Sukkā beginning with "What have they done in Rājagaha" and so on. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Bandhumatī, having attained discretion, having gone together with female lay followers to the monastery, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, she was very learned, a bearer of the Teaching, and possessing discernment. She, having lived the holy life there for many thousands of years, having merely made a worldling's death, was reborn in Tusita. Likewise in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, and in the time of the Blessed One Vessabhū - thus having kept morality in the Dispensation of three perfectly Self-awakened Ones, she was very learned and a bearer of the Teaching; likewise, having gone forth in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa, she was of pure morality, very learned, and a preacher of the Teaching.

Thus she, having accumulated much merit here and there, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in the city of Rājagaha; her name was Sukkātissā. She, having attained discretion, having gained confidence at the Teacher's entry into Rājagaha, having become a female lay follower, at a later time, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Elder Nun Dhammadinnā, with religious emotion arisen, having gone forth in her very presence, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader named Vipassī;

Arose, lovely to behold, one with insight into all phenomena.

"Then I in Bandhumatī, was born in a certain family;

Having heard the Teaching of the sage, I went forth into homelessness.

"Very learned, bearers of the Teaching, possessing discernment likewise;

Brilliant speakers too, workers in the Conqueror's Dispensation.

"Having then given a talk on the Teaching, for the welfare of many people;

Having passed away from there to Tusita, I was reborn, one of fame.

"Thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, like a peacock, the crested Conqueror;

Shining with glory in the world, the best of speakers arose.

"Even then, having gone forth, skilled in the Buddha's Dispensation;

Having illuminated the Conqueror's words, from there too they went to the celestial abode.

"In the thirty-first cosmic cycle, the Leader named Vessabhū;

Arose, the one of great wisdom, and even then likewise was I.

"Having gone forth, a bearer of the Teaching, I illuminated the Conqueror's Dispensation;

Having gone to the charming city of the gods, I experienced great happiness.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, Kakusandha, the highest conqueror;

Arose, the refuge of men, and even then likewise was I.

"Having gone forth according to the sage's teaching, having illuminated it for my lifespan;

Having passed away from there, I went to the celestial abode as to my own dwelling.

"In this very cosmic cycle, Koṇāgamana, the leader;

Arose as the refuge of the world, without conflict, gone to the Deathless.

"Even then, having gone forth, in the Dispensation of that Such One;

Very learned, a bearer of the Teaching, I illuminated the Conqueror's Dispensation.

"In this very cosmic cycle, Kassapa, the highest sage;

Arose as the refuge of the world, without conflict, gone beyond death.

"Of that hero among men too, having gone forth in the Dispensation;

Having thoroughly learnt the Good Teaching, confident in interrogation.

"Virtuous and conscientious, skilled in the three trainings;

Having given many talks on the Teaching, for as long as life, O great sage.

"By the result of that action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, in Giribbaja, the best of cities;

Born in a prosperous millionaire's family, with a great accumulation of jewels.

"When, surrounded by a thousand monks, the leader of the world;

Approached Rājagaha, praised by the thousand-eyed one.

"Tamed, together with the tamed, the former matted-hair ascetics, free, together with the free;

With the colour of refined gold, the Blessed One entered Rājagaha.

"Having seen that majestic power of the Buddha, and having heard the accumulation of virtues;

Having gladdened my mind in the Buddha, I worshipped him according to my strength.

"And at a later time, in Dhammadinnā's presence;

Having gone forth from home, I went forth into homelessness.

While my hair was being cut, I burnt up the defilements;

I learned the entire teaching, not long after I had gone forth.

Then I taught the Teaching, at the assembly of the public;

While the Teaching was being taught, there was the full realization of the teaching.

"Having known that of many thousands of living beings, greatly astonished;

The demon devoted to me, having roamed around Giribbaja.

"What have the people of Rājagaha done, that they lie as if drunk on honey;

Who do not attend upon Sukkā, teaching the Deathless state.

"And that which is irresistible, full and delicious in itself, nourishing;

The wise drink it, methinks, like travellers from a rain cloud.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I am a master, O great sage.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

Knowledge for me, O great hero, arisen in your presence.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, she was a great teacher of the Teaching with a retinue of five hundred nuns. She, one day, having walked for almsfood in Rājagaha, having completed the meal duty, having entered the nuns' quarters, as if squeezing a honeycomb and giving a very sweet drink to the great assembly that had sat down, as if sprinkling with the Deathless, she teaches the Teaching. And the assembly listens to her talk on the Teaching with ears inclined, with undistracted minds, attentively. At that moment, a deity dwelling in a tree at the end of the elder nun's walking path, devoted to the teaching of the Teaching, having entered Rājagaha, having wandered from road to road, from crossroads to crossroads, making clear her virtues -

54.

"What have the people of Rājagaha done, that they lie as if drunk on honey;

Who do not attend upon Sukkā, teaching the Buddha's teaching.

55.

"And that which is irresistible, full and delicious in itself, nourishing;

The wise drink it, methinks, like travellers from a rain cloud."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "What have the people of Rājagaha done" means these people of Rājagaha, what have they done, in what task indeed are they occupied? "As if drunk on honey, they lie" means just as those who, having taken honeycomb honey, having drunk the honey, having become unconscious, are unable to raise their heads, so these too, having become unconscious through the perception of the Teaching, methinks, are unable to raise their heads; they merely lie there - this is the meaning. "Who do not attend upon Sukkā, teaching the Buddha's teaching" means those who do not attend upon, do not wait upon the elder nun Sukkā, who teaches, who makes known the teaching of the Buddha, the Blessed One, as it really is. Those people of Rājagaha, what have they done - this is the explanation.

"And that which is irresistible" means and that Teaching which brings about the state of non-returning, leading to liberation; or by its excellence, which cannot be taken away because of its nature of captivating the hearing of the audience; full and delicious in itself, not requiring anything added, by nature itself of great flavour, and therefore nourishing. "Osadha" is also a reading. Being a medicine for the treatment of the disease of the suffering of the round of rebirths. "The wise drink it, methinks, like travellers from a rain cloud" means just as travellers in a waterless wilderness drink water that has come forth from amidst the rain clouds, so wise persons, learned men, drink that Teaching, methinks - they listen as if drinking.

The people, having heard that, with gladdened minds, having approached the presence of the elder nun, listened to the Teaching attentively. At a later time, at the end of the elder nun's life span, at the time of final Nibbāna, for the purpose of making manifest the nature of the Dispensation as leading to liberation, declaring the final liberating knowledge -

56.

"Sukkā, with bright qualities, without lust, concentrated;

Bears her final body, having conquered Māra with his army." she spoke this verse;

Therein, "Sukkā" - the elder nun Sukkā shows herself as if speaking of another. "With bright qualities" means with well-purified supramundane states. "Without lust, concentrated" means by the highest path altogether without lust, concentrated through the concentration of the fruition of arahantship. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sukkā is concluded.

7.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Selā

57-59. The verse of the elder nun Selā beginning with "There is no escape in the world." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, given by her mother and father to a son of good family of the same birth, having lived together with him in pleasant communal life for many hundreds of years, when he had deceased, she herself too, having traversed the span of life, having reached the final stage of life, with a sense of urgency arisen, seeking what is wholesome, from time to time wandered about from park to park, from monastery to monastery, thinking "I shall listen to the Teaching in the presence of ascetics and brahmins." She, one day, having approached the Teacher's Bodhi tree, sat down thinking "If the Buddha, the Blessed One, is matchless, equal to the matchless, without equal, let this Bodhi tree show me a wonder." Immediately upon the arising of her consciousness thus, the Bodhi tree blazed up, branches entirely made of gold arose, all directions shone brilliantly. She, having seen that wonder, with a gladdened mind, having established respect and consideration, having raised joined palms on her head, sat down right there for seven nights and days. On the seventh day she made a lofty veneration and honour. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the daughter of King Āḷavika in the country of Āḷavī. Her name was Selā. But because she was the daughter of King Āḷavika, they also call her Āḷavikā. She, having attained discretion, when the Teacher, having tamed Āḷavaka, having given the bowl and robes into his hands, had approached the city of Āḷavī together with him, being a girl, having gone together with the king to the presence of the Teacher, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, became a female lay follower. She, at a later time, with religious emotion arisen, having gone forth among the nuns, having completed the preliminary functions, having established insight, contemplating the activities, because of being endowed with decisive support, with matured knowledge, before long attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a wanderer then;

From park to park, I wander seeking the wholesome.

"On a day in the dark fortnight, I saw the highest enlightenment tree;

Having gladdened my mind there, I sat down at the foot of the Bodhi tree.

"Having cultivated a respectful mind, having made a salutation with joined palms at my head;

Having declared my pleasure, thus I thought at that very moment.

"'If the Buddha is of immeasurable virtue, matchless,

Let him show me a miracle, let this Bodhi tree shine forth.'

"As soon as it was reflected upon by me, the Bodhi tree blazed up at that very moment;

Entirely made of gold it was, all directions shine brilliantly.

"For seven nights and days there, at the foot of the Bodhi tree I sat down;

When the seventh day arrived, I made an offering of lamps.

"Having surrounded the seat, five lamps blazed;

Until the sun rose, my lamps blazed then.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"There my divine mansion was well made, called 'Five Lamps';

Sixty yojanas in height, thirty yojanas in width.

"Countless lamps blazed in my retinue;

As far as the divine abode, it shines with the light of lamps.

"Having sat down with face turned away, if I wish to see;

Above, below, and across, I see all with my eye.

"As far as I wish to see those in good and bad destinations;

There is no obstruction, whether in trees or mountains.

"I attained the status of chief queen of eighty kings of gods;

Of a hundred universal monarchs, I attained the status of chief queen.

"Whatever realm of rebirth I am reborn in, whether divinity or human;

A hundred thousand lamps blaze in my retinue.

"Having fallen away from the world of the gods, I was born in my mother's womb;

While gone into my mother's womb, my eye does not close.

"A hundred thousand lamps, endowed with meritorious deeds;

Blaze in the maternity house, this is the fruit of five lamps.

"When the final existence was attained, I turned away my mind;

I touched Nibbāna, the ageless, deathless, state of coolness.

"Seven years old by birth, I attained arahantship;

The Buddha, Gotama, gave me full ordination, having understood my virtues.

"In a pavilion or at the root of a tree, or for one dwelling in an empty house;

Then a lamp blazes, this is the fruit of five lamps.

"The divine eye is pure in me, I am skilled in concentration;

Having attained the perfection of direct knowledge, this is the fruit of five lamps.

"Having accomplished all that was to be accomplished, having done what was to be done, without mental corruptions;

Five lamps, O great hero, I pay homage at your feet, O One with Vision.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago, when I gave a lamp then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of five lamps.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, the elder nun, while dwelling at Sāvatthī, one day, after the meal, having departed from Sāvatthī, having entered the Blind Men's Grove for the purpose of the day residence, sat down at the root of a certain tree. Then Māra, wishing to cut her off from seclusion, having approached in the guise of an unrelated person -

57.

"There is no escape in the world, what will you do with seclusion;

Enjoy sensual delights, do not be one who regrets afterwards." He spoke a verse.

Its meaning is - In this world, even when all doctrines are being examined, there is no escape called Nibbāna; what is acknowledged according to the desire of those various ascetics and brahmins is merely a conventional expression. Therefore, "what will you do with seclusion" means standing in such a form, in the accomplished first youth, what will you do with this bodily seclusion? Then "enjoy sensual delights" means experience the delights of play based upon objective sensual pleasure and sensual pleasure as mental defilement. Why? "Do not be one who regrets afterwards" - the intention is: do not be one who is remorseful afterwards, thinking "The very Nibbāna for the sake of which I live the holy life does not exist; therefore this has not been attained, and sensual enjoyments have been lost - alas, this is harmful to me."

Having heard that, the elder nun thought: "This Māra is indeed foolish, who rejects Nibbāna that has become evident to me. And he invites me to sensual pleasures; he does not know my state of having eliminated the mental corruptions. Well then, having made him know that, I shall threaten him" - having thought thus -

58.

"Sensual pleasures are like stakes of spears, the aggregates are their chopping block;

What you call 'sensual delight', that is now discontent for me.

59.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death." She spoke this pair of verses.

Therein, "sensual pleasures are like stakes of spears" means sensual pleasures by name, by whomever they are determined upon, because of piercing through that being, should be seen as like a sharp spear and like a stake. "Aggregates" means the aggregates of clinging. "Their" means of those. "Chopping block" means the locus for cutting, the place for excessive seizing - this is the meaning. Because, having excessively seized the aggregates, beings arrive at cutting and breaking punishments through sensual pleasures. "What you call 'sensual delight', that is now discontent for me" means Evil One, that which you speak of as sensual delight, making it something to be delighted in and to be cultivated, that is now for me, because of the arising of discontent, like excrement; there is no use whatsoever of it for me.

Therein, she states the reason by the phrase beginning with "delight has been destroyed everywhere." Therein, "know thus" means know me as "one whose craving and ignorance have been abandoned in every respect"; therefore, precisely by the overcoming of power, destruction, and domain, O Death, one of inferior conduct, Māra, you are defeated, afflicted by me, but I am not to be afflicted by you - this is the meaning.

Thus threatened by the elder nun, Māra disappeared right there. The elder nun too, having spent the daytime in the Blind Men's Grove with the happiness of fruition attainment, in the evening went to her dwelling place.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Selā is concluded.

8.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Somā

60-62. The verses of the elder nun Somā beginning with "That which is to be attained by sages." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a wealthy warrior family, having attained discretion, was the chief queen of King Aruṇa - thus the entire past story is similar to the story of the elder nun Abhayā. As for the present story, this elder nun, wandering here and there among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Rājagaha as the daughter of the chaplain of King Bimbisāra. Her name was Somā. She, having attained discretion, having gained faith at the Teacher's entry into Rājagaha, having become a female lay follower, at a later time, with religious emotion arisen, having gone forth among the nuns, having completed the preliminary functions, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the city of Aruṇavatī, there was a warrior named Aruṇa;

I was the wife of that king, I prevented what was to be prevented.

"As far as, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

All is similar to the life history of the elder nun Abhayā.

But having attained arahantship, dwelling in the bliss of liberation at Sāvatthī, one day, having entered the Blind Men's Grove for the purpose of the day residence, she sat down at the root of a certain tree. Then Māra, wishing to cut her off from seclusion, having approached in an invisible form, standing in the sky -

60.

"That state which is to be attained by sages, difficult to reach,

That cannot be attained by a woman with her two-finger wisdom." He spoke this verse.

Its meaning is - What is to be attained by those of great wisdom such as the Buddhas and others who have received the name "sage" in the meaning of searching for the aggregates of morality and so on, that is difficult to reach by others, difficult to accomplish. That which is the state of supreme comfort reckoned as arahantship, that cannot be attained by a woman of two-finger wisdom, of inferior wisdom. For women, from the age of seven or eight years onwards, cooking rice at all times, having put rice-grains into boiling water, do not know "To this extent the rice is cooked"; but having lifted out the rice-grains with a ladle and having squeezed them with two fingers, they know; therefore they are said to have "two-finger wisdom."

Having heard that, the elder nun, rebuking Māra -

61.

"What does womanhood matter to us when the mind is well concentrated,

When knowledge is progressing, rightly seeing the Teaching.

62.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death."

She spoke the other two verses.

Therein, "what does womanhood matter to us" means what would the state of being a woman do to us, what kind of fetter would it produce for the attainment of arahantship. "When the mind is well concentrated" means when the mind is well concentrated through the concentration of the highest path. "When knowledge is progressing" means thereupon when the knowledge of the path of arahantship is occurring. "Rightly seeing the Teaching with insight" means seeing properly the Teaching of the four truths by the method of full understanding and so on. For here this is the summary - Evil One, whether one be a woman or a man, when the highest path is attained, arahantship has come into one's possession.

Now, showing directly that she herself had attained that state, she spoke the verse "delight has been destroyed everywhere." That is of the meaning already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Somā is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Threes is concluded.

4.

The Book of the Fours

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Bhaddā Kāpilānī

63-66. In the Book of Fours, the verses of the elder nun Bhaddā Kāpilānī beginning with "The son, the heir of the Buddha." It is said that she, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among those who recollect past lives, having performed the preparatory action, herself too having aspired to that position of rank, having made merit for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, when a Buddha had not arisen, having been reborn in a family home in Bārāṇasī, having gone to her husband's family, one day, while making a dispute with her husband's sister, when that one had given almsfood to an Individually Enlightened One, thinking "This one, having given a gift to him, will obtain lofty success," having taken the bowl from the hand of the Individually Enlightened One, having thrown away the food, having filled it with mud, she gave it. The public reproached - "Foolish one, what has the Individually Enlightened One done wrong to you?" She, being ashamed by their words, having again taken the bowl, having taken out the mud, having washed it, having rubbed it with scented powder, having filled it with the four sweets, having placed it shining with ghee of the colour of the interior of a lotus poured over the top in the hands of the Individually Enlightened One, made the aspiration "Just as this almsfood has become radiant, so may my body become radiant." She, having passed away from there, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, was reborn as the daughter of a millionaire of great wealth in Bārāṇasī. Having a foul-smelling body as a result of former action, having become one to be loathed by people, with a sense of urgency arisen, having had a golden brick made from her own ornaments, she established it at the shrine of the Blessed One, and made an offering with a handful of water-lilies. On account of that, her body became fragrant and charming in that very existence. She, having become dear and agreeable to her husband, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, was reborn in heaven. There too, having experienced divine happiness for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having become the daughter of the king of Bārāṇasī, experiencing there success similar to divine success, having attended upon the Individually Enlightened Ones for a long time, when they had attained final Nibbāna, with a sense of urgency arisen, having gone forth in the going forth of a hermit, dwelling in a park, having developed the meditative absorptions, having been reborn in the Brahma world, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the house of a brahmin family of the Kosiya clan in the city of Sāgala, having grown up with great care, having come of age, she was led to the house of the young man Pipphali in the great ford village. When he had departed to go forth, having abandoned a great mass of wealth and a great circle of relatives, having gone out for the purpose of the going forth, having entered a sectarians' park for five years, at a later time, having obtained the going forth and full ordination in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having established insight, before long she attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then in Haṃsavatī, Videha by name;

A millionaire with abundant wealth, I was his wife.

"Sometimes he, together with his retinue, having approached the sun among men;

Heard the teaching of the Buddha, which dispels all suffering and fear.

"The Leader praised as foremost the disciple of those who advocate ascetic practices;

Having heard, having given a week-long gift to the Buddha, such a one.

"Having bowed down with my head at his feet, I aspired for that state;

He, the bull among men, gladdening the assembly then.

Out of compassion for the millionaire, he spoke these verses;

'You will obtain the wished for state, be one with passion quenched, dear son.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"His heir in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Kassapa by clan, will be a disciple of the Teacher.'

"Having heard that, having become joyful, then for as long as life, the Conqueror;

With a mind of friendliness he tended, with requisites, the Guide.

Having illuminated the Dispensation, having crushed the false teachers;

And having trained those fit to be trained, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.

"When that chief of the world was quenched, for the purpose of venerating the Teacher;

Having brought together relatives and friends, together with them he made an offering.

"A stupa seven yojanas high, lofty, made of jewels;

Blazing like the sun with a hundred rays, like a fully blossomed king of sal trees.

"Seven hundred thousand bowls he had made there;

Shining like a fire of reeds, with the seven jewels.

"Having filled with scented oil, he lit lamps there;

For the purpose of venerating the great sage, compassionate towards all beings.

"Seven hundred thousand full pots he had made;

Filled with jewels indeed, for the purpose of venerating the great sage.

"In the midst of the eight times eight pots, raised golden flames;

They outshine in beauty, like the sun in autumn.

"At the four gates shine arched gateways made of jewels;

Raised delightful planks shine, made of jewels.

They shine, fenced around, garlands well-fashioned;

Banners hoisted, the jewels shine brilliantly.

"Well-dyed, well made, variegated, the shrine made of jewels;

It outshines in beauty, like the sun at evening.

"The three platforms of the stupa, he filled with yellow orpiment;

One with red arsenic, and one with eye ointment.

"Having made such a charming offering to the excellent speaker;

He gave a gift to the Community, for as long as life, according to his strength.

Together with that millionaire, those meritorious deeds in every respect;

Having done so for as long as life, together they went to a fortunate destination.

"Having experienced realms of success, in divinity and also in humanity;

Like a shadow with the body, together with that very one I wandered in the round of rebirths.

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader named Vipassī;

Arose, lovely to behold, one with insight into all phenomena.

"Then this one, in Bandhumatī, a brahmin highly honoured;

Being wealthy in virtue, but very poor in riches.

"Even then I was his wife, a brahmin woman of righteous mind;

Sometimes that excellent twice-born one met with the great sage.

"Seated among the crowd of people, teaching the Deathless state;

Having heard the Teaching, greatly delighted, he gave a single cloth.

"Having gone home with one cloth, he said this to me;

Rejoice in the great merit, the cloth given to the Buddha.

"Then I, having made salutation with joined palms, gave thanks, greatly pleased;

The cloth is well given, my lord, to the Buddha, the foremost, such a one.

"Having been happy and prepared, wandering in the round of rebirths from existence to existence;

In the charming city of Bārāṇasī, there was a king, a lord of the earth.

"Then I was his chief queen, the highest among the group of women;

I was beloved to him, through former affection for my husband.

"Wandering for almsfood, those eight individual leaders;

Having seen them, being greatly delighted, having given very precious almsfood.

"Having invited again, having made a jewelled pavilion;

A bowl made by smiths, golden, indeed of such size.

"Having brought them all together, he gave a gift to them;

To those seated on golden seats, devoted, with his own hands.

"That gift too I gave together with a slave, with the king of Kāsi, I then;

Again I in Bārāṇasī, was born in a Kāsika village.

"In a prosperous householder's family, he was happy together with his brothers;

I was the wife of the eldest brother, a devoted wife.

"Having seen an Individually Enlightened One, for my youngest husband;

Having given him a portion of food, when he came I spoke to him.

"He did not delight in that gift, therefore I gave to him;

Having brought that food in a pot, he gave it again to that very one.

"Having thrown away that food, corrupted, I then to the Buddha;

That bowl filled with mud, I gave to such a one.

"In giving and in receiving, in honouring and even in offending;

Having seen his face with equanimous mind, then I was stirred exceedingly.

"Having taken the bowl again, having cleaned it with fragrance,

With a confident mind, having filled it, I gave ghee and sugar.

"Wherever I am reborn, I am handsome owing to giving;

But with foul-smelling speech owing to injury to the Buddha.

"Again, at the shrine being built for the hero Kassapa;

I gave an excellent golden brick, joyful.

"With the four kinds of perfume, having heaped up that brick;

Freed from the fault of bad odour, well-endowed with all limbs.

"Seven thousand bowls, with the seven jewels;

Having made them filled with ghee, and wicks by the thousands.

"Having placed and lit them, I set up seven rows;

For the purpose of honouring the Protector of the World, with a clear mind.

"Even then in that merit, O sister, distinctively;

Again born among the Kāsis, renowned as Sumitta.

"I was his wife, happy, adorned, beloved;

Then to the solitary sage, I gave a thick head-wrap.

"I was also his sister, having rejoiced in the highest gift;

Again in the Kāsi country, born of the Koliya clan.

"Then, together with five hundred sons of the Koliyas,

Attended upon five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones.

"Having satisfied him for three months, she gave the three robes;

His wife then I was, following the path of meritorious action.

"Having passed away from there, he was a king, named Nanda, of great fame;

I was also his chief queen, endowed with all sensual pleasures.

"Having become a king then, Brahmadatta, lord of the earth;

Of the sons of Padumavatī, the solitary sages then.

"Five hundred less, for as long as life I attended on;

Having housed them in a royal garden, and I worshipped those who were quenched.

"And having made shrines, having gone forth, both of us;

Having developed the boundless states, we went to the Brahma world.

"Having passed away from there, at the great ford, well-born, of the Pipphalī lineage;

His mother was Sumanadevī, his father a twice-born of the Kosiya clan.

"I, in the Madda country, in Sākala, the best of cities;

I was the daughter of Kappila, a brahmin, my mother was Sucīmatī.

"Having created me with a golden image from the house, my father;

Gave me to Kassapa the wise, to his hermitage, one who had renounced sensual pleasures.

"Sometimes he, the compassionate one, having gone to inspect the work;

Having seen living beings being eaten by crows and so on, he was stirred.

"When sesame seeds had arisen in the house, having seen them drying in the sunshine;

Worms being eaten by crows, I then gained a sense of urgency.

"Then that wise one went forth, I went forth after him;

For five rains retreats I dwelt, I as a wanderer.

"When she had gone forth, Gotamī, the nurturer of the Conqueror;

Then I, having approached her, was advised by the Buddha.

"Not long after, I attained arahantship;

Oh, the good friendship of the glorious Kassapa!

"Learned, the heir of the Buddha, Kassapa, well concentrated;

He who knows past lives, and sees heaven and the realms of misery.

"And also has attained the destruction of birth, the sage accomplished through direct knowledge;

By these three true knowledges, one becomes a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, a brahmin.

"Likewise Bhaddā Kāpilānī, possessing the threefold true knowledge, victorious over death;

Bears her final body, having conquered Māra with his mount.

"Having seen the danger in the world, we both have gone forth;

We are ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions, tamed, become cool, quenched.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, she was a master through practice in the knowledge of past lives. Therein, because she had made her aspiration with surpassing distinction, afterwards the Teacher, seated in the midst of the noble company at Jeta's Grove, while establishing the nuns in succession in their respective positions, established her in the foremost position among those who recollect past lives. She, one day, preceded by praise of the virtues of the Elder Mahākassapa, uttering an inspired utterance by way of making clear her own fulfilment of duty and so on -

63.

"The son, the heir of the Buddha, Kassapa, well concentrated;

He who knows past lives, and sees heaven and the realms of misery.

64.

"And also has attained the destruction of birth, the sage accomplished through direct knowledge;

By these three true knowledges, one becomes a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, a brahmin.

65.

"Likewise Bhaddā Kāpilānī, possessing the threefold true knowledge, victorious over death;

Bears her final body, having conquered Māra with his army.

66.

"Having seen the danger in the world, we both have gone forth;

We are ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions, tamed, become cool, quenched."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "the son, the heir of the Buddha" means a son born after the Perfectly Self-awakened One by virtue of being one who has awakened following the Buddha, and thereby an heir through the taking up of the nine supramundane teachings which constitute his inheritance. Kassapa is "well concentrated" through the state of well-concentrated mind by means of mundane and supramundane concentrations. "He who knows past lives" means the Elder Mahākassapa who, having made manifest the past lives - the continuity of aggregates dwelt in by himself and others - through the knowledge of recollecting past lives, knew, understood, and penetrated them. "And sees heaven and the realms of misery" means he sees with the divine eye heaven with its division into twenty-six god realms and the fourfold realm of misery, as if an emblic myrobalan on the palm of the hand.

"And also has attained the destruction of birth" means beyond that, he has attained arahantship reckoned as the destruction of birth. Through direct knowledge, having directly known with most excellent knowledge the phenomena that should be directly known, having fully understood what should be fully understood, having abandoned what should be abandoned, having realized what should be realized, he is accomplished, has reached the goal, with obligations fulfilled. He is a sage because of having attained wisdom reckoned as the wisdom of the elimination of mental corruptions.

"Likewise Bhaddā Kāpilānī" means just as Mahākassapa is a possessor of the threefold true knowledge by these three true knowledges as stated above, and victorious over death, likewise Bhaddā Kāpilānī is a possessor of the threefold true knowledge and victorious over death. "Therefore she bears her final body, having conquered Māra with his army" - she shows herself as if speaking of another.

Now, showing "just as the elder's practice is good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, so too is mine," she spoke the concluding verse "having seen the danger." Therein, "we are ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions, tamed" means we - the Elder Mahākassapa and I - are tamed with the highest self-control and are in every respect ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions. "Become cool, quenched" means precisely from that, through the absence of the fever of mental defilements, become cool, and quenched through the Nibbāna element with residue of clinging - we are, we exist - this is the meaning.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Bhaddā Kāpilānī is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Fours is concluded.

5.

The Book of the Fives

1.

Commentary on the Verses of a Certain Elder Nun

67-71. In the Book of Fives, the verses of a certain elder nun beginning with "Twenty-five years." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having become a nurse of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī in the city of Devadaha, she reared her. But she was unknown by name and clan. She, at the time when Mahāpajāpati Gotamī went forth, having herself too gone forth, for twenty-five years troubled by sensual lust, not obtaining unified focus of mind even for a finger-snap's moment, having raised her arms, crying out, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Elder Nun Dhammadinnā, with her mind turned away from sensual pleasures, having taken a meditation subject, devoting herself to meditation, before long, having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

67.

"Twenty-five years, since I went forth;

Not even for a finger-snap's moment, did I attain peace of mind.

68.

"Not having gained peace of mind, filled with sensual lust;

Having raised my arms, crying out, I entered the dwelling.

69.

"I approached a nun, who was trustworthy to me;

She taught me the Teaching, the aggregates, sense bases, and elements.

70.

"Having heard the teaching from her, I sat down to one side;

I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified.

71.

"And the knowledge of others' minds, the ear-element purified;

Supernormal power has been realized by me, the elimination of mental corruptions has been attained by me;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "not even for a finger-snap's moment" means even a moment of a mere snapping of the fingers, even a mere snapping of the fingers - this is the meaning of "time." "Did I attain peace of mind" - the explanation is: I did not attain peace of mind, unified focus of mind; the meaning is I did not obtain.

"Filled with sensual lust" means with a mind soaked by thick desire and lust, through being firmly attached to objects of sensual pleasure reckoned as types of sensual pleasure.

"A nun" - she speaks with reference to the Elder Nun Dhammadinnā.

"And the knowledge of others' minds" - the connection is: and the knowledge of others' mental states has been purified; the meaning is attained. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of a certain elder nun is completed.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Vimalā

72-76. The verses of the Elder Nun Vimalā beginning with "Intoxicated by beauty and form." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born at Vesālī as the daughter of a certain harlot. Her name was Vimalātissā. She, having come of age, earning her livelihood in the same way, one day, having seen the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna walking for almsfood in Vesālī, having become enamoured, having gone to the elder's dwelling place, began to perform the act of enticement with reference to the elder. "She was instigated by sectarians and did so" - thus some say. The elder, having admonished her by way of making clear the foulness of the body, gave exhortation. That has come below in the Theragāthā itself; but when the exhortation had thus been given by the elder, she, with a sense of urgency arisen, having established shame and moral fear, having gained faith in the Dispensation, having become a female lay follower, at a later time, having gone forth among the nuns, striving and endeavouring, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, before long, having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

72.

"Intoxicated by beauty and form, by splendour and fame;

And stiff with youth, I despised other women.

73.

"Having adorned this body, well decorated, the prattle of fools;

I stood at the harlot's door, like a hunter having spread a snare.

74.

"Displaying ornaments, revealing much that is secret and open;

I practised various deceit, laughing aloud at many people.

75.

"Today, having walked for almsfood, shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe;

Seated at the root of a tree, an obtainer of that without applied thought.

76.

"All mental bonds have been cut off, those that are divine and those that are human;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I have become cool, quenched."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "intoxicated by beauty and form" means by the beauty of virtuous qualities and by the achievement of form. "By splendour" means by the state of being fortunate. "By fame" means by the achievement of retinue. "Intoxicated" means having fallen into intoxication by way of the vanity of beauty, the vanity of form, the vanity of splendour, and the vanity of retinue - this is the meaning. "And stiff with youth" means stiffened again and again by the intoxication of youth, with a mind made stiff by the conceit of I-making on account of youth, with an unpeaceful mind. "I despised other women" means I, having surpassed other women in every way by my own qualities such as beauty and so on, imagined myself superior. Or, I despised the qualities such as beauty and so on of other women; having surpassed them, I looked down upon them; I showed contempt.

"Having adorned this body, well decorated, the prattle of fools" means this body of mine, filled with various kinds of impurity, loathsome, the prattle of fools because of making fools prattle and speak "I" and "mine" - having adorned my body, well decorated by means of colouring the skin, arranging the hair, and so on, having embellished it with garments and ornaments, making it well adorned and beautified. "I stood at the harlot's door, like a hunter having spread a snare" means just as a deer hunter spreads a deer-snare of sticks, hooks, and so on for the purpose of binding deer, so having spread my aforesaid body, which had become a snare of Māra, at the harlot's door, at the house-door of a prostitute, I stood.

"Displaying ornaments, revealing much that is secret and open" means showing the thighs, buttocks, breasts, and so on which are secret, and the feet, knees, head, and so on which are open - thus displaying much ornamental adornment of many kinds, both secret and open. "I practised various deceit, laughing aloud at many people" means laughing in order to deceive many foolish people intoxicated by the vanity of youth, by concealing the true nature of the body with scents, garlands, garments, ornaments, and so on, and by means of laughing, coquetry, and such behaviour - by these I practised various, manifold deception.

"Today, having walked for almsfood, etc. "An obtainer of that without applied thought" means the explanation is: she, I, being one who had been dwelling in heedlessness thus, now today, having stood firm in the exhortation of the noble Elder Mahāmoggallāna, having gone forth in the Dispensation, having become shaven-headed and wrapped in the double robe, having walked for almsfood, having eaten the almsfood, seated at the root of a tree, seated on a secluded seat at the root of a tree, through the achievement of the highest fruition based on the second meditative absorption, I am an obtainer of that without applied thought.

"All mental bonds" means the four mental bonds beginning with the bond of sensuality and so on. "Cut off" means completely cut off and abandoned by the first path and so on, each as is appropriate. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Vimalā is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sīhā

77-81. The verses beginning with "Through unwise attention" are the verses of the Elder Nun Sīhā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born at Vesālī as the daughter of the sister of General Sīha. They gave her the name Sīhā, saying "Let us give her the name of her maternal uncle." She, having attained discretion, one day, when the Teaching was being taught by the Teacher to General Sīha, having heard that Teaching, having gained faith, having obtained permission from her mother and father, went forth. And having gone forth, although she had begun insight meditation, being unable to turn back the mind that was running about externally towards various objects, for seven years being afflicted by wrong thoughts, not finding mental delight, thinking "What use is this evil life to me? Having hanged myself, I shall die," having taken a snare, having attached it to a tree branch, while fastening it around her own neck, by the force of habitual action she directed her mind to insight; because she was one in her final existence, the binding of the snare was at the place of the neck; because her knowledge had reached maturity, she, at that very moment, having developed insight, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. And at the very same time as she attained arahantship, the snare-binding, having become free from the neck, fell away. She, established in arahantship, by way of an inspired utterance -

77.

"Through unwise attention, distressed by sensual lust;

I was agitated before, not having control over my mind.

78.

"Obsessed by mental defilements, following the perception of beauty;

I did not obtain tranquillity of mind, subjected to the control of a lustful mind.

79.

"Emaciated, pale and faded, for seven years I wandered;

Neither by day nor by night did I find happiness, being greatly afflicted.

80.

"Then having taken a rope, I entered into the forest;

Better for me is hanging here, than to practise what is inferior again.

81.

"Having made a firm snare, having tied it to a tree branch;

I threw the snare around my neck, thereupon my mind was liberated."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "through unwise attention" means by unmethodical attention, by the grasp of illusion perceiving the unattractive as attractive. "Distressed by sensual lust" means oppressed by desire and lust for the types of sensual pleasure. "I was agitated before, not having control over my mind" means before, when my mind was not under my control, I was agitated, with mind distracted among various objects, unconcentrated.

"Obsessed by mental defilements, following the perception of beauty" means overpowered by mental defilements beginning with sensual lust that had reached prepossession, habitually conforming to the perception of sensuality that occurred as beautiful regarding matter and so on. "I did not obtain tranquillity of mind, subjected to the control of a lustful mind" means following the control of a mind associated with sensual lust, I did not obtain even slightly the tranquillity of mind, the serenity of mind, the unified focus of mind.

"Emaciated, pale and faded" means thus, through the state of dissatisfaction, having become emaciated, with veins showing all over the body, having become pale and sallow, and thereby faded, with the complexion of the skin gone. "Seven years" means seven years. "Cārihaṃ" means I wandered. "Neither by day nor by night did I find happiness, being greatly afflicted" means thus I, afflicted by the suffering of mental defilements during seven years, not even once, whether by day or by night, did I obtain the happiness of the ascetic life.

"Thereby" means because of the state of not obtaining the happiness of an ascetic due to the prepossession of mental defilements. "Having taken a rope, I entered into the forest" means having taken a snare-rope, I entered into the forest. If one asks "for what purpose did she enter?" - she said - "Better for me is hanging here, than to practise what is inferior again" means that I, being unable to practise the ascetic duty, should again practise, should follow, should undertake the inferior state of a householder - rather than that, a hundredfold, a thousandfold, death by hanging, having tied a noose in this forest, is for me better, foremost - this is the meaning. "Thereupon my mind was liberated" means when she placed the binding snare around her neck on a tree branch, then immediately after that, because of being engaged through the insight meditation leading to emergence by the path, by the succession of paths, my mind was liberated from all mental corruptions, it was liberated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sīhā is concluded.

4.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sundarīnandā

82-86. The verse beginning with "Afflicted, impure" and so on is the verse of the elder nun Sundarīnandā. It is said that she too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among meditators, having performed the preparatory action, having aspired to that position of rank, accumulating wholesome deeds, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in the Sakyan royal family. They gave her the name Nandā. At a later time, through the perfection of beauty, she became known as Sundarīnandā and as the most beautiful woman in the country. When our Blessed One, having attained omniscience, having gone gradually to Kapilavatthu, having given the going forth to Prince Nanda and Prince Rāhula, had departed, and when the Great King Suddhodana had attained final Nibbāna, and when Mahāpajāpati Gotamī and Rāhulamātā had gone forth, she thought - "My elder brother, having abandoned the sovereignty of a universal monarch, having gone forth, has become the Buddha, the foremost person in the world; his son too, Prince Rāhula, has gone forth; my husband too, King Nanda; my mother too, Mahāpajāpati Gotamī; my sister too, Rāhulamātā, has gone forth; now what shall I do at home? I shall go forth." Having gone to the nuns' quarters, she went forth out of affection for her relatives, not through faith. Therefore, even after going forth, with vanity arisen in dependence on her beauty. "The Teacher dispraises beauty, censures it, shows the danger in beauty in many ways," and so she did not go to attend upon the Buddha - all this and so on should be understood by the method already stated in the story of Abhirūpanandā above. But this is the distinction - Having seen the woman's form created by the Teacher gradually overcome by ageing, as the elder nun was attending to it as impermanent, as suffering, as non-self, her mind became directed towards the meditation subject. Having seen that, the Teacher, teaching the Teaching in a manner suitable for her -

82.

"Afflicted, impure, putrid, see, Nanda, this body;

Develop the mind towards foulness, fully focused, well concentrated.

83.

"Just as this is, so is that; just as that is, so is this;

Foul-smelling and putrid it blows, delighted in by the foolish.

84.

"Thus contemplating this, unwearied night and day;

Then with your own wisdom, having broken through, you shall see."

She spoke these three verses.

She, having sent forth knowledge in accordance with the teaching, became established in the fruition of stream-entry. Describing the meditation subject for the purpose of the higher path for her, in order to show "Nanda, in this body there is not even a trifle of substance; it is plastered with flesh and blood, a dwelling place for ageing and so on, merely a heap of bones" -

"A city made of bones, plastered with flesh and blood;

Where ageing and death, conceit and contempt are laid down."

He spoke this verse in the Dhammapada.

She, at the conclusion of the teaching, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"An exhorter, an instructor, a saviour of all living beings;

The Buddha, skilled in teaching, helped many people to cross.

"Compassionate and merciful, seeking the welfare of all living beings;

He established all the sectarians who had arrived in the five precepts.

"Thus it was undisturbed, and void of sectarians;

Decorated with Worthy Ones, by those who had become masters, by such ones.

"Fifty-eight cubits in height, the great sage arose;

Resembling the radiance of gold, possessing the thirty-two excellent characteristics.

"For a hundred thousand years, life span exists for that long;

Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a millionaire's family;

Radiant with various jewels, endowed with great happiness.

"Having approached that great hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma;

The Deathless, of supreme gratification, the announcer of ultimate reality.

"Then having invited the leader of the world together with the Community;

Having given to him a great gift, devoted, with my own hands.

"Among meditating nuns, I aspired for the foremost state;

Having bowed down with my head to the wise one, the leader of the world together with the Community.

"Then the tamer of the untamed, the refuge of the three worlds, the lord;

The trainer of men declared, 'You will obtain that which is well wished for.'

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Nandā by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher."

"Having heard that, having become joyful, for as long as life, then the Conqueror;

With a mind of friendliness I tended, with requisites, the Guide.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Passed away from there, I went to the Yāma realm, from there I went to Tusita;

From there to Nimmānarati, and from there to the city of Vasavatti.

"Wherever I am reborn, owing to that action;

There in each place, I attained the status of chief queen of kings.

Passed away from there to human existence, of universal monarchs,

And of regional kings, I attained the status of chief queen.

"Having experienced success, among gods and humans;

Having been happy everywhere, I wandered in the round of rebirths through many cosmic cycles.

"When the final existence was attained, in the delightful city called Kapila;

I was the blameless daughter of King Suddhodana.

"Having seen a beautiful woman with splendour, that family was delighted;

Therefore my name is Nandā, it was beautiful and excellent.

"And of all young women, she was renowned as beautiful;

In that charming city, having set aside that Yasodhara.

"My eldest brother was the highest in the three worlds, the youngest likewise a Worthy One;

I alone remained a householder, urged on by my mother.

"'Born in the Sakyan clan, you are the Buddha's sister with sons;

Being without Nanda too, why do you remain in the house?

"'Youth ends in ageing, the body is considered impure;

But health ends in disease, life ends in death.

"'This beautiful form of yours too, lovely as the moon, captivating;

An ornament among decorations, resembling a cluster of glory.

"'Like the accumulated essence of the world, an elixir for the eyes;

Producing fame for the meritorious, the delight of the Okkāka clan.

"'Not long after, ageing will overcome;

Having left the house, out of compassion, practise the blameless teaching.'

"Having heard my mother's word, I went forth into homelessness;

With body but not with mind, being charmed by beauty and youth.

"And with great effort, through meditative absorption, beyond me;

My mother speaks of doing, but I am not zealous for that.

"Then the greatly compassionate one, having seen me longing for sensual pleasures;

For the purpose of binding to matter, the Conqueror appeared in my range of vision.

"By his own power, he created a radiant woman;

Beautiful to behold, very lovely, and more handsome than me.

"Having seen her, I was astonished, at that exceedingly astonished being;

I thought 'this is fruitful for me', and the gaining of eyes as a human.

"Come, fortunate one, tell me what you need;

Tell me your family, name and clan, if it is dear to you.

"This is not a time for deception, fortunate one, place me on your lap;

My limbs are sinking, let me sleep for a moment.

"Then she, the beautiful-eyed one, having placed her head on my limb, lay down;

On her forehead fell one who was greedy, extremely cruel.

"As soon as she fell, blisters arose;

And having burst, they oozed, corpse-like, with pus and blood.

"And also the erupted face, the corpse with putrid odour;

Swollen and discoloured, and also the body full of pus.

She, with all her limbs trembling, sighing moment by moment;

Experiencing her own suffering, lamented pitiably.

"'I am afflicted with suffering, and feelings touch me;

I am sunk in great suffering, be a refuge to me, friend.'

"'Where is the stream of your face, where is your prominent nose;

Your lips like excellent copper-coloured bimba fruit, where has your face gone?

"'Where has the moon-like beauty gone, where has the conch-marked neck gone;

Your ears, like swinging ornaments, have become discoloured.

"'Like buds of rough alkaline appearance, breasts like flower buds;

Broken open, putrid corpses, having reached the utmost foul odour.

"'With a beautiful waist like an altar's middle, like a butcher's block with wrongdoing removed;

Born filled with impurity, alas, such form is not eternal.

"'All that is born of the body, foul-smelling, terrifying;

Loathsome like a cemetery, where fools delight.'

"Then the greatly compassionate one, my brother, the leader of the world;

Having seen me with an agitated mind, spoke these verses.

"Afflicted, a corpse, putrid, see, Nanda, this body;

Develop the mind towards foulness, fully focused, well concentrated.

"Just as this is, so is that; just as that is, so is this;

Foul-smelling and putrid it blows, delighted in by the foolish.

"Thus contemplating this, unwearied night and day;

Then with my own wisdom, having broken through, I shall see.

"Then I, greatly agitated, having heard the verses well spoken;

Standing right there, being peaceful, I attained arahantship.

"Wherever I sat, always devoted to meditative absorption;

The Conqueror, satisfied with that virtue, established me in the foremost position.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance, together with the three verses taught by the Teacher beginning with "Afflicted, impure" -

85.

"For me, being heedful, investigating wisely;

This body was seen as it really is, within and without.

86.

"Then I became wearied of the body, and internally I became dispassionate;

Diligent, unbound, I am at peace, quenched."

He spoke these two verses.

Therein, "thus contemplating this" etc. "I shall see" means this body whose intrinsic nature is afflicted and so on, thus in the manner stated beginning with "just as this is, so is that," having become unwearied night and day, at all times, having released the knowledge born of learning which is caused by the sound of another, then, because of having arisen in oneself on account of that sign, having broken through by the exact discrimination of compactness through one's own wisdom born of meditative development, "how indeed shall I see, shall I perceive" - contemplating and investigating with the preliminary-part knowledge-eye preceded by reflective attention - this is the meaning.

Therefore she said "for me, being heedful" and so on. Its meaning is - For me, being heedful through the continuous presence of mindfulness, investigating and examining wisely by means of the method, by way of impermanence and so on, with insight wisdom, this body reckoned as the five aggregates was seen as it really is, within and without, by the distinction of one's own continuity and another's continuity.

Then after such seeing, "I became wearied of the body" means I became wearied of individual existence through path wisdom together with insight wisdom; especially in the internal continuity I became dispassionate, I attained dispassion; I, being heedful through having reached the summit of the practice of diligence as it really is, unbound because of the complete eradication of all mental fetters in every respect, and I am at peace and quenched.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sundarīnandā is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Nanduttarā

87-91. The verses beginning with "Fire and the moon" and so on are the verses of the elder nun Nanduttarā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born in a brahmin family in the market town of Kammāsadhamma in the Kuru country, having learnt certain subjects of study and crafts, having undertaken the Jain going forth, engaged in debate, having taken a rose-apple branch, wandering over the surface of Jambudīpa like Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā, having approached the Elder Mahāmoggallāna, having asked a question, having met with defeat, having stood firm in the Elder's exhortation, having gone forth in the Dispensation, practising the ascetic duty, before long, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

87.

"Fire and the moon and the sun, and deities I venerated;

Having gone to the river fords, I descended into the water.

88.

"Having undertaken many ascetic practices, I shaved half of my head;

I make my sleeping place on the ground, at night I did not eat a meal.

89.

"Delighting in adornment and decoration, and in bathing and rubbing;

I tended to this body, distressed by sensual lust.

90.

"Then having gained faith, I went forth into homelessness;

Having seen the body as it really is, sensual lust was uprooted.

91.

"All existences have been cut off, and desire and longing too;

Unbound from all mental bonds, I have attained peace of mind."

He spoke these five verses.

Therein, "Fire and the moon and the sun, and deities I venerated" means fire is the chief among the gods; having raised an oblation for the purpose of winning the favour of the lord of the gods, the fire, and month after month on the second day of the bright fortnight the moon, and day after day evening and morning the sun, and other external deities such as Hiraññagabbha and so on, seeking the path of purification, "I venerated" means I made homage. "Having gone to the river fords, I descended into the water" means having approached the sacred fords of rivers such as the Ganges and so on, evening and morning I descend into the water, having dived into the water I perform the sprinkling of the limbs.

"Having undertaken many ascetic practices" means having undertaken manifold ascetic practices such as the five-fold self-mortification by heat and so on. "Bahū" with the lengthening is for the sake of metrical ease in the verse. "I shaved half of my head" means I shave just half of my head. Some say the meaning of "I shaved half of my head" is: having bound half of the tress of hair by way of binding it in matted locks, she let loose the other half. "I make my sleeping place on the ground" means having become one who sleeps on the bare ground, I lie down on the uncovered earth. "At night I did not eat a meal" means having become one who abstains from eating at night, at night I did not eat food.

"Delighting in adornment and decoration" means for a long time, with a body wearied by the pursuit of self-mortification, thinking "Thus by the wearying of the body there is no purification of wisdom. But if there might be purification by the gratification of the body by way of pleasing the faculties," thinking thus, supporting this body, delighting in adornment and decoration, delighting in adorning with garments and ornaments, and in decoration with scents, garlands, and so on. "And in bathing and rubbing" means having had massaging and so on done, with bathing and with rubbing of the body. "I tended to this body" means I supported, I gratified this body of mine. "Distressed by sensual lust" means thus, having become one much given to bodily strengthening, distressed by sensual lust that had arisen conditioned by unwise attention, I was repeatedly troubled.

"Then having gained faith" means thus having broken the ascetic practices she had undertaken, having become one frequently devoted to bodily mortification and engaged in debate, wandering here and there, thereafter afterwards, having received exhortation and instruction in the presence of the Elder Mahāmoggallāna, having gained faith. "Having seen the body as it really is" means having seen this body of mine as it really is with path wisdom together with insight, by the path of non-returning sensual lust was altogether uprooted. Thereafter by the highest path "all existences have been cut off, and desire and longing too" means the explanation is: desire, which is termed longing for present objects, and longing, which is termed longing for future existence, and all existences too have been cut off. "Attained peace of mind" means the meaning is: I attained, I reached perpetual peace, the fruition of arahantship.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Nanduttarā is concluded.

6.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Mittākāḷī

92-96. The verses of the Elder Nun Mittākāḷī beginning with "Having gone forth through faith." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the market town of Kammāsadhamma in the Kuru country, having attained discretion, having gained faith through the teaching of the Great Establishment of Mindfulness, having gone forth among the nuns, for seven years being greedy for material gain and honour, practising the ascetic duty, having wandered here and there, at a later time wisely emerging, with a sense of urgency arisen, having established insight, before long, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

92.

"Having gone forth through faith, from home into homelessness;

I wandered here and there, eager for material gain and honour.

93.

"Having abandoned the supreme good, I pursued an inferior good;

Having come under the control of defilements, I did not understand the goal of asceticism.

94.

"For me there was spiritual urgency, while sitting in the dwelling;

I had gone astray, having come under the control of craving.

95.

"Short is my life, ageing and illness crush me;

Before this body breaks up, there is no time for me to be negligent.

96.

"Observing as it really is, the rise and fall of the aggregates;

With liberated mind I arose, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled." He spoke these verses.

Therein, "I wandered here and there, eager for material gain and honour" means having been zealous, properly engaged in material gain and honour, I wandered by this and that means of producing material gain such as great learning, teaching the Teaching, and so on.

"Having abandoned the supreme good" means having left, having discarded the highest good such as meditative absorption, insight, path, fruition, and so on. "I pursued an inferior good" means I pursued through unwise seeking an inferior, low good, being of the nature of material gains reckoned as the four requisites. "Having come under the control of defilements" means having come under the control of defilements such as conceit, vanity, craving, and so on, I did not understand, I did not know the goal of asceticism, the duty of an ascetic.

"While sitting in the dwelling" means while sitting in my dwelling inner chamber, there was spiritual urgency. If one asks "how?" - she said "I had gone astray." Therein, "I had gone astray" means this Dispensation is only for the purpose of final nibbāna by non-clinging; therein, having gone forth in the Dispensation, not giving attention to the meditation subject, I had gone astray from that. "Having come under the control of craving" means having come under the control of craving for the production of requisites.

"Short is my life" means because of its limited time and because of being beset by many dangers, my life is short, limited, and brief. "Ageing and illness crush me" means ageing and illness crush and destroy, like mountains falling upon it from all sides and beating it down. "Maddare" is also a reading. "Before this body breaks up" means this body breaks up before. Because its breaking up is definite, therefore "there is no time for me to be negligent" - this time is the ninth moment, free from the eight inopportune moments; it is not fitting to be negligent in it - the explanation is: thus there was spiritual urgency for her.

"Observing as it really is" means thus, with a sense of urgency arisen, having established insight, observing as it really is through attention to impermanence and so on. "What is she observing?" - she said "the rise and fall of the aggregates." Observing by way of the contemplation of rise and fall the arising and cessation of the five aggregates of clinging with their fifty-three varieties, by the method beginning with "from the origin of ignorance is the origin of matter," having aroused zeal in insight, with mind liberated in every respect from mental defilements and from existences by the succession of paths, I arose - meaning I emerged by the path which is a rising from both, and from the triple existence. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Mittākāḷī is concluded.

7.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sakulā

97-101. The verses of the Elder Nun Sakulā beginning with "While dwelling in a house." This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, was reborn as the daughter of King Ānanda in the city of Haṃsavatī, the Teacher's half-sister, named Nandā. She, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among those with the divine eye, with enthusiasm arisen, having performed the preparatory action, herself too aspiring to that position of rank, she made an aspiration. She, there, having performed much lofty wholesome action for as long as life lasted, having been reborn in the heavenly world, wandering again and again only in fortunate destinations, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having gone forth into the going forth of a wandering ascetic, wandering as one who lives alone, one day, having roamed about begging for oil, having obtained oil, with that oil she made an offering of lamps the whole night at the Teacher's shrine. She, having passed away from there, having been reborn in Tāvatiṃsa, having become one with a well-purified divine eye, having wandered in the round of rebirths among the gods alone for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a brahmin family in Sāvatthī. Her name was Sakulā. She, having attained discretion, having gained faith at the Teacher's acceptance of the Jeta Grove, having become a female lay follower, at a later time, having heard the Teaching in the presence of a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions, with religious emotion arisen, having gone forth, having established insight, striving and endeavouring, before long attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"For the welfare of all beings, for happiness, the best of speakers;

For the benefit of those including the gods, the remarkable man is practicing.

"Having attained the highest fame, glorious, the Conqueror bearing the praise of renown;

Venerated by the whole world, renowned in all directions.

"He has crossed over sceptical doubt, has passed beyond bewilderment;

With mind and thought fulfilled, he attained the highest enlightenment.

"Of the unarisen path, the producer, the highest of men;

And the undeclared he declared, and the unproduced he produced.

"The knower of the path and the expert in the path, the one who points out the path, the lord of men;

The Teacher skilled in the path, the most excellent among charioteers.

"The greatly compassionate Teacher, the Leader, teaches the Teaching;

He lifts up living beings sunk in the mire of sensual pleasure.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born a warrior's daughter;

Handsome and wealthy too, beloved and glorious.

"The supremely beautiful daughter of the great king Ānanda;

And also the half-sister of the one named Padumuttara.

"Together with princesses, adorned with all ornaments;

Having approached the great hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma.

"Then indeed he, the teacher of the world, the nun endowed with the divine eye;

Praising her in the midst of the assembly, established her in the foremost position.

"Having heard that, I was joyful, having given a gift to the Teacher;

And having venerated the Self-enlightened One, I aspired to the divine eye.

"Then the Teacher said to me, 'O Nanda, you will obtain what is wished for;

This is the well-determined fruit of the gift of lamps and the Teaching.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Sakulā by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.'

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"I was a female wandering ascetic, then I was one who lived alone;

Having wandered about for alms, I obtained just a little oil.

"Having lit a lamp with that, I attended on the one fully restrained;

The shrine of the highest of bipeds, with a clear mind.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Wherever I am reborn, owing to that action;

Great lamps blaze forth for me, wherever I have gone.

"Through walls, through rocks, having passed over mountains;

I see whatever I wish, this is the fruit of giving a lamp.

"I have pure eyes, and I blaze with fame;

And I am endowed with faith and wisdom, this is the fruit of giving a lamp.

"And in this final existence now, I was born in a brahmin family;

In one abundant in wealth and grain, joyful, honoured by the king.

"I, accomplished in all limbs, adorned with all ornaments;

At the city entrance, standing at the window, I saw the Fortunate One.

"Having seen him blazing with glory, honoured by gods and humans;

Accomplished in features, adorned with characteristics.

"With elated mind, glad, I delighted in the going forth;

Not long after, I attained arahantship.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

I know the minds of others, carrying out the Teacher's instruction.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I was pure, completely stainless.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"Then the greatly compassionate one established me in the foremost position;

Foremost among those with the divine eye, Sakulā," said the highest of men.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, because of having formed an aspiration in the past, she was a master through practice in the knowledge of the divine eye. Therefore the Teacher established her in the foremost position among nuns with the divine eye. She, having reviewed her own practice, filled with joy and happiness, by way of an inspired utterance -

97.

"While I was dwelling in a house, having heard the Teaching from a monk;

I saw the stainless Teaching, Nibbāna, the imperishable state.

98.

"I, having abandoned son and daughter, wealth and grain;

Having had my hair cut off, I went forth into homelessness.

99.

"While I was a female trainee, developing the straight path;

I abandoned lust and hate, and the co-existent mental corruptions.

100.

"Having attained full ordination as a nun, I recollected past births;

The divine eye has been purified, spotless, well developed.

101.

"Having seen activities as alien, arisen from causes, disintegrating;

I abandoned all mental corruptions, I have become cool, quenched."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "while I was dwelling in a house, having heard the Teaching from a monk" means formerly, while I was living in the midst of a house, having heard in the presence of a certain monk whose mental defilements were destroyed a talk on the Teaching containing the four truths. "I saw the stainless Teaching, Nibbāna, the imperishable state" means stainless through the absence of the dust of lust and so on; Nibbāna because of having gone out from craving; because of the absence of passing away and because of being the cause of imperishability for those who have attained it, Nibbāna is imperishable; and the unconditioned state which has obtained the name "state" - I saw, I beheld, with the eye of the Teaching reckoned as seeing, adorned with a thousand methods.

"Sāhaṃ" means she, I, became a stream-enterer in the way above explained.

"While I was a female trainee" means while I was still a female trainee, having gone forth, while the rains retreat was not yet completed. "Developing the straight path" means because of being the middle practice, producing the higher path as a straight path. "And the co-existent mental corruptions" means I abandoned, I eradicated the mental corruptions to be destroyed by the third path, which are co-existent with lust and hate, sharing the same basis of arising and the same basis of abandoning.

"Having attained full ordination as a nun" means when the rains retreat was completed, having received full ordination, having become a nun. "Spotless" means free from stain through being liberated from the impurities of ignorance and so on; well, attentively, properly developed; or developed, produced by good people such as the Buddhas and others - the connection is: the divine eye has been purified.

"Activities" means the activities of the three planes. "As alien" means as non-self. "Arisen from causes" means conditionally arisen. "Disintegrating" means having seen with the eye of wisdom what is of the nature of crumbling, perishable. "I abandoned all mental corruptions" means by the highest path I abandoned all the remaining mental corruptions; the meaning is I exhausted them. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sakulā is concluded.

8.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Soṇā

102-106. "Having given birth to ten sons" and so on is the verse of the elder nun Soṇā. This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among nuns putting forth strenuous energy, having performed the preparatory action, herself too having aspired to that position of rank, having made merit for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having transmigrated among gods and humans for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in Sāvatthī, having come of age, having gone to her husband's family, having obtained ten sons and daughters, she became known as "the one with many children." She, when her husband had gone forth, having established the sons and daughters who had come of age in the household life, having divided all the wealth among the sons, gave it to them; she kept nothing for herself. Her sons and daughters, having attended on her for only a few days, treated her with contempt. She, thinking "What use is it for me, living in the house, to be treated with contempt by these?" having approached the nuns, requested the going forth. The nuns gave her the going forth. She, having obtained full ordination, thinking "I, having gone forth in the time of old age, must be heedful," performing all kinds of duties for the nuns, thinking "I shall practise the ascetic duty the whole night," at the lower mansion, having taken hold of one pillar with her hand, not letting go of it, practising the ascetic duty, even while walking up and down, thinking "In a dark place, my head might strike against trees and so on somewhere," having taken hold of a tree with her hand, not letting go of it, she practises the ascetic duty. From that time onwards, she became well known for putting forth strenuous energy. The Teacher, having seen the maturity of her knowledge, while just seated in the perfumed chamber, having pervaded with light, having shown himself as if seated before her -

"And whoever should live a hundred years, not seeing the highest teaching;

Better is the life of one day, of one seeing the highest teaching."

Spoke this verse. She, at the conclusion of the verse, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then born in a millionaire's family, happy, venerated, beloved;

Having approached that excellent sage, I heard the sweet speech.

"The Conqueror praised the nun as foremost among those putting forth strenuous energy;

Having heard that, having become joyful, having done service to the Teacher.

"Having paid respect to the self-enlightened, I aspired to that state then;

The great hero gave thanks, 'May your aspiration succeed.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Soṇā by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.

"Having heard that, having become joyful, for as long as life, then the Conqueror;

With a mind of friendliness I tended, with requisites, the Guide.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, I was born in a millionaire's family;

In the excellent city of Sāvatthī, prosperous, opulent, of great riches.

"And when I had reached youth, having gone to my husband's family, I;

Gave birth to ten children, handsome distinctively.

"And all of them are delicately nurtured, captivating to the eyes of people;

Pleasing even to enemies, how much more so they would be to me.

"Then against my wish, attended by ten sons;

My husband went forth, in the Dispensation of the god of gods.

"Then alone I thought, 'Enough of life for me;

Abandoned by husband and sons, and old, a wretched woman.'

"I too will go there, where my husband has reached;

Having thus reflected, I went forth into homelessness.

"Then the nuns left me alone in the nuns' quarters;

Going for the exhortation, 'Heat the water,' thus.

"Then having brought water, having poured it from the pot;

Having placed it on the stove, seated, thereupon I concentrated my mind.

"Having seen the aggregates as impermanent, as suffering and as non-self;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I attained arahantship.

"Then the nuns came and asked for hot water;

Having determined upon the heat element, I quickly heated the water.

"Astonished, they announced this matter to the excellent conqueror;

Having heard that, the joyful protector spoke this verse.

"And whoever should live a hundred years, lazy, lacking in energy;

Better is the life of one day, of one who firmly arouses energy.

"The great hero was pleased by me through good practice;

That great sage said I was foremost among those putting forth strenuous energy.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

Then the Blessed One, establishing the nuns in successive positions of rank, established her in the foremost position among those putting forth strenuous energy. She, one day, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

102.

"Having given birth to ten sons, in this body of matter;

Then I, weak and old, approached a nun.

103.

"She taught me the Teaching, the aggregates, sense bases, and elements;

Having heard the teaching from her, having cut off my hair, I went forth.

104.

"For me as a female trainee, the divine eye has been purified;

I know past lives, where I dwelt before.

105.

"And I develop the signless, fully focused, well concentrated;

I was one with immediate deliverance, quenched by non-clinging.

106.

"The five aggregates are fully understood, they remain with their roots cut off;

Fie on you, wretched, contemptible ageing, there is now no more rebirth." He spoke these verses.

Therein, "body of matter" means in the body termed as matter. For this word "matter" is used in the sense of visible form sense base in such passages as "dependent on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises" and so on. In such passages as "whatever materiality, past, future, or present" and so on, in the sense of the aggregate of materiality. In such passages as "one is attached to what is of a pleasant nature, of a comfortable nature" and so on, in the sense of intrinsic nature. In such passages as "one sees forms externally" and so on, in the sense of circular meditation object. In such passages as "one who is material sees forms" and so on, in the sense of fine-material meditative absorption. In such passages as "dependent on bones and dependent on sinews and dependent on flesh and dependent on skin, space being enclosed, it goes by the term 'materiality'" and so on, in the sense of the material body. Here too it should be seen as the material body only. The word "body" too is a synonym for the skeleton, the body. In such passages as "there are a hundred bodies" and so on, in the sense of a synonym for the skeleton-body. In such passages as "afflicted, impure, putrid, see, Nanda, this body" and so on, in the sense of the body. Here too it should be seen in the sense of the body only. Therefore it was said - "Body of matter" means in the body termed as matter, the meaning is the body. "Having stood" is the remainder of the expression. For "in this body of matter" means the explanation is: having stood in this body of matter, in dependence on this material body, having given birth to ten sons. "Then" means therefore, because of giving birth to ten sons. For she, having passed beyond the first stage of life, giving birth to little children, gradually became weak in body and feeble and decrepit with age. Therefore it was said "then I, weak and old."

"Tassā" means "from that," or "tassā" means in her presence. Again, "tassā" is the genitive case used in the instrumental sense; the meaning is "by her." "Sikkhamānāyā" means while being a female trainee in the three trainings.

"Anantarāvimokkhāsiṃ" means I was one whose deliverance arose immediately after the highest path. For the eight deliverances beginning with "one who is material sees forms" are not called immediate deliverances. For the fruition deliverances attained immediately after the path, even though they occur at the time of fruition attainment, are called immediate deliverances with reference to their first arising immediately after the first path, just as the path concentration is called immediate concentration without interval. "By non-clinging, quenched" means without grasping anything whatsoever among matter and so on, I was quenched through the final extinguishment of the mental defilements.

Having thus made clear the threefold true knowledge, and reaching the culmination with the fruition of arahantship, having uttered an inspired utterance, now rebuking the body long troubled by ageing, in order to make clear together with the subject matter the state of having transcended it, she spoke the concluding verse "The five aggregates are fully understood." Therein, "fie on you, wretched, contemptible ageing" means O ageing, contemptible, inferior, low, by the making of the limbs loose and so on, fie on you, let there be reproach upon you. "There is now no more rebirth" - therefore the intention is: you have been surpassed by me, you have been overcome.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Soṇā is concluded.

9.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā

107-111. The verses of the elder nun Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā beginning with "With shorn hair." This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among those of quick direct knowledge, having performed the preparatory action, having aspired to that position of rank, having made merit for as long as life lasted, having transmigrated among gods and humans for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, having been among the seven sisters in the house of Kikī, the King of Kāsi, having undertaken the ten precepts for twenty thousand years, practising the holy life from maidenhood, having had a residential cell built for the monastic community, having transmigrated only in fortunate destinations for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, she was reborn in a millionaire's family in Rājagaha. Her name was Bhaddātissā. She, growing up with a great retinue, having come of age, in that very city, looking through a latticed window, having seen the son of the chaplain, a thief named Sattuka, caught in the act of theft, being led away to the place of execution to be killed by the mayor by the king's command, having become enamoured, thinking "If I obtain him, I shall live; if not, I shall die," she lay down face downward on her bed.

Then her father, having heard that news, with strong affection for his only daughter, having given a bribe of a thousand, having had the thief released by a stratagem, having bathed him with scented water, having had him adorned with all ornaments, sent him to the mansion. Bhaddā too, with her wish fulfilled, having adorned herself with excessive ornaments, attended upon him. Sattuka, having spent a few days, with greed arisen for her ornaments, said: "Dear lady, as soon as I was seized by the mayor, I implored the deity dwelling at the Thieves' Precipice with the aspiration 'If I obtain my life, I shall offer you an oblation'; therefore have an oblation prepared." She, thinking "I shall fulfil his wish," having had an oblation prepared, decorated with all ornaments, having mounted a single vehicle together with her husband, thinking "I shall make an oblation to the deity," began to ascend the Thieves' Precipice.

Sattuka thought - "While everyone is ascending, it is not possible to take her ornaments" - having left the retinue of attendants right there, having had her carry that very oblation vessel, while ascending the mountain, he did not speak affectionate words with her. She understood his intention by his very gesture. Sattuka said: "Dear lady, having taken off your upper garment, make a bundle of the ornaments worn on your body." She said: "Husband, what is my offence?" "Do you think, foolish one, that I have come 'for the purpose of an oblation'? But I have come under the pretext of an oblation to take your ornaments." "But to whom, noble sir, do the ornaments belong, and to whom do I belong?" "I do not know that distinction." "Very well, noble sir, but fulfil one wish of mine, and allow me to embrace you while adorned." He accepted, saying "Very well." She, having known that he had accepted, having embraced him from the front, as if embracing him from behind, hurled him over the mountain precipice. He, having fallen, was crushed to bits. Having seen the marvel done by her, a deity dwelling on the mountain, making clear her proficiency, spoke these verses -

"For not in all situations is a man wise;

A woman too may be wise, discerning here and there.

"For not in all situations is a man wise;

A woman too may be wise, quickly discerning what is beneficial."

Then Bhaddā thought - "It is not possible for me to go home in this manner; having gone from here itself, I shall go forth into a going forth" - having gone to a Jain monastery, she requested the going forth from the Jains. Then they said to her - "By what procedure should the going forth be?" "Whatever is the highest for your going forth, do that." They, saying "Very well," having pulled out her hair with a palmyra-palm stalk, gave her the going forth. Again, the hair while growing grew back in curls. From that time onwards, she became known as Kuṇḍalakesā. She, having learnt there the doctrine and the method of debate that was to be learnt, having known "They know only this much; beyond this there is no distinction," having departed from there, wherever there were wise people, having gone there and there, having learnt their knowledge and craft, not finding anyone able to discuss together with her, whatever village or market town she entered, having made a heap of sand at its entrance, having placed a rose-apple branch there, having given a signal to the children standing nearby "Whoever is able to refute me in debate, let him trample this branch," she went to her dwelling place. Even when a week had passed with the rose-apple branch still standing just so, having taken it, she departed.

And at that time our Blessed One, having arisen in the world, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, gradually was dwelling in dependence on Sāvatthī in Jeta's Grove. Kuṇḍalakesā too, wandering in villages, market towns, and royal cities in the manner already stated, having reached Sāvatthī, having placed a rose-apple branch on a heap of sand at the city gate, having given a signal to the boys, entered Sāvatthī.

Then the Venerable General of the Teaching, entering the city alone, having seen that branch, wishing to tame her, asked the boys - "Why has this branch been placed thus?" The boys reported that matter to them. The Elder said "If so, trample this branch." The boys trampled it. Kuṇḍalakesā, having completed her meal duty, going out from the city, having seen that branch trampled, having asked "By whom was this trampled?" having known that it had been caused to be trampled by the Elder, thinking "A debate without an opponent does not look splendid," having entered Sāvatthī, wandering from street to street, having proclaimed "Come see my debate together with the ascetics, the disciples of the Sakyan," surrounded by the public, having approached the General of the Teaching seated at the root of a certain tree, having exchanged friendly greetings, standing to one side, asked "Was my rose-apple branch caused to be trampled by you?" "Yes, it was caused to be trampled by me." "That being so, let there be a debate between me and you." "Let it be, dear lady." "Whose shall be the questioning, whose the answering?" "The questioning has indeed fallen to us; you ask whatever you know." She asked all the debating points she knew. The Elder answered all of that. She, not knowing anything further to ask, remained silent. Then the elder said to him - "Much has been asked by you; we too shall ask you one question." "Ask, venerable sir." The Elder asked this question "What is called one?" Kuṇḍalakesā, seeing neither end nor limit, as if having entered into darkness, said "I do not know, venerable sir." Having said "You, not knowing even this much, what else will you know?" he taught the Teaching. She, having fallen at the Elder's feet, said "Venerable sir, I go to you for refuge." "Do not go to me for refuge, dear lady; go for refuge to the Blessed One himself, the foremost person in the world with its gods." "I will do so, venerable sir." She, in the evening time, at the time for the teaching of the Teaching, having gone to the Teacher's presence, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration, stood to one side. The Teacher, having known the maturity of her knowledge -

"Though a thousand verses, composed of unbeneficial terms;

One verse is better, hearing which one becomes fully calm."

He spoke this verse. At the conclusion of the verse, just as she stood, together with the analytical knowledges, she attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a millionaire's family;

Radiant with various jewels, endowed with great happiness.

"Having approached that great hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma;

Then, with confidence arisen, I approached the Conqueror for refuge.

"Then the greatly compassionate one, named Padumuttara;

Established the nun Subhā as foremost among those of quick direct knowledge."

"Having heard that, having become joyful, having given a gift to the great sage;

Having bowed down with my head at his feet, I aspired for that state.

"The great hero gave thanks, 'Dear lady, whatever you have aspired for;

All that will succeed, may you be happy, quenched.'

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Passed away from there, I went to the Yāma realm, from there I went to Tusita;

From there to Nimmānarati, and from there to the city of Vasavatti.

"Wherever I am reborn, owing to that action;

There in each place, I attained the status of chief queen of kings.

"Passed away from there among human beings, of universal monarchs,

And of regional kings, I attained the status of chief queen.

"Having experienced success, among gods and humans;

Having been happy everywhere, I wandered in the round of rebirths through many cosmic cycles.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"I was his fourth daughter, renowned as 'giver to monks';

Having heard the Teaching of the foremost Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

"Our father did not allow us, while still in the household then;

For twenty thousand years, we wandered untiringly.

"Living the holy life from maidenhood, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, joyful were the seven daughters.

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāyikā.

"Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, and Paṭācārā, I was then;

Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā, Visākhā is the seventh.

"By those well-done actions, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, in Giribbaja, the best of cities;

Born in a prosperous millionaire's family, when I was standing in youth.

"Having seen a thief being led away for the purpose of murder, I was infatuated with him there;

My father, having released him from murder with a thousand, thereupon.

"My father gave me to him, having known my mind;

To him I was devoted, exceedingly beloved and dear.

"He, my enemy, with greed for ornaments, with tribute as his inner intention;

Having led me to the thieves' precipice, the mountain, he intended murder.

"Then I, having bowed down to the flour, with well-joined palms;

Protecting my own life, I spoke these words.

"This golden armlet, many pearls and lapis lazuli;

Take it all, venerable one, and announce me as a slave.

"'Lay aside, beautiful one, do not lament excessively;

And I do not directly know wealth brought by having killed."

"Since I remember myself, since I have attained discretion;

And I do not directly know another more dear than you."

"'Come, I will embrace you, having circumambulated you;

And now there is no more meeting of me and you.

"For not in all situations is a man wise;

A woman too may be wise, discerning here and there.

"For not in all situations is a man wise;

A woman too may be wise, quickly discerning what is beneficial.

"Quickly and indeed swiftly, I perceived nearby;

Just as wool a deer, then I killed the flour.

"Whoever does not quickly understand the matter that has arisen;

He, of slow wit, is destroyed, like a thief in a mountain cave.

"Whoever quickly understands the matter that has arisen;

Is freed from the confinement of the enemy, just as I was from Sattuka.

"Then I, having thrown down the flour in the mountain fortress;

Having approached the presence of the white-robed ones, I went forth.

"And having pulled out my hair altogether with tweezers then;

Having gone forth, they explained the teaching continuously.

"Then, having learnt that, having sat down alone;

I thought over that teaching, a dog performing human deeds.

"Having grasped the severed one near me, having thrown it down, he departed;

Having seen it, I obtained a sign, that hand swarming with worms.

"From there having risen, agitated, I asked those of the same teaching;

They said they understand, that matter, the Sakyan monks.

"I, having approached the Buddha's disciples, asked them about that matter;

They, having taken me, went to the presence of the Buddha, the foremost.

"He taught me the Teaching, the aggregates, sense bases, and elements;

Foulness, impermanence, and suffering, and non-self," said the Leader.

"Having heard his teaching, I purified the eye of the teaching;

Then having cognised the Good Teaching, I received the going forth and the full ordination.

"Having been requested, the Leader then said, 'Come, dear lady';

Then I became fully ordained, I saw a small amount of water.

"By the washing of feet, I, having known the rise and fall;

Likewise all activities, thus I reflected then.

"Thereupon my mind was liberated, altogether by non-clinging;

The Conqueror then made known to me the path of quick direct knowledge.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

I know the minds of others, carrying out the Teacher's instruction.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I was pure, completely stainless.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

My knowledge is spotless, pure, in the Dispensation of the Buddha, the foremost.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, she at that very moment requested the going forth. The Teacher allowed her the going forth. She, having gone to the nuns' quarters and having gone forth, spending her time in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

107.

"With shorn hair, bearing filth, wearing a single robe, I wandered before;

Perceiving fault in the faultless, and seeing the faulty as faultless.

108.

"Having come out from the day residence, on Vulture's Peak mountain;

I saw the stainless Buddha, honoured by the community of monks.

109.

Having placed my knees down and paid homage, I made a salutation with joined palms in his presence;

'Come, Bhadda,' he said to me, that was my full ordination.

110.

"I wandered through Aṅga and Magadha, Vajjī, Kāsī and Kosala;

Free of debt for fifty years, I have eaten food obtained from the people.

111.

"Much merit indeed he has generated, this wise lay follower;

Who gave a robe to Bhaddā, free from all mental knots."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "with shorn hair" means one whose hair is shorn, plucked out, is "with shorn hair," meaning "mine"; she speaks with reference to having her hair plucked out with a palmyra stalk at the time of going forth among the Jains. "Bearing filth" means bearing filth because of bearing the stain and filth on the teeth due to not chewing a wooden toothbrush. "Wearing a single robe" means wearing a single cloth according to the Jain practice. "I wandered before" means formerly, having become a Jain woman, I thus wandered. "Perceiving fault in the faultless" means perceiving as blameworthy what is faultless, such as bathing, anointing the body, chewing a wooden toothbrush, and so on. "And seeing the faulty as faultless" means having the view that what is blameworthy, such as conceit, contempt, insolence, illusion, and so on, is faultless.

"Having come out from the day residence" means having gone out from her own place of day residence. This one too, having met with the elder at the time of midday, through the answering of his question and through the teaching of the Teaching, having become one whose conceit was destroyed and whose mind was gladdened, wishing to approach the Teacher's presence, having gone to her own dwelling place, having sat down at the day-quarters, in the evening approached the Teacher's presence.

"Having placed my knees down and paid homage" means having placed both knees down on the ground and established them, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration. "I made a salutation with joined palms in his presence" means I made a salutation with joined palms resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails in the presence of the Teacher. "'Come, Bhadda,' he said to me, that was my full ordination" means that the Blessed One, when she stood having attained arahantship and having requested the going forth and full ordination, said and commanded "Come, Bhadda, having gone to the nuns' quarters, go forth and receive full ordination in the presence of the nuns." That command of the Teacher, because of being the cause of my full ordination, was my full ordination.

The two verses beginning with "I wandered" are verses of declaration of final liberating knowledge. Therein, "I wandered through Aṅga and Magadha" means these provinces of Aṅga and Magadha and Vajjī and Kāsī and Kosala which were formerly wandered through, traversed by me while eating food obtained from the people with conflict - in those very provinces, from the time of meeting with the Teacher onwards, having become free of debt, faultless, with mental defilements departed, for fifty years I ate food obtained from the people.

Declaring the final liberating knowledge by way of praising the distinction of merit of that lay follower with a devoted mind by whom a robe was given to her, she spoke the concluding verse "Much merit indeed he has generated." That is easily understood.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā is concluded.

10.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā

112-116. The verses beginning with "Ploughing the field with ploughs" are the verses of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā. This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among experts in monastic discipline, having performed the preparatory action, she aspired to that position of rank. She, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, having taken conception in the house of Kikī, the King of Kāsi, having been among the seven sisters, having lived the holy life for twenty thousand years, she had a residential cell built for the Community of monks. She, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the heavenly world, having experienced divine success for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a millionaire's house in Sāvatthī, having come of age, she made defiling intimacy with a certain labourer in her own house. Her mother and father fixed a day to give her to a young man of the same caste. Having known that, she, having taken her most valuable possessions, having departed through the main entrance together with the man with whom she had made intimacy, while dwelling in a certain small village, became pregnant. She, when the embryo was fully matured, having said "Why should we live here in this destitute condition? Let us go to the family house, husband," when he kept delaying saying "Let us go today, let us go tomorrow," thinking "This fool will not take me," when he had gone outside, having set in order what was to be set in order in the house, having told the neighbours dwelling nearby "Tell my husband 'She has gone to the family house'," thinking "I shall go to the family house alone," she set out on the road. He, having come and not seeing her in the house, having asked the neighbours, having heard "She has gone to the family house," thinking "On my account a daughter of a good family has become destitute," having gone step by step, he caught up with her. Her delivery took place right on the road. She, from the time of giving birth, with her zeal for going allayed, having taken her husband, turned back. She became pregnant a second time too, and so on - all should be expanded by the former method.

But this is the distinction - When her kamma-born winds stirred on the road, then a great untimely rain cloud arose. The sky was as if ablaze all around with flashes of lightning, as if breaking apart with thunder of clouds, with an uninterrupted fall of torrents of water. She, having seen that, said "Husband, find me a place sheltered from the rain." He, looking here and there, having seen a bush covered with grass, having gone there, with a hatchet in hand, wishing to cut sticks in that bush, he cut a small tree-stick that had grown up at the top of an ant-hill covered over with grass. And at that very moment a terribly venomous snake, having come out from that ant-hill, bit him. He, having fallen right there, died. She, experiencing great suffering, looking for his coming, having placed both children, who were unable to endure the wind and rain and were crying out, between her breasts, having pressed down on the ground with both knees and both hands, standing just so, having spent the night, when the night became light, having laid one son the colour of a slice of flesh on a rag-pad, having embraced him with her hands and chest, having said to the other "Come, dear child, your father has gone from here," going by the path her husband had gone, having seen him deceased, seated near the ant-hill, crying and lamenting "On my account my husband has died," having reached a river on the road, flowing with water at knee-measure and breast-measure because of the rain having rained the entire night, being unable by her own dull intelligence and weakness to descend into the water together with the two children, having left the elder son on the near shore, having taken the other, having gone to the far shore, having spread out a broken branch, having laid him there on a rag-pad, thinking "I shall go to the presence of the other," unable to leave the young child, again and again having turned back, looking, she descends into the river.

Then, when she had gone to the middle of the river, a hawk, having seen that child, with the perception "a slice of flesh," descended from the sky. She, having seen that, having raised both hands, uttered a great sound "shoo, shoo" three times. The hawk, because of the distance, paying no heed to her, having seized the boy, flew up into the sky. The son standing on the near shore, having seen her raising both hands and emitting a great sound, with the perception "she is speaking with reference to me," fell into the water with speed. Thus the young child was killed by the hawk, the elder child by the water. She, crying and lamenting "One son of mine was seized by a hawk, one was swept away by the water, my husband died on the road," while going, having seen one man coming from Sāvatthī, asked - "Where are you dwelling, father?" "I am a dweller in Sāvatthī, mother." "In Sāvatthī, in such and such a street, there is such and such a family; do you know it, father?" "I know, mother, but do not ask about that; ask something else." "I have no business with anything else; I ask about that very thing, father." "Mother, you do not allow yourself to be told; today the rain god was seen by you raining the whole night?" "It was seen by me, father; that rained the whole night for me alone. That reason I shall tell afterwards; for now, tell me the news in that millionaire's house." "Mother, tonight the house fell upon three people - the millionaire, the wife, and the millionaire's son - covering them over; they are burning on one funeral pyre. That smoke can be seen, mother." She, at that moment, did not notice even the cloth she was wearing falling. Having reached the state of madness through grief, just as she was born -

"Both sons have died, my husband died on the road;

Mother, father, and brother are burnt on one pyre."

Lamenting, she wandered about.

From that time onwards, because even the cloth that was merely her inner robe was not being worn properly, because of her fallen conduct, the designation Paṭācārā came to be. Having seen her, people said "Go away, mad woman!" - some threw rubbish on her head, others scattered dust, others threw clods of earth. The Teacher, having sat down in the midst of the great assembly at Jeta's Grove, teaching the Teaching, having seen her thus wandering about, and having looked at the maturity of her knowledge, made it so that she came towards the monastery. The assembly, having seen her, said "Do not allow this mad woman to come here." Having said "The Blessed One, do not obstruct her," when she had come to a place not far away, he said "Regain mindfulness, sister." She, at that very moment, by the power of the Buddha, having regained mindfulness, having observed the fallen state of the cloth she was wearing, having established shame and moral fear, sat down squatting in a crouching posture. One man threw an upper garment. She, having put it on, having approached the Teacher, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration, said "Venerable sir, be my support; one son of mine was seized by a hawk, one was swept away by the water, my husband died on the road, and my mother, father, and brother, covered over by the house, died and are burning on one funeral pyre" - thus she declared the cause of her sorrow. The Teacher said "Paṭācārā, do not worry; you have come to the presence of one who is indeed able to be your support. Just as you now shed tears on account of the death of sons and so on, so in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, the tears shed on account of the death of sons and so on are more than the water of the four great oceans" - showing this -

"The water in the four oceans is small, more than that is the water of tears, not trifling;

The sorrowing of a man touched by suffering, why, mother, are you negligent?"

Spoke this verse.

Thus, while the Teacher was speaking the discourse by way of the beginningless round of rebirths, her sorrow became thinner. Then, having known that her sorrow had become thin, showing that "Paṭācārā, sons and so on are unable to be a shelter or a rock cell or a refuge for one going to the world beyond" - even though they exist, they are as if they do not exist; therefore, a wise person, having purified one's own morality, should accomplish the path leading to Nibbāna itself -

"Sons are not for shelter, nor father nor even relatives;

For one overcome by the Ender, there is no protection among kin.

"Having known this reason, the wise person, restrained in morality;

Should quickly purify the path leading to Nibbāna."

He taught the Teaching with these verses. At the conclusion of the teaching, Paṭācārā, having become established in the fruition of stream-entry, requested the going forth from the Teacher. The Teacher, having led her to the presence of the nuns, gave her the going forth. She, having obtained full ordination, doing the work of insight for the purpose of the higher path, one day, having taken water with a water pot, while washing her feet, poured water. That, having gone a short distance, was cut short; that poured on the second occasion went farther than that; that poured on the third occasion went even farther than that. She, having taken that very object, having defined the three stages of life, reflected: "Just as the water poured by me the first time, these beings die even in the first stage of life; just as the water poured on the second occasion that went farther than that, they die even in the middle stage of life; just as the water poured on the third occasion that went even farther than that, they die even in the last stage of life." The Teacher, while just seated in the perfumed chamber, having pervaded with light, as if standing before her and speaking, said "It is just so, Paṭācārā; all these beings are subject to death; therefore, rather than living a hundred years not seeing the rise and fall of the five aggregates, better is life even for one day, even for one moment, of one seeing their rise and fall" - showing this meaning -

"And whoever should live a hundred years, not seeing rise and fall;

Better is the life of one day, of one seeing rise and fall."

He spoke a verse. At the conclusion of the verse, Paṭācārā attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a millionaire's family;

Radiant with various jewels, endowed with great happiness.

"Having approached that great hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma;

Then, with confidence arisen, I approached the Conqueror for refuge.

"Then the Leader praised as foremost among those who uphold the discipline,

A nun who was conscientious, such a one, skilled in what is allowable and what is not allowable.

"Then with a joyful mind, I, wishing for that state;

Having invited the one of ten powers, the leader of the world together with the Community.

"Having fed them for seven days, having given the three robes;

Having bowed down with my head at his feet, I spoke these words.

"She who was praised by you, O hero, the sage in the eighth cosmic cycle from now;

Such shall I become, if it succeeds, O leader.

"Then the Teacher said to me, 'Dear lady, do not fear, be confident;

In the future time, you will obtain that wish.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Paṭācārā by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.'

"Then I, having become joyful, for as long as life, then the Conqueror;

With a mind of friendliness I attended, the leader of the world together with the Community.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"I was his third daughter, renowned as a nun;

Having heard the Teaching of the foremost Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

"Our father did not allow us, while still in the household then;

For twenty thousand years, we wandered untiringly.

"Living the holy life from maidenhood, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, joyful were the seven daughters.

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāyikā.

"I and Uppalavaṇṇā, Khemā and Bhaddā the nun;

Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā, Visākhā is the seventh.

"By those well-done actions, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, I was born in a millionaire's family;

In the excellent city of Sāvatthī, prosperous, opulent, of great riches.

"When I was endowed with youth, under the control of thoughts, I;

Having seen a man, an old husband, I went together with him.

"Having given birth to one son, a second was in my womb;

Then I, fully resolved, thought 'I will leave my mother and father.'

"I did not inform my husband, when he was away at that time;

Alone I went forth from the house, to go to Sāvatthī, the excellent.

"Then my husband, having come, honoured me on the path;

At that time, kamma-born pains arose in me, extremely severe.

"And a great rain cloud arose, at the time of my giving birth;

Having gone then for the sake of timber, my husband was killed by a snake.

"Then, with the suffering of having given birth, helpless and wretched was I;

Having seen the rivulet filled, going to my family's home.

"Having taken the child I crossed over, and left him alone on the far bank;

Having put the young son to sleep, I went back to cross for the other.

"The osprey turned back, alas, the young one lamenting;

And the other the stream carried away, I was given over to sorrow.

"Having gone to the city of Sāvatthī, I heard that my kinsman had died;

Then, afflicted by sorrow, overcome by great sorrow, I said.

"Both sons have died, my husband died on the road;

Mother, father, and brother are burnt on one pyre.

"Then emaciated and pale, helpless with dejected mind;

Wandering here and there, I saw the trainer of men.

"Then the Teacher said to me, 'Do not grieve for your sons, be confident;

You should seek yourself, why do you vex yourself in vain?

"'Sons are not for shelter, nor relatives nor even kinsmen;

For one overcome by the Ender, there is no protection among kin.

"Having heard that word of the sage, I attained the first fruit;

Having gone forth, not long after, I attained arahantship.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

I know the minds of others, carrying out the Teacher's instruction.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I was pure, completely stainless.

"Then I learned the whole monastic discipline, in its entirety, near the All-Seeing One;

I learned it in all its detail, and recited it according to truth.

"The Conqueror, satisfied with that virtue, established me in the foremost position;

Foremost among those who uphold the discipline, Paṭācārā alone.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice during the time of being a learner, making clear the manner in which the higher distinction arose, by way of an inspired utterance -

112.

"Ploughing the field with ploughs, sowing seeds on the ground;

Nourishing children and wife, young men gain wealth.

113.

"Why do I, accomplished in morality, carrying out the Teacher's instruction,

Not attain Nibbāna, being not lazy, not agitated?

114.

"Having washed my feet, I observe the waters;

And having seen the foot-water, flowing from high ground to low.

115.

"Thereupon I concentrated my mind, like a good thoroughbred horse;

Then having taken a lamp, I entered the dwelling;

Having looked at the sleeping place, I sat down on the small bed.

116.

"Then having taken a needle, I drew down the wick;

Like the extinguishing of a lamp, there was deliverance of the mind." He spoke these verses.

Therein, "kasaṃ" means those who are ploughing, doing the work of agriculture. For this is a singular used in the sense of a plural. "Pavapaṃ" means sowing seeds. "Chamā" means on the ground. For this is a nominative case used in the locative sense. Here this is the meaning in brief - These young men, beings, ploughing the field with ploughs, with ploughshares, sowing seeds of various kinds such as early crops and late crops on the field-ground according to their intention, for that reason, on that account, nourishing themselves, children, wife, and so on, obtain wealth. Thus in this world, individual effort wisely applied is indeed fruitful and productive.

Therein, "Why do I, accomplished in morality, carrying out the Teacher's instruction, Not attain Nibbāna, being not lazy, not agitated" means I, being of thoroughly purified morality, not lazy through putting forth strenuous energy, not agitated through being internally well concentrated in mind, and carrying out the Teacher's instruction, which is called the meditation on the four truths as a meditation subject - why do I not attain Nibbāna? I shall surely attain it.

Having thought thus, while doing the work of insight, one day she took a sign in the water for washing her feet. Therefore she said "having washed my feet" and so on. Its meaning is - While washing my feet, I observe a sign, having seen the foot-water that had flowed from high ground to low in the waters poured three times for the purpose of washing the feet.

"Just as this water is subject to destruction, having the nature of falling, so are the vital principles of beings" - thus having reflected upon the characteristic of impermanence, and in accordance with that the characteristic of suffering, and the characteristic of non-self, developing insight, "thereupon I concentrated my mind, like a good thoroughbred horse" means just as a skilled charioteer drives a good thoroughbred horse with ease, so I concentrated my mind with ease alone, I made it concentrated by insight concentration. Thus developing insight, entering an inner chamber seeking the agreeableness of the climate, having taken a lamp for the purpose of dispelling darkness, having entered the inner room, having placed the lamp, as soon as she had sat down on the small bed, she pulled the lamp wick with the door-bolt needle to put off the lamp; at that very moment, through obtaining an agreeable climate, her mind became concentrated, she entered upon the cognitive process of insight, she struck with the path. Thereupon, by the succession of paths, there was the complete elimination of mental corruptions. Therefore it was said - "Then having taken a lamp, etc. there was deliverance of the mind." Therein, "having looked at the sleeping place" means having seen the sleeping place by the light of the lamp.

"Needle" means the door-bolt needle. "I draw down the wick" means I pull the lamp wick towards the oil in order to put off the lamp. "Deliverance" means deliverance from mental defilements. But since that is, in the ultimate sense, the continuity of consciousness, therefore it was said "of the mind." Just as a lamp that is worthy of arising when conditions such as wick and oil are present is called quenched because of not arising in the absence of those, so consciousness that is worthy of arising when conditions such as mental defilements are present is called liberated because of not arising in the absence of those - thus she said - "Like the extinguishing of a lamp, there was deliverance of the mind."

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Paṭācārā is concluded.

11.

Commentary on the Verses of the Thirty Elder Nuns

117-121. The verses beginning with "Having taken pestles" and so on are the verses of about thirty elder nuns. They too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually having accumulated the requisites for deliverance, in this arising of a Buddha, prompted by their own actions, having been reborn in this and that family home, having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, having gained faith, having gone forth, of pure morality, they dwell fulfilling all kinds of duties. Then one day the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, giving them an exhortation -

117.

"Having taken pestles, young men pound grain;

Nourishing children and wife, young men gain wealth.

118.

"Practise the Buddha's teaching, which having done one does not regret;

Quickly having washed your feet, sit down on one side;

Engaged in serenity of mind, practise the Buddha's teaching." he spoke these two verses.

Herein this is the meaning in brief - These beings, because of life, having taken pestles, pound the grain of others, they do mortar-work. Having done other such low work too, nourishing children and wife, they also collect wealth as is proper. But that work of theirs is low, vulgar, belonging to ordinary people, painful, and not connected with benefit. Therefore, having avoided such defiling obsession, practise the Buddha's teaching; practise, accomplish, bring about in one's own continuity the teaching of the perfectly Self-awakened One, reckoned as the threefold training. Therein he states the reason - "Which having done one does not regret" means because of doing which, one does not undergo remorse now or in the future. Now, to show the preliminary function and the method of pursuit in doing that, "Quickly having washed your feet" and so on was stated. Therein, because for one whose feet are unwashed and whose face is unrinsed, there is no comfort in sitting nor the obtaining of a suitable climate, but for one who, having washed the feet and rinsed the face, is seated to one side, one obtains both of those; therefore, quickly, not missing this moment as obtained, having washed your feet - your own feet - sit down, be seated, to one side in a secluded place. Having bound one's own mind to any object among the thirty-eight objects that is pleasing to the mind, wherever it may be, engaged in serenity of mind, with a concentrated mind, by means of the development of the meditation subject of the four truths, practise, accomplish the teaching, the exhortation, the instruction of the Buddha, the Blessed One.

Then those nuns, having stood firm in the exhortation of that elder nun, having established insight, doing the work of meditation, because their knowledge had reached maturity and because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having reviewed their own practice, together with the verses of exhortation -

119.

Having heard that word of hers, Paṭācārā's teaching;

Having washed their feet, they sat down to one side;

Engaged in serenity of mind, they practised the Buddha's teaching.

120.

"In the first watch of the night, they remembered their former births;

In the middle watch of the night, they purified the divine eye;

In the last watch of the night, they shattered the mass of darkness.

121.

"Having risen, they paid homage at her feet: 'Your instruction has been fulfilled;

Like the deities of the Thirty-three honour Indra, unconquered in battle;

Having put you in front, we shall dwell, we are possessors of the threefold true knowledge, without mental corruptions.'"

They spoke these verses.

Therein, "having heard that word of hers, Paṭācārā's teaching" means the exhortation word that was a teaching in the sense of an instruction against the enemy of defilements of that Elder Nun Paṭācārā - those approximately thirty nuns, having heard, having assented, having accepted it with bowed head.

"Having risen, they paid homage at her feet: 'Your instruction has been fulfilled'" means having taken to heart and having reflected upon her teaching as accepted, having sat down in a convenient place, developing, having brought meditation to its summit, in order to report the distinction attained by themselves, having risen from the seat where they were sitting, having gone to her presence, having said "Great Elder Nun, your instruction has been fulfilled by us in accordance with the advice," they paid homage at her feet with the fivefold prostration. "Like the deities of the Thirty-three honour Indra, unconquered in battle" means just as the Tāvatiṃsa gods honour Indra, the victorious one, unconquered in the battle between the gods and titans, so, Great Elder Nun, we shall dwell having put you in front, because there is nothing else to be done. Therefore, "we are possessors of the threefold true knowledge, without mental corruptions" - declaring their own gratitude, this itself was their declaration of final liberating knowledge. But whatever here has not been analysed as to meaning, that is by the very method stated above.

The commentary on the verses of the thirty elder nuns is concluded.

12.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Candā

122-126. The verses beginning with "Formerly I was destitute" are the verses of the Elder Nun Candā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with the requisites of deliverance stored up, with matured knowledge, in this arising of a Buddha, took conception in the house of an unknown brahmin in a certain brahmin village. From the time of her birth, that family went to utter elimination of wealth. She, gradually having attained discretion, lived with difficulty. Then a snake-wind disease arose in that house. On account of that, all her relatives too reached the disaster of death. She, when the destruction of relatives had occurred, being unable to live elsewhere, with a beggar's bowl in hand, having wandered from family to family, sustaining herself with whatever almsfood was obtained, one day went to the place of participation in a meal of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā. The nuns, having seen her afflicted and overcome by hunger, with compassion arisen, having supported her with affectionate address, satisfied her there with the existing food that was charming in its presentation. She, having become confident in their good conduct and morality, having approached the presence of the elder nun, having paid homage, sat down to one side. The elder nun taught her the Teaching. She, having heard that Teaching, having confidence in the Dispensation and with a sense of urgency arisen regarding the round of rebirths, went forth. And having gone forth, having stood firm in the exhortation of the elder nun, having established insight, devoting herself to meditation, because of having formed an aspiration and because her knowledge had reached maturity, before long, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having reviewed her own practice -

122.

"Formerly I was destitute, a widow and childless;

Without friends and relatives, I did not obtain food and cloth.

123.

"Having taken bowl and staff, begging for alms from family to family;

Burning with cold and heat, for seven years I wandered.

124.

"Then having seen a nun, an obtainer of food and drink;

Having approached, I said, 'The going forth into homelessness'.

125.

"And she, out of compassion for me, Paṭācārā gave me the going forth;

Then having exhorted me, she urged me towards the supreme goal.

126.

"Having heard her word, I followed the instruction;

The lady's exhortation was not futile, I am a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, without mental corruptions."

He spoke these verses by way of an inspired utterance.

Therein, "destitute" means poor. "Formerly" means before going forth. For from the time of going forth, here a person is not to be called wealthy or poor in wealth. But in virtues this elder nun was wealthy indeed. Therefore she said "Formerly I was destitute." "Widow" - dhava is called husband; due to the absence of that, a widow; the meaning is one whose husband has died. "Childless" means deprived of children. "Without friends" means declined from and deprived of friends and kinsmen. "Did not obtain food and cloth" means I did not obtain the fulfilment of food and cloth; but the intention is that I obtained merely food and clothing by way of a morsel of almsfood and a scrap of rag. Therefore she said "Having taken bowl and staff" and so on.

Therein, "bowl" means an earthenware vessel. "Stick" means a stick for warding off oxen, dogs, and so on. "From family to family" means from one family to another family. "Burning with cold and heat" means being oppressed by cold and heat due to the absence of a dwelling house.

"A nun" - she speaks with reference to the Elder Nun Paṭācārā. "Again" means afterwards, in the later period after seven years.

"In the ultimate reality" means in the supreme, highest good, in the practice leading to Nibbāna and in Nibbāna. "She directed" means she directed by indicating a meditation subject. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Candā is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Fives is concluded.

6.

The Book of the Sixes

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Five Hundred Elder Nuns

127-132. In the Book of Sixes, the verses beginning with "Whose path you do not know" and so on are the verses of about five hundred elder nuns. These too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually having accumulated the requisites for deliverance, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in this and that family home, having come of age, brought by their mothers and fathers to their husbands' families, having obtained sons here and there, dwelling in the household life, because of having done such action of the same kind, all of them having become ones whose sons had died, overpowered by sorrow for their sons, having approached the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, having paid homage, seated, they reported the cause of their sorrow. The elder nun, dispelling their sorrow -

127.

"Whose path you do not know, whether of one who has come or one who has gone;

That being who has come from somewhere, why do you weep saying 'my son'?

128.

"But if you knew the path, whether of one who has come or one who has gone;

You would not grieve for him, for such is the nature of living beings.

129.

"Uninvited he came from there, not permitted he went from here;

Having come from somewhere surely, having stayed for a few days;

From here too he went to another, from there he goes to yet another.

130.

"The ghost, in human form, wandering in the round of rebirths, will go on;

As he came, so he went, what lamentation is there for that?"

She taught the Teaching with these four verses.

They, having heard the Teaching from her, with religious emotion arisen, went forth in the presence of the elder nun. Having gone forth, doing the work of insight, because the qualities that ripen liberation had reached maturity, before long they became established in arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Then they, having attained arahantship, having reviewed their own practice, by way of an inspired utterance, together with the verses of exhortation beginning with "Whose path you do not know" and so on -

131.

"He has indeed drawn out my dart, difficult to see, lodged in my heart;

She who, for me overcome with sorrow, dispelled my grief for my son.

132.

"Today I have the dart pulled out, without hunger, attained final Nibbāna;

I go to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community for refuge, the sage."

They spoke these verses separately, each one individually.

Therein, "whose path you do not know, whether of one who has come or one who has gone" means of whatever being who has come here, the path by which he came, or of one who has gone from here, the path by which he went, you do not know. She speaks with reference to the immediately preceding and subsequent rebirths in past and future existences. "That being who has come from somewhere" means that being whose path of coming and going is thus unknown, who, coming from some destination along the path by which he came, is like a man met on the road with whom one has made no acquaintance whatsoever - having merely aroused selfish attachment towards such a being, why, for what reason, do you weep saying "my son"? Because it cannot be remedied and because it should not be done regarding my son, there is no reason for weeping here - this is the intention.

"But if you knew the path" means if you were to know both the path by which he came, of that being regarded as your son who has come, and the path by which he went, of one who has gone. "You would not grieve over him" means even so you would not grieve over him. Why? "For such is the nature of living beings" - because even in the present life, for beings there is no power of control over separation and parting from all that is dear and beloved, how much more so in the future life.

"Uninvited he came from there" means from there, from the world beyond, uninvited by anyone, he came here. "Āgato" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Not permitted he went from here" means from this world, not permitted by anyone, he went to the world beyond. "From somewhere" means from hell and so on, from whatever destination. "Surely" is in the sense of supposition. "Having dwelt for a few days" means having dwelt here for a period of only a few days. "From here too he went to another" means from this existence too he went to another; he approached yet another existence by way of conception. "From there he goes to yet another" means from that existence too he will go to another; he will approach yet another existence.

"Departed" means having departed, having been reborn in this and that existence, gone away from there. "In human form" - this is merely an illustration; the meaning is: in human state and in animal state and so on. "Wandering" means wandering again and again by way of rebirth. "As he came, so he went" means just as he came from an unknown origin and without informing anyone, so he went with an unknown destination and without being permitted. "What lamentation is there for that" means there, in such an uncontrollable state where one fares according to one's wishes, what indeed is lamentation? What is the use of lamenting? - this is the meaning. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

And here, the first four verses were spoken separately by the Elder Nun Paṭācārā for the purpose of dispelling the sorrow of those approximately five hundred women. It should be understood that, having stood firm in her exhortation and having gone forth, by those approximately five hundred nuns who had attained distinction, all six verses too were spoken individually.

"The five hundred Paṭācārā" means the five hundred nuns who obtained the name "Paṭācārā" because, having received exhortation in the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, they made known what was said by Paṭācārā.

The commentary on the verses of the five hundred elder nuns is concluded.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Vāseṭṭhī

133-138. The verses of the Elder Nun Vāseṭṭhī beginning with "Afflicted by sorrow for my son." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with the requisites of deliverance stored up, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in Vesālī, having come of age, given by her mother and father to a son of good family of the same birth, having gone to her husband's family, dwelling in pleasant communal life together with him, having obtained one son, at the time when he was running about and roaming around, when he had died, distressed by sorrow for her son, she became a mad woman. She, while her relatives and husband were seeking medical treatment, having fled without their even knowing, wandering here and there, arrived at the city of Mithilā, and there saw the Blessed One going along the middle of the street, tamed, guarded, with restrained faculties, an elephant. Having seen him, together with the seeing, through the power of the Buddha, her madness departed and she regained her normal mind. Then the Teacher taught her the Teaching in brief. She, having heard that Teaching, with a sense of urgency obtained, having requested the going forth from the Teacher, having gone forth among the nuns by the Teacher's command, having completed the preliminary functions, having established insight, striving and endeavouring, because of the maturity of her knowledge, before long, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

133.

"Afflicted by sorrow for my son, mentally deranged, unconscious;

Naked and with dishevelled hair, I wandered here and there.

134.

"On streets, on rubbish heaps, in cemeteries and on roads;

I wandered for three years, afflicted by hunger and thirst.

135.

"Then I saw the Fortunate One, towards the city of Mithilā;

The tamer of the untamed, the self-enlightened, safe from every quarter.

136.

"Having regained my own mind, having paid homage, I sat down;

He taught me the Teaching, Gotama, out of compassion.

137.

"Having heard his teaching, I went forth into homelessness;

Engaging in the Teacher's word, I realized the safe state.

138.

"All sorrows have been cut off, abandoned, at an end for me;

For the bases have been fully understood by me, from which is the origination of sorrows."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "aṭṭā" means afflicted. Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is afflicted, oppressed. "Mentally deranged" means with heart overthrown by the madness of sorrow. Because of that very thing, by the disappearance of normal perception, unconscious. Because of the absence of shame and moral fear, through the state of being without clothing, naked. Because of having dishevelled hair, with dishevelled hair. "Here and there" means from village to village, from town to town, from street to street, I wandered.

"Then" means afterwards, upon the utter elimination of the action conducive to madness. "The Fortunate One" means the Fortunate One, the Blessed One, because of beautiful conduct, because of having gone to a beautiful state, because of having spoken rightly, and because of having gone rightly. "Towards Mithilā" means facing Mithilā, the meaning is walking towards the city of Mithilā.

"Having regained one's own mind" means by the power of the Buddha, having abandoned madness, having regained one's own normal consciousness.

"Engaging in the Teacher's word" means making exertion in the Dispensation of the Teacher, the perfectly Self-awakened One, devoting oneself to meditation. "I realized the safe state" means I realized the state of Nibbāna, which is safe, secure, untroubled by the four mental bonds.

"Having this as their end" means this arahantship now attained by me is the end, the final goal, of these - thus "having this as their end," the sorrows. The meaning is that now there is no origination of them. "From which is the origination of sorrows" means from which is the origination of sorrows having the characteristic of inner pondering; the bases, the foundations, of those sorrows, reckoned as the five aggregates of clinging, have been fully understood by the three full understandings of the known, of judging, and of abandoning. Therefore the explanation is: sorrows have this as their end.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Vāseṭṭhī is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Khemā

139-144. The verses beginning with "You are young and beautiful" are the verses of the Elder Nun Khemā. This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, was one dependent on others for her livelihood in the city of Haṃsavatī, a female slave of others. She, earning her livelihood by rendering service to others, one day, having seen the Elder Sujāta, the chief disciple of the Perfectly Self-awakened One Padumuttara, walking for almsfood, having given three sweet-meats, on that very day having given up her own hair and having given a gift to the elder, having made the aspiration "May I become a female disciple of great wisdom of a Buddha in the future," being diligent in wholesome action for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, gradually in the six heavens of sensual pleasure, having been reborn as the chief queen of those various kings of gods, even in the human world on many occasions having attained the status of chief queen of universal monarchs and regional kings, having experienced great fortunes, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having arisen in the human world, having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, with a sense of urgency obtained, having gone forth, practising the holy life for ten thousand years, having become very learned and a preacher of the Teaching, having performed action conducive to wisdom by teaching the Teaching and so on to many people, having passed away from there, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this cosmic cycle, in the time of the Blessed One Kakusandha and of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, having been reborn in a family accomplished in wealth, having attained discretion, having had a great monastery built, she dedicated it to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha.

But in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, having been the eldest daughter of King Kikī of Kāsi, named Samaṇī, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, with a sense of urgency obtained, remaining just in the household life, practising the holy life from maidenhood for twenty thousand years, together with her own sisters Samaṇaguttā and so on, having had a delightful residential cell built, she dedicated it to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha. Just so, having performed lofty meritorious action that had reached its plane in this and that existence, having wandered only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, she was reborn in a royal family in the city of Sākala in the country of Madda. Her name was Khemā; she was gold-coloured, with skin resembling gold. She, having come of age, went to the house of King Bimbisāra. While the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, having become intoxicated with her beauty, thinking "He will show the faults in beauty," she does not go for the purpose of seeing the Teacher.

The king, having had people proclaim the beauty of the Bamboo Grove, aroused in the queen the desire to see the monastery. Then the queen asked the king "I shall go to see the monastery." The king, having said "Having gone to the monastery, you will not be allowed to come back without seeing the Teacher," gave a signal to the men - "Even by force, show the queen to the One of Ten Powers." The queen, having gone to the monastery, having spent the daytime, while turning back, began to go without even seeing the Teacher. Then the king's men led her, even though unwilling, to the presence of the Teacher. The Teacher, having seen her coming, by supernormal power created a woman resembling a heavenly nymph, and made her take a palm leaf and fan him. Queen Khemā, having seen her, thought - "Women comparable to heavenly nymphs of such beauty stand not far from the Blessed One; I am not even equal to being their attendant; my pride too has been destroyed without reason through the influence of an evil mind" - having grasped the sign, she stood looking at that very woman. Then, even as she was watching, by the power of the Teacher's determination, that woman, having passed beyond the first stage of life, having passed beyond the middle stage of life too, having reached the final stage of life, having become one with broken teeth, grey hair, and wrinkled skin, together with the palm leaf, turned over and fell. Then Khemā, because she had formed an aspiration, thought thus - "Even a body of such a kind has reached such ruin; my body too will have just such a destiny." Then, having known the disposition of her mind, the Teacher -

"Those infatuated with lust fall into the stream, like a spider into its self-made web;

Having cut even this, they wander forth, without longing, having abandoned sensual happiness."

He spoke a verse. She, at the conclusion of the verse, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges - thus it has come in the commentaries. But in the Apadāna it has come thus: "Having heard this verse, having become established in the fruition of stream-entry, having obtained permission from the king, having gone forth, she attained arahantship." Therein, this is the Apadāna text -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, having vision regarding all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a millionaire's family;

Radiant with various jewels, endowed with great happiness.

"Having approached that great hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma;

Then, with confidence arisen, I go to the Conqueror for refuge.

"Having requested my mother and father, and the Guide;

Having invited for seven days, I fed him together with his disciples.

And when a week had passed, the highest among those of great wisdom;

The nun, in the foremost position, the trainer of men established.

"Having heard that, having become joyful, again to that great sage;

Having done service to that place, having bowed down, I aspired.

"Then the Conqueror said to me, 'May your aspiration succeed;

The service done by you to me together with the Community is of immeasurable fruit.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Having attained the highest, she will be named Khemā.'

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Passed away from there, I went to the Yāma realm, from there I went to Tusita;

From there to Nimmānarati, and from there to the city of Vasavatti.

"Wherever I am reborn, owing to that action;

There in each place, I attained the status of chief queen of kings.

Passed away from there to human existence, of universal monarchs,

And of regional kings, I attained the status of chief queen.

"Having experienced success, among gods and humans;

Having been happy everywhere, I wandered in the round of rebirths through many cosmic cycles.

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, Vipassī, the leader of the world;

Arose, lovely to behold, one with insight into all phenomena.

"Having approached him, the leader of the world, the trainer of men;

Having heard the Teaching spoken, I went forth into homelessness.

"For ten thousand years, in that hero's Dispensation;

Having lived the holy life, devoted to meditation, very learned.

"Skilled in the mode of dependent conditions, confident in the four truths;

Subtle, brilliant speakers, carrying out the Teacher's instruction.

"Having passed away from there to Tusita, I was reborn, one of fame;

I outshine others there through the fruit of the holy life.

"Wherever I was reborn, of great possessions, of great riches;

Wise, virtuous, and with a disciplined following.

"By that action, by exertion in the Conqueror's Dispensation;

All successes for me are easily obtained, dear to the mind.

"Whoever becomes my husband, wherever I have gone;

No one disrespects me, by the power of my practice.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Koṇāgamana by name, the best of speakers arose.

"At that time in Bārāṇasī, offspring of very prosperous families;

Dhanañjānī and Sumedhā and I too, three people.

"We gave a monastery to the Community, companions in giving formerly;

And we had a dwelling-place built for the Community.

"Passed away from there, we all became those who reached Tāvatiṃsa;

Having attained the foremost position in glory, and likewise among human beings.

"In this very cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"I was his eldest daughter, renowned as a female ascetic;

Having heard the Teaching of the foremost Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

"Our father did not allow us, while still in the household then;

For twenty thousand years, we wandered untiringly.

"Living the holy life from maidenhood, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, joyful were the seven daughters.

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāyikā.

"I and Uppalavaṇṇā, Paṭācārā and Kuṇḍalā;

Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā, Visākhā is the seventh.

"Sometimes that sun among men taught the marvellous Teaching;

Having heard the Great Discourse on Causality, I learnt it thoroughly.

"By those well-done actions, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, in Sākala, the best of cities;

I am the daughter of King Madda, agreeable, beloved, and dear.

"As soon as I was born, there was security in that city before;

Therefore the name Khemā arose for me, by virtue.

"When I had attained youth, adorned with beauty and grace;

Then my father gave me, to King Bimbisāra.

"I was dear to him, delighting in the play of beauty;

As one who spoke ill of material forms, I did not approach the greatly compassionate one.

"King Bimbisāra then, with the intention of helping me;

Having praised the Bamboo Grove, had singers sing for me.

"By whom the charming Bamboo Grove, the dwelling place of the Fortunate One, has not been seen;

By him the Nandana garden has not been seen, thus we imagine.

"By whom the Bamboo Grove has been seen, the garden delighting men;

By him the Nandana garden has been well seen, the delight of the lord of the immortals.

"Having left Nandana, the gods, having descended to the surface of the earth;

Having seen the charming Bamboo Grove, they are not satisfied, being much astonished.

"Arisen through the merit of a king, adorned through the merit of a Buddha;

Who could speak entirely of that forest's accumulation of virtues?

"Having heard that the forest was prosperous, captivating to my ear;

Wishing to see that park, I announced it to the king then.

"With a great retinue, then that lord of the earth;

Sent me to that park, eager to see.

"Go, see the forest of great treasures, a tonic for the eyes;

Which always shines with splendour, delighted by the radiance of the Fortunate One.

"And when the sage, for almsfood, to Giribbaja, the best of cities;

Had entered, then I approached to see the forest.

"Then that forest was in full bloom, resounding with the buzzing of various wasps;

Accompanied by the singing of cuckoos, with flocks of peacocks dancing.

"With little sound, uncrowded, adorned with various walking paths;

Filled with huts and pavilions, resplendent with excellent yogis.

"Wandering about, I imagined my eye to be fruitful;

Even there, having seen a young monk engaged, I considered.

"In such a charming forest, standing here in fresh youth;

Endowed with pleasant form, like the spring.

"Seated at the tree-root, shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe;

This monk indeed meditates, having abandoned delight born of sense objects.

"Is it not so that by one who leads the household life, having enjoyed sensual pleasures as one pleases;

Afterwards when old, this Teaching should be practised, O Subhadda.

"Having understood it to be empty, the fragrant chamber, the abode of the Conqueror;

Having approached, I saw the Conqueror, like the rising sun.

"Seated happily alone, being fanned by an excellent woman;

Having seen thus I thought, 'This lord of men is not rough.'

"That maiden with the radiance of gold, with eyes like lotus faces;

With lips like bimba fruit, with teeth like jasmine, a delight to the mind and eye.

"With earrings like golden swings, with well-formed thighs like a bud's shape;

With a beautiful waist like an altar's middle, with thighs like plantain stems, adorned with charming ornaments.

With red-dyed shoulder cloths, wearing polished blue inner robes;

With an appearance not to be exerted upon, endowed with a mirthful disposition.

"Having seen her, I thought thus, 'Ah, this beautiful woman;

Never before have I seen her with this eye.'

"Then she, overcome by ageing, faded, with distorted face;

With broken teeth, white-haired, drooling, her mouth impure.

"With contracted ears, white eyes, with pendulous, ugly breasts;

With wrinkles spread over all limbs, with veins spread over the body.

"With bent limbs, with a staff as companion, with ribs protruding, emaciated;

Trembling, fallen, sighing moment by moment.

Then there was spiritual urgency for me, wonderful and terrifying;

Shame on the impure body, where fools delight.

"Then the greatly compassionate one, having seen the one with an agitated mind;

The Fortunate One, elated in mind, spoke these verses.

"Afflicted, impure, putrid, see, Khemā, this body;

Oozing and dripping, delighted in by the foolish.

"Develop the mind towards foulness, fully focused, well concentrated;

Let mindfulness directed to the body be yours, be full of disenchantment.

"Just as this is, so is that; just as that is, so is this;

Internally and externally, remove desire regarding the body.

"And develop the signless, abandon the underlying tendency to conceit;

Then through the full realization of conceit, you will live at peace.

"Those infatuated with lust fall into the stream, like a spider into its self-made web;

Having cut even this, they wander forth, without longing, having abandoned sensual happiness."

"Then, having known my ready mind, the trainer of men;

Taught the Mahānidāna discourse, for my discipline.

"Having heard that foremost discourse, I recollected my former perception;

Steady in that, while I was peaceful, I purified the eye of the Teaching.

"Having fallen down at the feet of the great sage at that very moment;

For the purpose of confessing my transgression, I spoke these words.

"Homage to you, all-seeing one, homage to you, compassionate one;

Homage to you, one who has crossed over the round of rebirths, homage to you, bestower of the Deathless.

"Plunged into the thicket of views, deluded by sensual lust;

By you, through the right means, disciplined, delighting in the discipline.

"By not seeing, by separation from such great sages;

Beings experience great suffering in the ocean of saṃsāra.

"When I did not see the refuge of the world, without conflict, one who has reached the end of conflict;

Standing not far away, I confess that transgression.

"The great benefactor, the giver of boons, suspecting him to be harmful;

Delighting in form, I did not approach him, I confess that transgression.

"Then the one of sweet utterance, the greatly compassionate Conqueror;

Said 'Stand in security,' sprinkling me with the deathless.

"Then having bowed down with my head, and having circumambulated him keeping him on my right;

Having gone and seen the king, I spoke these words.

"Oh, rightly devised is your means, O tamer of the foe of death;

For the desire to see the forest, the sage was seen from Nibbāna.

"If it pleases you, O king, in the Dispensation of that Such One;

I shall go forth from material things, wearied by the sage's word.

"Having raised his joined palms, then the lord of the earth said:

'I allow you, dear lady, may your going forth succeed.'

"Having gone forth, then I, when a fortnight had arrived;

Having seen the rise and destruction of the island, with a stirred mind.

"Wearied of all activities, skilled in the mode of dependent conditions;

Having passed over the four mental floods, I attained arahantship.

"And I was a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I become a master too.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

My knowledge is pure, arisen in the Buddha's Dispensation.

"I am skilled in the purifications, confident in the points of controversy;

And knowing the method of the higher teaching, I have attained mastery in the Dispensation.

"Then at Toraṇavatthu, by the king, the lord of Kosala;

Asked subtle questions, she answered according to truth.

"Then that king, having approached the Fortunate One, asked;

The Buddha declared just so, as it was declared to you by me.

"The Conqueror, satisfied with that virtue, established me in the foremost position;

As foremost among those of great wisdom, among the nuns, the highest of men.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, although this elder nun was dwelling in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, even though other elder nuns who had eliminated the mental corruptions had also attained the expansion of wisdom, her state of great wisdom became well-known because of having formed an aspiration there. For thus the Blessed One, seated in the midst of the noble company at the great monastery of Jetavana, while establishing the nuns in successive positions of rank, established her in the foremost position for great wisdom: "This is the foremost, monks, of my female disciples who are nuns of great wisdom, that is to say, Khemā." One day, while she was seated for the day's abiding at the root of a certain tree, Māra the Evil One, having approached in the guise of a young man, enticing her with sensual pleasures -

139.

"You are young and beautiful, and I too am a young youth;

With the five-part music, come, Khemā, let us delight." He spoke a verse.

Its meaning is - Khemā, you have reached youth, standing in the prime of life, endowed with beauty, and I too am a young youth; therefore, without wasting our youth, come, with the five-part music being played, let us delight and sport in the enjoyment of sensual play.

Having heard that, she, making known her own state of dispassion towards sensual pleasures and all phenomena, and his nature as Māra, and her own firmly established distrust towards beings who adhere to self, and her having performed her obligations -

140.

"With this foul body, sick and brittle;

I am troubled and ashamed, sensual craving has been uprooted.

141.

"Sensual pleasures are like stakes of spears, the aggregates are their chopping block;

What you call 'sensual delight', that is now discontent for me.

142.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death.

143.

"Paying homage to the constellations, tending the fire in the forest;

Not knowing in conformity with the truth, fools imagined purity.

144.

"But I, paying homage to the Self-enlightened One, the highest of men;

Freed from all suffering, carrying out the Teacher's instruction." He spoke these verses.

Therein, "tending the fire in the forest" means tending the fire-sacrifice in the forest of austere practice. "Not knowing in conformity with the truth" means not fully understanding occurrences as they really are. The remainder here is clear in itself since the method has been stated above.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Khemā is concluded.

4.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sujātā

145-150. The verses of the elder nun Sujātā beginning with "Adorned, well-dressed" and so on. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with the requisites of deliverance stored up, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a millionaire's family in the city of Sāketa, having come of age, given by her mother and father to a merchant's son of the same birth, went to her husband's family. There, dwelling in pleasant communal life together with him, one day, having gone to the park, having enjoyed the festival celebration, while coming to the city together with her attendants, having seen the Teacher in the Añjana forest, with a gladdened mind, having approached, having paid homage, sat down to one side. The Teacher, having given her a progressive discourse, having known the pliancy of her mind, made known the teaching of the Teaching further above by the progressive method. She, at the conclusion of the teaching, because of having formed an aspiration and because her knowledge had reached maturity, and through the beauty of the Teacher's instruction, just as she was seated, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having paid homage to the Teacher, having gone home, having obtained permission from her husband and her mother and father, by the Teacher's command, having gone to the nuns' quarters, went forth in the presence of the nuns. And having gone forth, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

145.

"Adorned, well-dressed, garlanded, anointed with sandalwood;

Covered with all ornaments, attended by a group of female slaves.

146.

Having taken food and drink, sweets and edibles, not a little;

Having gone out from the house, I brought them to the park.

147.

"Having delighted and played there, coming back to my own home;

I entered the dwelling to see, the Añjana forest at Sāketa.

148.

"Having seen the light of the world, having paid homage, I sat down;

He taught me the Teaching, the one with vision, out of compassion.

149.

"And having heard the great sage, I penetrated the truth;

Right there I experienced the stainless Teaching, the Deathless state.

150.

"Then having cognised the Good Teaching, I went forth into homelessness;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching is not in vain."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "adorned" means decorated. But to show the manner of being adorned, "well-dressed, garlanded, anointed with sandalwood" was said. Therein, "garlanded" means wearing garlands. "Anointed with sandalwood" means smeared with sandalwood. "Covered with all ornaments" means with body covered by way of decoration with all ornaments such as those worn on the hands and so on.

"Having taken food and drink, sweets and edibles, not a little" means having taken abundant food such as rice and cooked rice and so on, beverages such as mango syrup and so on, solid food such as sweets made of flour and so on, and the remaining edible things reckoned as food. "I brought to the pleasure grove" means I brought to the pleasure grove for the purpose of a festival celebration. The intention is: having brought food and drink and so on there, playing together with the attendants, delighting, and amusing oneself.

"The Añjana forest at Sāketa" means I entered the monastery in the Añjana forest near Sāketa.

"Light of the world" means one who has become a light to the world through the light of knowledge.

"Phusayiṃ" means I touched, the meaning is I attained. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Sujātā is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Anopamā

151-156. The verses beginning with "In a high family" are the verses of the Elder Nun Anopamā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, having gradually developed the qualities that ripen liberation, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the daughter of a millionaire named Majjha in the city of Sāketa. Because of her beauty, her name was Anopamā. When she came of age, many merchants' sons, royal ministers, and kings sent a messenger to her father - "Give your daughter Anopamā, and we shall give you this and that." She, having heard that, through the achievement of decisive support, thinking "I have no need for the household life," having gone to the Teacher's presence, having heard the Teaching, because her knowledge had reached maturity, having undertaken insight in accordance with the teaching, striving in that, became established in the third fruit by the succession of paths. She, having requested the going forth from the Teacher, by the Teacher's command, having gone to the nuns' quarters, having gone forth in the presence of the nuns, on the seventh day, having realised arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

151.

"I was born in a high family, of much wealth and great riches;

Accomplished in beauty and form, a daughter born from Majjha himself.

152.

"Desired by princes, longed for by merchants' sons;

They sent a messenger to my father: 'Give me Anopamā.'

153.

"However much this one has been weighed, your incomparable daughter;

Eight times that I will give, unwrought gold and jewels too.

154.

"I, having seen the Self-enlightened One, the elder of the world, unsurpassed;

Having paid homage to his feet, I sat down to one side.

155.

"He taught me the Teaching, Gotama, out of compassion;

Seated on that seat, I experienced the third fruit.

156.

"Then having cut off my hair, I went forth into homelessness;

Today is my seventh night, since when craving was distinguished."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "in a high family" means in the most eminent merchant family. "Of much wealth" means having abundant wealth and provisions such as ornaments and so on. "Of great riches" - the explanation is: I was born in a family of great riches, due to the existence of great wealth amounting to forty crores that had gone into deposit. "Accomplished in beauty and form" means accomplished in beauty and accomplished in form; the meaning is endowed with a smooth and radiant achievement of complexion and with the achievement of bodily limbs such as garments, ornaments, and so on. "A daughter born from Majjha himself" means the legitimate daughter of the millionaire named Majjha.

"Desired by princes" means longed for by royal princes, thinking "How indeed might we obtain her?" "Coveted by merchants' sons" means likewise craved for and desired by young merchants too. "Give me Anopamā" means the princes and others sent a messenger to her father's presence, saying "Give me Anopamā, give me her."

"However much this one has been weighed" means "your daughter Anopamā is worth however much wealth" - thus weighed, defined by those who know the characteristics; the explanation is: "I will give eight times that" - thus he sent a messenger to my father. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Anopamā is concluded.

6.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī

157-162. The verses beginning with "Homage to you, O Buddha, hero" are those of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī. It is said that she too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among those of long standing, having performed the preparatory action, having aspired to that position of rank, having made meritorious deeds such as giving for as long as life lasted, having transmigrated among gods and humans for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, in the interval between the Blessed One Kassapa and our Blessed One, in a world devoid of a Buddha, she was reborn in Bārāṇasī as the chief of five hundred female slaves. Then she, at the time of entering the rains retreat, having seen five Individually Enlightened Ones who had descended from the Nandamūlaka cave to Isipatana, having walked for almsfood in the city, having gone to Isipatana itself, at the time of entering the rains retreat seeking manual labour for the purpose of a hut, having encouraged those female slaves, their husbands and her own, having had five huts built furnished with walking paths and other accessories, having set up beds, chairs, drinking water, washing water, vessels and so on, having obtained a promise from the Individually Enlightened Ones for the purpose of dwelling there for three months, they established almsfood by turns. Whoever was not able to give almsfood on her own turn-day, for her she herself, having brought it from her own home, gives it. Thus, having watched over them for three months, when the invitation ceremony to admonish had arrived, she had each female slave give up one cloth each. There were five hundred coarse cloths. Having exchanged those, she had three robes made for the five Individually Enlightened Ones and gave them. The Individually Enlightened Ones, while they were still watching, went through the sky to Mount Gandhamādana.

They too, all of them, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, were reborn in the heavenly world. Their chief, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the house of the chief weaver in a weavers' village not far from Bārāṇasī, having attained discretion, having seen the five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones who were the sons of Padumavatī, treating them with great affection, having paid homage to all of them, she gave almsfood. They, having done the meal duty, went to Gandhamādana itself. She too, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, even before the arising of our Teacher, took conception in the house of Mahāsuppabuddha in the city of Devadaha. Her name was Gotamī, a name derived from her clan. She was the younger sister of Mahāmāyā. The interpreters of signs also declared "The children dwelling in the wombs of both of these two will become wheel-turning monarchs." The Great King Suddhodana, when they came of age, having performed the marriage ceremony for both, led them to his own house.

At a later time, when our Teacher had arisen and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while gradually rendering assistance to those amenable to instruction here and there, while dwelling in dependence on Vesālī in the Pinnacled Hall, the Great King Suddhodana, beneath the white parasol, having realised arahantship, attained final Nibbāna. Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, wishing to go forth, having requested the going forth from the Teacher on one occasion and not having obtained it, on the second occasion, having had her hair cut, having clothed herself in ochre robes, at the conclusion of the teaching of the Kalahavivāda Suttanta, having gone forth, having gone to Vesālī together with the wives of the five hundred Sakyan princes who had gone forth, having had the Elder Ānanda request the Teacher, she obtained the going forth and full ordination by means of the eight rules of respect. But all the others were ordained unilaterally. This is the summary here; but in detail, this story has come in the canonical text itself.

Thus fully ordained, Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, having approached the Teacher, having paid respect, stood to one side. Then the Teacher taught her the Teaching. She, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the Teacher, devoting herself to meditation, before long attained arahantship accompanied by the direct knowledges and analytical knowledges. But the remaining five hundred nuns were possessors of the six direct knowledges at the conclusion of Nandaka's exhortation. Then one day the Teacher, seated in the midst of the noble company at the great monastery of Jetavana, while establishing the nuns in successive positions of rank, established Mahāpajāpati Gotamī in the foremost position among nuns of long standing. She, spending her time in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, standing firm in gratitude, one day, declaring the final liberating knowledge by way of making manifest the Teacher's helpfulness preceded by praise of his virtues -

157.

"Homage to you, O Buddha, hero, highest of all beings;

Who released me from suffering, and many other people.

158.

"All suffering has been fully understood, craving, the cause, has been dried up;

The eightfold path has been developed, cessation has been attained by me.

159.

"Mother, son, father, brother, and grandmother I was formerly;

Not knowing according to truth, I wandered on, not finding.

160.

"For I have seen that Blessed One, this is the final body;

The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."

161.

"Seeing those putting forth strenuous energy, resolute, constantly of strong effort;

Disciples in unity, this is the homage to the Buddhas.

162.

"Indeed for the benefit of many, Māyā gave birth to Gotama;

He dispelled the mass of suffering for those afflicted by disease and death." He spoke these verses.

Therein, "Buddha, hero" means hero among those enlightened in the four truths; for all Buddhas are called heroes because of having won the victory through the accomplishment of the fourfold right striving energy with the highest energy, or because of being enlightened in the four truths. But the Blessed One, through the fulfilment of the perfection of energy, by the determination of energy endowed with four factors, through the accomplishment of the surpassing fourfold right striving function, and because of having properly established that in the continuity of those accessible to instruction, deserves to be called a hero because of being distinctively endowed with energy. "Homage to you" means let homage, veneration, be to you. "Highest of all beings" means the Blessed One is the highest among beings distinguished as footless and so on, by virtues such as morality and so on. To show a portion of the Teacher's virtue of helpfulness, having said "who released me from suffering, and many other people," making clear her own state of being freed from suffering, she spoke the verse "all suffering."

Again, showing in part that suffering of the round of rebirths from which he released her, she spoke the verse "mother, son." Therein, "not knowing according to truth" means not comprehending as it really is the cause of occurrence and so on. "I wandered on, not finding" means not finding, not obtaining a foothold in the ocean of the round of rebirths, speaking thus "I wandered in existences and so on by way of successive rebirths," she said "mother, son" and so on. In whichever existence she was his mother, in another existence she was that very one's son, in yet another existence she was his father or brother - this is the meaning.

The verse "For I have seen" also makes clear her own state of being freed from suffering. Therein, "For I have seen that Blessed One" means that Blessed One, the perfectly Self-awakened One, was seen by me directly with the eye of knowledge through the vision of the supramundane Teaching seen by oneself. For whoever sees the Teaching, he indeed sees the Blessed One. As he said - "Whoever, Vakkali, sees the Teaching sees me" and so on.

"Putting forth strenuous energy" means those whose energy has been exerted. "Resolute" means those whose minds are directed towards Nibbāna. "Constantly of strong effort" means those of firm effort at all times, for the attainment of what has not been attained and for the expansion of what has been attained. "In unity" means united by the state of being joined together through similarity of morality and view. Because of having become through hearing at the end of the Teacher's teaching, she sees the disciples as they really are thus: "These are stationed in the path, these are stationed in fruition." "This is the homage to the Buddhas" means that self-witnessed realisation of the supramundane Teaching, which has become the body of the Teaching of the Teacher and which has become the noble state of the noble disciples - this is the homage to the perfectly Self-awakened Ones and the Enlightened as Noble Disciples, the exact inclination towards their virtues.

In the concluding verse "For the benefit of many indeed," she makes clear the Teacher's very helpfulness to the world. But whatever here has not been analysed as to meaning, that is easily understood.

Then on one occasion, while the Teacher was dwelling at Vesālī in the Great Wood in the Pinnacled Hall, Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī, herself dwelling in the nuns' quarters at Vesālī, in the earlier period of the day having walked for almsfood in Vesālī, having eaten her meal, having spent the determined time at her own daytime resting place with the happiness of fruition attainment, having emerged from the fruition attainment, having reviewed her own practice, being joyful, reflecting on her own life-force, having known their exhausted state, thought thus - "What if I were to go to the monastery, having obtained permission from the Blessed One, having taken leave of all the elders who are inspiring to the mind and all the fellow practitioners of the holy life, having come back right here, I would attain final Nibbāna." And just as for the elder nun, so too was the reflection of the five hundred nuns who formed her retinue. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"Once the light of the world, in Vesālī in the Great Wood;

In the Pinnacled Hall, in the excellent hall, the trainer of men dwelt.

"Then the Conqueror's maternal aunt, the nun Mahāgotamī;

Dwelt in the nuns' quarters, in that charming city that was built there.

"With five hundred liberated nuns,

Gone to a private place, thus was her mind's reflection.

"The final Nibbāna of the Buddha, or of the foremost pair of disciples;

Of Rāhula, Ānanda, and Nanda, I will not obtain to see.

"The final Nibbāna of the Buddha, or of the foremost pair of disciples;

Of Mahākassapa and Nanda, and of Ānanda and Rāhula.

"Having relinquished beforehand the life-force, having let go for peace;

I would go, permitted by the Lord of the World, the great sage.

"Likewise was the reflection of five hundred nuns;

Of Khemā and the others too, this very same was the reflection.

"There was an earthquake then, the divine drum resounded;

The deities inhabiting the dwelling, were oppressed by sorrow.

Lamenting pitiably, there they shed tears;

Those friendly nuns, having approached Gotamī.

Having bowed down with my head at his feet, they spoke these words;

'There, sprinkled with drops of water, we ladies went to a private place.

"'That earth shook and trembled, the divine drum resounded;

And lamentations are heard, for what purpose indeed, Gotamī?'

Then she spoke all, just as she had reflected;

They all also said, just as she had reflected.

"If Nibbāna, the supreme, the safe, is approved by you, lady;

We shall all attain Nibbāna, by the Buddha's permission, O one of good conduct.

"We went forth together, from home and from existence;

Together we shall go to Nibbāna, the supreme state.

"'What shall I say to those going to Nibbāna?' she said;

Together with all of them she departed from the nuns' dwelling place then.

"May those deities who dwell in the dwelling forgive me;

This is my last seeing of the nuns' abode.

"Where there is no ageing nor death, no meeting with the unpleasant;

There is no separation from the dear, I shall go to that unconditioned.

"Those not free from lust, having heard that word, the sons of the Fortunate One;

Afflicted by sorrow, they lamented, 'Alas, our lack of merit.'

"The nuns' dwelling place is empty, this has become without them;

Like stars at dawn, the Victor's daughters are not seen.

"Gotamī goes to Nibbāna, together with five hundred;

Just as the Ganges with five hundred rivers goes to the ocean.

"Seeing them going along the road, the faithful female lay followers;

Having come out from their houses, having bowed down at their feet, said this.

"'Be pleased, O one of great wealth, leaving us helpless;

It is not fitting for us to cease to exist without you,' thus desiring, they lamented.

"For the purpose of abandoning their sorrow, he spoke a sweet utterance;

'Enough of weeping, daughters, today is a time for joy for you.

"'Suffering has been fully understood by me, the cause of suffering has been abandoned;

Cessation has been realized by me, and the path too has been well developed.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"'As long as the Buddha and his Good Teaching remain complete;

So long is the time for me to cease to exist, do not grieve for me, dear children.

"Koṇḍañña, Ānanda, Nanda and so on, Rāhula, the Conqueror stand;

The Community is happy together, and the sectarians' substance is destroyed.

"The glory of the Okkāka lineage, raised up, the crusher of Māra;

Is it not now the time for me, for the sake of Nibbāna, dear children.

"What has been wished for by me since long ago, succeeds today;

This is the time of the drum of joy, why with tears, dear children?

"If there is compassion for me, if there is gratitude;

For the duration of the Good Teaching, all of you, make firm energy.

"The Perfectly Self-awakened One gave the going forth to women, when asked by me;

Therefore, just as I would rejoice, so you should support that.

"Having thus instructed them, honoured by the nuns;

Having approached and paid homage to the Buddha, she spoke these words.

"I am your mother, O Fortunate One, and you, O hero, are my father;

O protector, giver of the happiness of the Good Teaching, by you I have been born, O Gotama.

"This material body of yours, O Fortunate One, was nourished by me;

The blameless body of the Teaching was nourished in me by you.

"For a moment you were given milk to drink by me, that which quells craving;

By you I was given to drink the milk of the Dhamma, absolutely peaceful.

"In the protection of bondage for me, you are free of debt, O great sage;

Women desiring sons, requesting, obtain such a son.

"She who was the mother of kings of men beginning with Mandhātā, in the ocean of existence;

I who was submerged, by you, son, have been helped across the ocean of existence.

"'Mother of a king, chief queen' - such names for women are easy to obtain;

But the name 'mother of a Buddha' - this is supremely rare.

"And that aspiration of mine obtained by you, O great hero;

Whether small or great, all that has been fulfilled by me.

"I wish to attain final nibbāna, having abandoned this corpse;

Permit me, O hero, O leader, maker of an end to suffering.

"Stretch out your feet, soft as lotuses, strewn with wheel, goad and banner marks;

I shall pay homage to you, O best of sons.

"Make manifest your body, similar to a heap of gold;

Having well seen your body, I go to peace, O leader.

Endowed with the thirty-two characteristics, his body adorned with excellent radiance;

Like the young sun amidst evening clouds, the Conqueror showed his mother's sister.

"On the soles of his feet, resembling fully opened lotuses, radiant as the young sun;

Marked with wheels, thereupon she fell at them with her head.

"I bow down to the sun among men, the banner of the solar clan;

At my final death, I shall not see him again.

Women, indeed, are called the foremost in the world, considered the source of all faults;

If there is any fault of mine, forgive me, O compassionate one.

And the going forth of women, I requested you again and again;

If there is any fault of mine in that, forgive me, O bull among men.

The nuns, O hero, were instructed by me with your permission;

If therein there is anything wrongly applied, forgive that, O lord of patience.

One who is patient should indeed be patient, why in existence adorned with virtues;

What further shall I say to you, who are going to Nibbāna.

In my community of monks, pure and complete, capable of departing from this world;

At the time of dawn, having seen those who have come to disaster, like the crescent moon it goes forth.

Then those other nuns, to the foremost of conquerors, like stars following the moon to Sumeru;

Having circumambulated, having bowed down at his feet, standing, gazing at his face.

Never before was my eye satisfied by seeing you, nor my ear by your sayings;

My mind alone, only this one, having attained that, is satisfied by the flavour of the Dhamma.

When you roar in the assembly, striker of what should be sounded;

Those who will see your face, fortunate are they, O bull among men.

With long fingers, copper-coloured nails, beautiful, with extended heels;

Those who will bow down to these feet, they too are fortunate, O bearer of virtues.

Sweet and delightful, dispelling hate and beneficial;

Those who hear your sayings, they too are fortunate, O best of men.

Fortunate am I, O Great Hero, devoted to the worship of your feet;

Having crossed the wilderness of saṃsāra, by the good words of the glorious one.

Then she, of good conduct, having announced to the community of monks also;

And having paid homage to Rāhula, Ānanda and Nanda, said this.

"In this body, like a den of venomous snakes, a residence of disease;

Becoming disenchanted with this mass of suffering, the domain of ageing and death.

Strewn with various sins and stains, belonging to others, without endeavour;

By that I wish to be extinguished, approve, dear children.

"Nanda and Rāhulabhadda, free from sorrow, without mental corruptions;

Firm in unshakeable stability, they reflected on the nature of phenomena.

"Shame on the conditioned, the fickle, without substance, like a plantain tree;

Like magic and a mirage, brief, unsteady.

Where indeed this maternal aunt of the Conqueror, the Buddha's nurse;

Gotamī goes to destruction, impermanent is all that is conditioned.

And Ānanda, then a trainee, afflicted by sorrow, affectionate to the Conqueror;

There shedding tears, he laments pitiably.

"Alas! Gotamī goes to peace, surely the Buddha too to final bliss;

Goes not long after, like a fire without fuel.

"To him thus lamenting, to Ānanda, Gotamī said;

O you deep as an ocean of learning, devoted to attending upon the Buddha.

"It is not proper to grieve, son, when the time for joy has arrived;

Through you, son, my refuge, that Nibbāna has been attained.

Requested by you, dear father, he allowed us the going forth;

Do not be displeased, son, fruitful is your effort.

What was not seen by the ancients, nor by the teachers of other sects;

That state was known by delicate girls of seven years.

O protector of the Buddha's Dispensation, this is my last seeing of you;

I am going there, son, where one who has gone is not seen.

Sometimes while teaching the Teaching, the chief leader of the world sneezed;

Then I, compassionate, spoke a word of blessing.

"May you live long, O great hero, may you remain for a cosmic cycle, O great sage;

For the benefit of the whole world, may you become free from ageing and death.

"To me who spoke thus, the Buddha, he said this:

'Not in this way are Buddhas to be paid respect, as you pay respect, Gotamī.

"'How then are the omniscient ones, the Tathāgatas, to be honoured?

How are the Buddhas not to be honoured? Tell me this when asked.

"Seeing those putting forth strenuous energy, resolute, constantly of strong effort;

Disciples in unity, this is the homage to the Buddhas.

"'Then having gone to the dwelling, I alone considered;

The Protector, gone to the end of the three existences, obstructed the united assembly.

"'Come, I shall attain final Nibbāna, may I not see that failure;

Having thus reflected, having seen the seventh sage.

"'The time of my final nibbāna, I announced to the Guide;

Then he gave approval, 'Know the time, Gotamī.'

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

Like an elephant having cut the bond, I dwell without mental corruptions.

"Indeed welcome it was for me, my coming to the Buddha's presence;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"The four analytical knowledges, and these eight deliverances;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"'For the full realization of the teaching by women, those fools who have gone to doubt;

For the purpose of abandoning their view, display supernormal power, Gotamī.'

"Then having bowed down to the Self-enlightened One, having flown up into the sky;

Gotamī showed various supernormal powers, by the Buddha's permission.

"One became many, and many became one likewise;

Appearing, vanishing, through walls, through mountains.

"Not clinging she went, and sank into the ground;

On the water not breaking, she came as if on the earth.

Like a bird in the sky, he went then in cross-legged posture;

He exercised mastery with his body, up to the dwelling of Brahmā.

"Having made Sineru the handle, having made the great earth the umbrella;

Having turned it upside down with its root, holding it I walked in the sky.

"Like the rising of six suns, she made the world smoky;

Like the world at the end of an age, she made it entangled with garlands of flames.

The great rock Mucalinda, between the base of Meru and the river;

All like mustard seeds, he grasped with one fist.

"With the tip of a finger he covered the light-maker together with the night-maker;

Thousands of moons and suns, he wore like a garland.

"The waters of the four oceans, he held in one hand;

Like a rain cloud at the end of an age, shed a great rain.

She created a wheel-turning monarch with his following in the sky;

She displayed a garuḷa, an elephant, and a lion roaring.

"Having created, alone, an immeasurable group of nuns;

Then having made them disappear, alone she spoke to the sage.

"Your maternal aunt, O Great Hero, who followed your teaching;

Having attained her own welfare, I pay homage at your feet, O One with Vision.

"Having shown various supernormal powers, having descended from the sky;

Having paid homage to the light of the world, she sat down to one side.

"I am one hundred and twenty years old by birth, O great sage;

This much is enough, O hero, I shall attain nibbāna, O leader.

"Then that whole assembly, greatly astonished, with joined palms;

Said how she was, of incomparable supernormal power and effort.

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, having vision regarding all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a minister's family;

Endowed with all supports, prosperous, opulent, of great riches.

"Sometimes together with my father, attended by a group of female slaves;

With a great retinue, having approached that lord of men.

Like Vāsava raining, a cloud of the Teaching, without mental corruptions;

Like the autumn sun, resplendent with a net of rays.

"Having seen, having gladdened my mind, and having heard his well-spoken words;

The leader of men establishing my mother's sister, the nun, in the foremost position.

"Having heard, having given a great gift, for seven days to that Such One;

To the highest of men together with the monastic community, and many requisites.

"Having bowed down at his feet, I aspired for that state;

Then, to the great assembly, the seventh sage said.

"'She who fed the leader of the world together with the Community for seven days;

Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Gotamī by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.

"'She is the maternal aunt of that Buddha, his foster-mother;

She will obtain pre-eminence among nuns of long standing.'

"Having heard that, having rejoiced, then for as long as life, the Conqueror;

Having attended on with requisites, thereafter I deceased.

Among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

Reborn with ten factors, I surpassed others.

"With forms and sounds, with odours, with flavours and with touchings;

And also with life span and beauty, with happiness and also with fame.

"Likewise with authority, having attained, I shone forth;

I was the chief queen, beloved of the lord of the immortals, there.

"Wandering in the round of rebirths, I, driven by the wind of action;

In the domain of the king of Kāsi, I was born in a slave village.

"Less than fifteen hundred lived there then;

Whoever was the eldest of all there, I was his wife.

"Five hundred of the Self-Become One entered the village for almsfood;

Having seen them, I was satisfied, together with all the women.

Having become guilds, all of us attended for four months;

Having given the three robes, we transmigrated with our husbands.

"Passed away from there, all of us, we went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm;

And in this final existence now, we were born in the city of Devadaha.

"My father was Añjanasakka, my mother was Sulakkhaṇā;

From there she went to Kapilavatthu, to the house of Suddhodana.

"The others were born in the Sakyan clan, they came to the homes of the Sakyans;

I was the most distinguished of all, I was the foster-mother of the Conqueror.

"My son, having gone forth, became the Buddha, the great leader;

Afterwards I, having gone forth, together with five hundred.

"Together with the wise Sakyan women, I experienced the happiness of peace;

Those who then in a former birth were our masters.

"The makers of merit together, the builders of the great assembly;

They attained arahantship, compassionately cared for by the Fortunate One.

Then those other nuns ascended to the sky;

Like stars assembled, they shone, of great supernormal power.

They showed various supernormal powers, like an ornament's transformation;

Like a smith with gold, well-trained in workable material.

Having shown miracles, variegated and many;

Having pleased the excellent speaker, the sage together with his following then.

"Having descended from the sky, having paid homage to the seventh sage;

Permitted by the best of men, they sat down in their proper places.

"Oh, you were compassionate towards us, towards all, for a long time, Gotamī;

Perfumed by your merits, we have attained the elimination of mental corruptions.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by us, all existences have been uprooted;

Like she-elephants having cut the bond, we dwell without mental corruptions.

"Indeed welcome it was for us, in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"The four analytical knowledges, and these eight deliverances;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"'And I was a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I was a master, O great sage.

"'We know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning and teaching and language, and in discernment there exists;

Knowledge for us, O great hero, arisen in your presence.

"We have attended upon you, O leader, with friendly minds;

Permit us all for Nibbāna, O great sage.

"We shall attain Nibbāna," thus saying, "What shall I say?"

"Now do as you think fit," the Conqueror said.

"Those three nuns beginning with Gotamī, then the Victor;

Having paid homage, having risen from that seat, they departed.

Together with a great crowd of people, the chief leader of the world;

That hero accompanied his mother's sister as far as the porch.

"Then Gotamī fell at the feet of the kinsman of the world;

Together with all of them, the last homage at his feet.

"This is my last seeing of the Protector of the World;

I shall not again see your face, having the appearance of the Deathless.

"And my homage, O hero, will not touch your very soft feet;

O chief of the world, today I go to peace.

"What use is this matter to you, when phenomena are seen as they truly are in the present life;

All this is merely conditioned, without comfort and short-lived.

"She, having gone together with them, to her own nuns' quarters;

Having bent into a half cross-legged posture, sat down on the highest seat.

"Then the female lay followers there, devoted to the Buddha's teaching;

Having heard the news of her, they approached to pay homage at her feet.

Striking their chests with their hands, like creepers with roots cut;

Crying a pitiful cry, afflicted by sorrow, fallen to the ground.

"Do not, O Protector, giver of refuge, go to peace leaving us;

Having fallen down, we all entreat with our heads.

"She who was the foremost among them in striving, a faithful and wise female lay follower;

While stroking her head, spoke these words.

"Enough, sons, with dejection, which follows Māra's snare;

Impermanent is all that is conditioned, ending in separation, unstable.

"Then she, having released those, the first meditative absorption, the highest;

And the second and the third, she attained the fourth.

The base of infinite space and likewise the base of infinite consciousness;

Nothingness and neither-perception, he attained in succession.

"In reverse order the meditative absorptions, Gotamī attained;

As far as the first meditative absorption, thence up to the fourth.

"Then having emerged, she attained Nibbāna, like a lamp's flame, without mental corruptions;

There was a great earthquake, lightning fell from the sky.

"The drums resounded, the deities lamented;

And a shower of flowers from the sky, rained down upon the earth.

"Even the king of mountains, Meru, was shaken, like an actor in the midst of the stage;

And the ocean, as if wretched with sorrow, was roaring.

"Gods, serpents, titans, and brahmās, were agitated at that moment;

Impermanent indeed are activities, just as this has gone to dissolution.

"Those who surrounded me, who followed the Teacher's teaching;

They too, without clinging, are quenched like a lamp's flame.

"Alas! Unions end in separation, alas! Impermanent is all that is conditioned;

Alas! Life ends in destruction," thus was the lamentation.

"Then the gods and Brahmā, conforming to worldly conditions;

Act in accordance with time, having approached the seventh sage.

Then the Teacher addressed Ānanda, the ocean of learning;

Go, Ānanda, announce to the monks the passing of their mother.

Then Ānanda, joyless, with eyes full of tears;

Said with a choked voice, let the monks assemble.

In the east, south, west, and near in the north;

Let them hear my saying, monks, sons of the Fortunate One.

She who nurtured with effort the final body of the sage;

That Gotamī has gone to peace, like a star at sunrise.

Even the mother of a Buddha, having set aside the designation, has gone to the matchless;

Where even the five-eyed Leader does not see her destination.

"'Whoever has faith in the Fortunate One, and whoever is dear to the great sage;

Let the son of the Fortunate One make an offering to the Buddha's mother.'

Having heard that, monks came quickly even from very distant places;

Some by the power of the Buddha, some skilled in supernormal powers.

"In the excellent pinnacle building, charming, entirely made of gold, beautiful;

They placed a small bed, where Gotamī lay sleeping.

"The four world-guardians bore it on their shoulders;

The remaining gods, Sakka and so on, assembled in the pinnacle building.

"All the pinnacle buildings, there were five hundred;

With the colour of the autumn sun, made by Vissakamma indeed.

"All those nuns too, were lying on beds;

Having mounted the shoulders of the gods, they are led out gradually.

"Altogether covered it was, the expanse of the sky with a canopy;

With stars, moon and sun, marked, made of gold.

"Many banners raised, spread with flower-sheaths;

Lotuses descended from the sky, flowers risen from the earth.

"The moon and sun shine, and the stars blaze forth;

Even the sun gone to the middle, does not scorch as the moon does.

"The gods with divine odours, and with fragrant garlands;

And with music and dancing, and with singing they venerated.

"Serpents, titans, and brahmās, according to their ability, according to their strength;

Honoured her as she was being carried out, the quenched mother of the Buddha.

"All were led in front, quenched, the sons of the Fortunate One;

Gotamī is led afterwards, honoured, the Buddha's nurse.

"In front, gods and humans, with serpents, titans, and brahmā gods;

Behind, the Buddha with his disciples, goes for the purpose of honouring his mother.

"The final Nibbāna of the Buddha, was not such as this;

The final Nibbāna of Gotamī, was exceedingly marvellous.

"The Buddha at the Buddha's Nibbāna, did not lament, monks;

The Buddha at Gotamī's Nibbāna, likewise Sāriputta and so on.

"Having made funeral pyres, made of all kinds of fragrant substances;

Scattered with fragrant powder, they burnt them there.

The remaining parts were burnt, the bones remaining altogether;

And Ānanda then said, words productive of religious emotion.

"Gotamī has gone to destruction, and her body is being burnt;

The rendezvous is the Buddha's Nibbāna, it will not be long.

Then Ānanda, urged by the Buddha, brought near to the Protector

The relics of Gotamī, those that had gone into her bowl.

Having held them up with his hand, the seventh sage said:

'Just as a great tree standing with substance,

"'That which was the greater branch, might break off due to impermanence;

Likewise of the community of nuns, Gotamī has attained final Nibbāna.

"'Oh, how wonderful for me, even though my mother has passed away;

With only her body remaining, there is no sorrow or lamentation.

"'She is not to be sorrowed for by others, having crossed over the ocean of saṃsāra;

Having avoided torment, become cooled, well quenched.

"'You are wise, of great wisdom, of broad wisdom likewise;

She is of long standing among the nuns, thus remember, monks.

"'And she was a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, Gotamī was a master.

"'She knew past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is no more rebirth for her.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

Knowledge was pure, therefore she is not to be sorrowed for.

"'Just as of a blazing fire struck by an iron hammer,

Gradually subsiding, the destination is not known.

"'So too for those rightly liberated, who have crossed over the flood of sensual bondage;

There is no destination to be declared for those who have attained unshakeable happiness.

"'Having yourselves as an island, therefore, with the establishments of mindfulness as your domain;

Having developed the seven factors of enlightenment, you will make an end of suffering."

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī is concluded.

7.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Guttā

163-168. The verse beginning with "Guttā, for whatever purpose the going forth was" is the verse of the elder nun Guttā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually having stored up the requisites of deliverance, with wholesome roots fully matured, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a brahmin family in Sāvatthī; her name was Guttātissā. She, having attained discretion, being urged by the achievement of decisive support, loathing the household life, having obtained permission from her mother and father, went forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī. And having gone forth, having established insight, while she was devoting herself to meditation, her mind ran about towards external objects through long-time familiarity, and did not become fully focused. The Teacher, having seen her, helping her, while just seated in the perfumed chamber, having pervaded with light, having shown himself as if seated in the sky near her, exhorting -

163.

"Guttā, for whatever purpose the going forth was, having left son, wealth, and dear ones;

Cultivate that very thing, do not come under the control of the mind.

164.

"Beings deceived by the mind, delighting in Māra's domain;

Through the round of many births they transmigrate, the fools.

165.

"Sensual desire and anger, and identity view;

Adherence to moral rules and austerities, and sceptical doubt as the fifth.

166.

"These mental fetters, having abandoned them, O nun;

The lower fetters, you will not come here again.

167.

"Having avoided lust and conceit, and ignorance, and restlessness;

Having cut off the mental fetters, you will make an end of suffering.

168.

"Having exhausted the round of rebirths, having fully understood rebirth;

Without hunger in this very life, at peace, you will live." - He spoke these verses.

Therein, "cultivate that very thing" means for whatever purpose, for the sake of which final extinguishment of the mental defilements and extinguishment of the aggregates. "Having left son, wealth, and dear ones" means having left the circle of relatives who are to be held dear and the mass of wealth, the going forth in my Dispensation, the abiding by the holy life, was desired; you should cultivate and accomplish that very thing. "Do not come under the control of the mind" means do not come under the control of the deceitful mind that has been nourished for a long time by way of objects such as visible form and so on.

Because this mind is comparable to an illusion, by which blind worldlings, deceived, subject to Māra's control, do not transcend the round of rebirths. Therefore it was said "beings deceived by the mind" and so on.

"These mental fetters" means those five, as aforesaid beginning with "sensual desire and anger," are mental fetters in the sense of binding. "Having abandoned" means having completely cut off by the path of non-returning. "Nun" is a vocative addressing her. "Belonging to the lower portion" means beneficial and helpful to the life of a human being in the sensual element, which is the lower portion below the fine-material and immaterial elements, because of being conditions for conception there. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. "Oramāgamanīyānī" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "You will not come here again" means by the abandoning of the lower mental fetters, you will not come again to this place of sensuality, this sensual existence, by way of conception. The letter "ra" serves as a word-connector. Or "ittha" is also a reading; the meaning is just this state of being, sensual existence.

"Lust" means lust for material form and lust for immaterial existence. "Conceit" means conceit that is to be destroyed by the highest path. "And ignorance and restlessness" - here too the same method applies. "Having avoided" means having suppressed through insight. "Having cut the mental fetters" means having completely cut off these five higher mental fetters beginning with lust for material form by the path of arahantship. "You will make an end of suffering" means you will reach the limit, the final goal of all the suffering of the round of rebirths.

"Having exhausted the round of rebirths of birth" means having brought to an end the continuation of the round of rebirths together with its root, birth. "Without hunger" means free from craving. "At peace" means at peace through the appeasement of mental defilements in every respect. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

Thus, when these verses were spoken by the Teacher, at the conclusion of the verses, the elder nun, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, spoke these very verses by way of an inspired utterance in the same manner as spoken by the Blessed One. Therefore those became known as Verses of the Elder Nun.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Guttā is concluded.

8.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Vijayā

169-174. The verses beginning with "Four times" are the verses of the Elder Nun Vijayā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with developed wholesome roots, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a certain family home in Rājagaha, having attained discretion, was a companion of the Elder Nun Khemā during her time as a householder. She, having heard of her state of having gone forth, having become desirous of going forth thinking "Even she, a chief queen, will go forth; how much more then should I," approached the presence of the Elder Nun Khemā. The elder nun, having known her disposition, taught the Teaching in such a way that she, with a mind stirred with regard to the round of rebirths, would become devoted to the Dispensation. She, having heard that Teaching, with a sense of urgency arisen and having gained faith, requested the going forth. The elder nun gave her the going forth. She, having gone forth, having completed the preliminary functions, having established insight, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, before long, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

169.

"Four times, five times, I went out from the dwelling;

Not having gained peace of mind, not having control over my mind.

170.

"Having approached a nun, I questioned her attentively;

She taught me the Teaching, and the elements and sense bases.

171.

"The four noble truths, the faculties and powers;

The factors of enlightenment and the eightfold path, for the attainment of the highest goal.

172.

"Having heard her word, following the instruction;

In the first watch of the night, I recollected past births.

173.

"In the middle watch of the night, I purified the divine eye;

In the last watch of the night, I shattered the mass of darkness.

174.

"And having pervaded the body with rapture and happiness, I dwelt then;

On the seventh day I stretched out my feet, having shattered the mass of darkness."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "a nun" - she speaks with reference to the Elder Nun Khemā.

"The factors of enlightenment and the eightfold path" means the seven factors of enlightenment and the eightfold noble path. "For the attainment of the highest goal" means for the attainment, for the achievement of arahantship or of Nibbāna itself.

"With rapture and happiness" means with the rapture and happiness included in the fruition attainment. "Body" means the mental body associated with that, and in accordance with that, the material body as well. "Having pervaded" means having touched, or having spread throughout. "On the seventh day I stretched out my feet" means on the seventh day from the day insight was begun, having broken the cross-legged posture, I stretched out my feet. How? "Having shattered the mass of darkness" means having shattered with the sword of knowledge of the highest path the mass of delusion never before shattered. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Vijayā is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Sixes is concluded.

7.

The Book of the Sevens

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Uttarā

175-181. In the Book of Sevens, "Having taken pestles" is the verse of the elder nun Uttarā. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with developed wholesome roots, with accumulated requisites of deliverance, having become one whose qualities for the ripening of liberation had matured, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a certain family home in Sāvatthī, having received the name Uttarā, gradually having attained discretion, approached the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā. The elder nun taught her the Teaching. She, having heard the Teaching, with a sense of urgency arisen regarding the round of rebirths, having become devoted to the Dispensation, went forth. And having gone forth, having completed the preliminary functions, having established insight in the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, devoting herself to meditation, through the achievement of decisive support and because her faculties had reached maturity, before long, having aroused zeal in insight, together with the analytical knowledges, attained arahantship. But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

175.

"Having taken pestles, young men pound grain;

Nourishing children and wife, young men gain wealth.

176.

"Strive in the Buddha's teaching, which having done one does not regret;

Quickly having washed your feet, sit down on one side.

177.

"Having established the mind, fully focused, well concentrated;

Review activities as alien and not as self.

178.

"Having heard her word, the instruction of Paṭācārā;

Having washed my feet, I sat down to one side.

179.

"In the first watch of the night, I recollected past births;

In the middle watch of the night, I purified the divine eye.

180.

"In the last watch of the night, I shattered the mass of darkness;

Possessing the threefold true knowledge, thereupon I arose, your instruction has been fulfilled.

181.

Like the deities of the Thirty-three honour Sakka, unconquered in battle;

Having put her in front, I shall dwell, I am a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, without mental corruptions."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "having established the mind" means having established the meditation mind upon the meditation subject. How? "Fully focused, well concentrated, review" means examine the practice; contemplate activities with the triad of characteristics as impermanent, as suffering, and as non-self - this is the meaning. And this was said at the time of exhortation by way of repeating the exhortation to herself and to other nuns, elder nuns, and so on. "The instruction of Paṭācārā" means the admonition of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā. Or the reading is "Paṭācārā's teaching."

"Thereupon I arose" means afterwards, after attaining the state of possessing the threefold true knowledge, I arose from my seat. This elder nun too, one day, having clarified her meditation subject in the presence of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, having entered her own dwelling place, sat down folding her legs crosswise. Having made the determination "I will not break this cross-legged posture until my mind is liberated from the mental corruptions by non-clinging," having begun exploration, having gradually aroused zeal in insight, having attained arahantship accompanied by the direct knowledges and analytical knowledges by the succession of paths, when the nineteen reviewing knowledges had occurred, being joyful thinking "Now I have done what was to be done," having uttered these verses as an inspired utterance, she stretched out her feet at the time of the break of dawn. Thereupon, when the night had properly become light, having approached the presence of the elder nun, she recited these verses. Therefore it was said "Your instruction has been fulfilled" and so on. All the remainder is by the same method as stated above.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Uttarā is completed.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Cālā

182-188. The verses of the elder nun Cālā beginning with "Having established mindfulness." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born among the Magadhans in the village of Nālaka in the womb of the brahmin woman Rūpasārī. On her name-giving day they gave her the name Cālā; to her younger sister, Upacālā; and then to her younger sister, Sīsūpacālā. These three too were the younger sisters of the General of the Teaching; the three sons of these also had this very same name. With reference to whom it has come in the Theragāthā: "Cālā, Upacālā, Sīsūpacālā."

But these three sisters too, having heard "The General of the Teaching has gone forth," thinking "Surely that Teaching and discipline is not inferior, surely that going forth is not inferior, where our master has gone forth," with enthusiasm arisen, with keen desire, having abandoned the tear-faced weeping circle of relatives and attendants, went forth. And having gone forth, striving and endeavouring, before long they attained arahantship. But having attained arahantship, they dwell in the happiness of Nibbāna and the happiness of fruition.

Among them, the nun Cālā, one day, after the meal, having returned from her alms round, having entered the Blind Men's Grove, sat down for the day residence. Then Māra, having approached her, enticed her with sensual pleasures. With reference to which it was said in the discourse -

"Then the nun Cālā, having dressed in the earlier period of the day, taking her bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for almsfood. Having walked for almsfood in Sāvatthī, after the meal, having returned from her alms round, she approached the Blind Men's Grove for the day residence. Having plunged into the Blind Men's Grove, she sat down for the day residence at the foot of a certain tree. Then Māra the Evil One approached the nun Cālā; having approached, he said this to the nun Cālā."

Māra, having approached her while she was seated for the day residence in the Blind Men's Grove, wishing to cut her off from the abiding by the holy life, asked beginning with "with reference to whom are you shaven." Then, having made known the virtues of the Teacher and the nature of the Teaching as leading to liberation, by demonstrating the state of having accomplished her task, she declared her going beyond his domain. Having heard that, Māra, afflicted and unhappy, disappeared right there. Then she, relating the verses spoken by herself and by Māra by way of an inspired utterance -

182.

"Having established mindfulness, a nun with developed faculties;

She penetrated the peaceful state, the stilling of activities, happiness.

183.

"With reference to whom are you shaven, you appear like a female ascetic;

Yet you do not approve of heresy, why do you wander about in sheer delusion?

184.

"Outside of this, heretics are dependent on views;

They do not cognize the Teaching, they are not skilled in the Teaching.

185.

"There is one born in the Sakyan clan, the Buddha without equal;

He taught me the Teaching, the transcendence of views.

186.

Suffering, the origin of suffering, and the overcoming of suffering;

The noble eightfold path, leading to the peace of suffering.

187.

"Having heard his word, I dwelt delighted in the Dispensation;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

188.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "having established mindfulness" means by means of the development of the establishment of mindfulness, having made mindfulness well established in the body and so on by way of foulness, suffering, impermanence, and non-self. "A nun" - she speaks with reference to herself. "With developed faculties" means with the five faculties beginning with faith developed through the development of the noble path. "She penetrated the peaceful state" means she penetrated, she realised the peaceful state, Nibbāna, through the penetration of realization. "The stilling of activities" means that which is the cause of the stilling of all activities. "Happiness" means perpetual happiness.

The verse "With reference to whom" was spoken by Māra. Therein this is the meaning in brief - In this world there are many doctrines and their teachers are many founders of sects; with reference to whom among them are you shaven, are you one with shaven hair? Not only is she shaven, but indeed by wearing the orange robe she appears like a female ascetic. "Yet you do not approve of heresy" means you do not approve of the heresies that serve as mirrors for hermits, wandering ascetics, and so on, in any of those various doctrines. "Why do you wander about in sheer delusion" means what is this, that having abandoned the straight path to Nibbāna arranged by the heresy, proceeding upon a temporal wrong path, you wander about, you roam around, exceedingly deluded?

Having heard that, the elder nun, threatening him by way of giving a reply, said beginning with "outside of this." Therein, "outside of this, heretics" means those such as Kuṭīsaka, Bahukāra, and so on, who are outside of this, outside of the Dispensation of the Perfectly Self-awakened One. For they cast, they lay down the snare of craving and the snare of wrong view upon beings - thus they are called heretics. Therefore he said - "Dependent on views" means having approached and depended upon eternalist wrong views; they took up wrong views - this is the meaning. And inasmuch as they are based on wrong views, to that extent they are based on heresy. "They do not cognize the Teaching" means those heretics who are based on eternalist wrong views do not cognize as it really is even the phenomenon of occurrence, that "this is occurrence, thus it occurs." "They are not skilled in the Teaching" means they are also unskilled in the phenomenon of cessation, that "this is cessation, thus it ceases"; for they are deluded even regarding the path of the phenomenon of occurrence, how much less then regarding the phenomenon of cessation.

Having thus shown the non-liberating nature of the doctrines of the heretics, now, to answer the question "with reference to whom are you shaven," "there is one born in the Sakyan clan" and so on was stated. Therein, "the transcendence of views" means the means of transcending all views, the disentanglement from the net of views. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Cālā is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Upacālā

189-195. The verses of the elder nun Upacālā beginning with "Mindful" and so on. Her story has been told in the story of the elder nun Cālā. For this one too, like Cālā, having gone forth, having established insight, having attained arahantship, uttering an inspired utterance -

189.

"Mindful, with vision, a nun with developed faculties;

She penetrated the peaceful state, not practised by wretched persons."

spoke this verse.

Therein, "mindful" means accomplished in mindfulness; the meaning is that in the preliminary stage, having been endowed with the highest mindfulness and discretion, afterwards, because of the development of the noble path, through the attainment of the expansion of mindfulness, she was endowed with the highest mindfulness. "With vision" means endowed with the eye of wisdom; from the beginning, having been endowed with wisdom that discerns rise and fall, noble, penetrative, through the attainment of the expansion of wisdom, she was endowed with the supreme eye of wisdom - this is what is meant. "Not practised by wretched persons" means not by inferior persons, but practised by the highest persons, by noble ones, by the Buddha and others.

The verse "Why do you not approve of birth" was spoken by Māra wishing to bring the elder nun towards sensual pleasures. For when asked by Māra "What is it that you, nun, do not approve of?" the elder nun said - "Birth indeed, friend, I do not approve of." Then Māra, showing her that for one who is born there are sensual pleasures to be enjoyed, therefore birth too should be desired, and sensual pleasures too should be enjoyed -

190.

"Why do you not approve of birth? One who is born enjoys sensual pleasures;

Enjoy sensual delights, do not be one who regrets afterwards."

He spoke a verse.

Its meaning is - What is that reason by which you, Upacālā, do not approve of birth, would not approve of it? That reason does not exist. Because one who is born enjoys sensual pleasures - here one who is born, indulging in forms and so on connected with the types of sensual pleasure, enjoys sensual happiness. For that does not exist for the unborn; therefore, enjoy sensual delights, experience the delights of sensual play. "Do not be one who regrets afterwards" means do not be one who regrets afterwards thinking "While youth existed, while possessions existed, sensual happiness was not experienced by me." In this world, teachings are only for the purpose of achieving benefit, and benefit is for the purpose of sensual happiness - this meaning is well known - this is the intention.

Having heard that, the elder nun, having made clear the nature of birth as a sign of suffering and her own transcendence of his domain, threatening him -

191.

"For one who is born there is death, the cutting off of hands and feet;

Murder, imprisonment and hardship, one who is born undergoes suffering.

192.

"There is one born in the Sakyan clan, the Self-enlightened One, unconquered;

He taught me the Teaching, the transcendence of birth.

193.

Suffering, the origin of suffering, and the overcoming of suffering;

The noble eightfold path, leading to the peace of suffering.

194.

"Having heard his word, I dwelt delighted in the Dispensation;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

195.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "for one who is born there is death" means because death exists for a being who is born, not for the unborn. Not only death alone, but indeed ageing, disease, and so on, whatever misfortunes there are, all of them exist for one who is born, having birth as their cause. Therefore the Blessed One said - "With birth as condition, ageing and death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, displeasure, and anguish come to be." Therefore he said - "The cutting off of hands and feet" means the cutting off of hands and feet exists only for one who is born, not for the unborn. It should be seen that by the indication of the cutting off of hands and feet, the thirty-two forms of bodily punishment are also shown here. Therefore he said - "Murder, imprisonment and hardship, one who is born undergoes suffering." The hardship of murder reckoned as deprivation of life, blows with fists, and so on, and the hardship of imprisonment reckoned as binding with fetters and so on, and whatever else is called suffering - all that only one who is born undergoes, not the unborn; therefore I do not approve of birth.

Now, showing that the state of having absolutely transcended birth and sensual pleasures by herself, beginning from the root - she said beginning with "there is one born in the Sakyan clan." Therein, "unconquered" means not defeated by anyone, whether the defilement-Māra and so on. For the Teacher is the overlord of all, having indeed overcome the world with its gods; therefore he is unconquered. The remainder is clear in itself since the method has been stated.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Upacālā is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Sevens is concluded.

8.

The Book of the Eights

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sīsūpacālā

196-203. In the Book of Eights, the verses beginning with "A nun accomplished in morality" are of the elder nun Sīsūpacālā. The story of this one too is by the same method as stated in the story of the elder nun Cālā. For this one too, having heard of the state of having gone forth of the Venerable General of the Teaching, herself too with enthusiasm arisen, having gone forth, having completed the preliminary functions, having established insight, striving and endeavouring, before long attained arahantship. Having attained arahantship, dwelling with the happiness of fruition attainment, one day, having reviewed her own practice, being joyful thinking "One whose obligations have been performed," by way of an inspired utterance -

196.

"A nun accomplished in morality, well-restrained in the faculties;

Would attain the peaceful state, full and delicious in itself, nourishing." He spoke a verse.

Therein, "accomplished in morality" means endowed with pure morality of a nun, complete. "Well-restrained in the faculties" means well restrained in the faculties with mind as the sixth, having abandoned lust towards a desirable object such as visible form and so on, hate towards an undesirable one, and delusion towards one regarded with indifference, with faculties well closed. "Full and delicious in itself, nourishing" means the noble path which is not requiring anything added by anyone, nourishing, sweet by its own intrinsic nature, which has become the medicine for the appeasement of the entire disease of mental defilements; or Nibbāna itself. For even the noble path, because it should be practised by those who desire Nibbāna, and because of the absence of the fever of mental defilements, it is proper to call it "the peaceful state."

197.

"The Thirty-three and the Yāma, and the Tusita deities too;

The gods who delight in creation, those gods who wield power;

Direct your mind there, where you dwelt before."

This verse was spoken by Māra, who wished to make the elder nun fall from her attainment, by way of urging her there, meaning "produce attachment to the sensual heavens."

Therein, the place where thirty-three persons who performed merit together were reborn, that place is "Tāvatiṃsa." All the young gods reborn there are "Tāvatiṃsa." Some, however, say: "Tāvatiṃsa is simply the name of those gods." "Yāma" means those who have gone to, approached, and attained divine happiness distinguished from the two heavenly worlds. "Tusita" means those who are satisfied and delighted with divine success. "Those who delight in creation" means those who, beyond the objects ordinarily prepared, at the time when they desire to enjoy in excess, having created enjoyments according to their preference, delight. "Those who wield power" means those who, having known the preference of the mind, exercise mastery over enjoyments created by others. "Direct your mind there" means place your mind in that order of gods beginning with the Tāvatiṃsa, produce attachment for the purpose of being reborn there. Only the Tāvatiṃsa and so on were mentioned with the intention that the enjoyments of the Cātumahārājika gods are inferior to the others. "Where you dwelt before" means in whichever orders of gods you formerly dwelt. It is said that this one, formerly being reborn among the gods, having gone through the five sensual heavens beginning from the Tāvatiṃsa, then descending again from below, having remained among the Tusita gods, having passed away from there, was now reborn among human beings.

Having heard that, the elder nun - "Let be, Māra, the sensual world spoken of by you. The entire other world too is ablaze, in flames with the fire of lust and so on. The mind of the wise does not delight therein" - having shown her own state of mind turned away from sensual pleasures and from the world, threatening Māra -

198.

"The Thirty-three and the Yāma, and the Tusita deities too;

The gods who delight in creation, those gods who wield power.

199.

"From time to time, existence after existence, established in identity;

Not having transcended identity, they run on through birth and death.

200.

"The whole world is ablaze, the whole world is burning;

The whole world is blazing, the whole world is trembling.

201.

"Immovable, incomparable, not frequented by worldlings;

The Buddha taught the Teaching, there my mind delights.

202.

"Having heard his word, I dwelt delighted in the Dispensation;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

203.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "from time to time" means that particular time. "Existence after existence" means from existence to existence. "In identity" means in the fivefold group of aggregates. "Established in" means those who put in front. This is what is meant - Māra, the gods of the Thirty-three and so on spoken of by you, going from existence to existence, are established in identity which is beset with many dangers such as impermanence and so on; therefore, at the time of arising in that existence, at the middle time, and at the time of conclusion - at each and every time they stand having put identity itself in front. For that very reason, not having transcended identity, not being directed towards escape, running along the very shore of identity, they run on through birth and death; because of being followed by lust and so on, they remember again and again only birth and death, and are not liberated from that.

"The whole world is ablaze" means, Māra, not only the sensual world spoken of by you, designated as the triad of elements, but the entire world is burning with the eleven fires beginning with the fire of lust and so on. It is burning because of being set ablaze again and again by those very things. It is blazing because of having become one continuous mass of flames without interruption. It is trembling because of being shaken and agitated here and there by craving and all mental defilements.

Thus in a world that is burning, blazing, and trembling, it is immovable because it is impossible for anyone to cause it to tremble or to shake it, and it is incomparable because it is impossible to weigh it by virtue as "this much" and because of the absence of anything equal to itself. It is not frequented by worldlings because of being practised only by noble ones such as the Buddha and others through the approach of resort and meditative development. The Buddha, the Blessed One, with a mind urged by great compassion, taught the ninefold supramundane teaching classified as path, fruition, and Nibbāna; he spoke it and declared it to the world with its gods. Therein, "my mind delights and rejoices in that noble teaching, and does not turn away from it" - this is the meaning. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Sīsūpacālā is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Eights is concluded.

9.

The Book of the Nines

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Vaḍḍhamātu

204-212. In the Ninth Book, the verses of the elder nun Vaḍḍha's Mother beginning with "May there never be, Vaḍḍha, in the world." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with the requisites of deliverance stored up, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Bhārukaccha, having come of age, having gone to her husband's family, gave birth to one son. His name was Vaḍḍha. From that time onwards, she was called "Vaḍḍha's Mother." She, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the monks, having gained faith, having handed over her son to relatives, having gone to the nuns' quarters, went forth. What should be said hereafter has come in the story of the Elder Vaḍḍha itself. For the Elder Vaḍḍha's own son, having come alone with just his inner and outer robes to the nuns' quarters to see her, this elder nun, having reproved him "Why have you come here alone, with just your inner and outer robes?" while exhorting him -

204.

"May there never be craving for you, Vaḍḍha, in the world;

May you not, dear son, again and again, be a partaker of suffering.

205.

"Happily indeed, Vaḍḍha, the sages, without longing, having cut off doubt;

Having become cooled, having attained self-control, dwell without mental corruptions.

206.

"The path practised by those seers, for the attainment of insight;

For making an end of suffering, you, Vaḍḍha, should develop."

She spoke these three verses.

Therein, in "May there never be craving for you, Vaḍḍha, in the world," "su" is merely a particle. Vaḍḍha, dear son, in the entire world of beings and the world of activities, may the undergrowth of mental defilements never be for you, may it never exist. Therein he states the reason - "May you not, dear son, again and again, be a partaker of suffering" means not cutting off the craving, on account of that sign, may you not again and again, repeatedly, be a partaker of the suffering of birth and so on.

Having thus shown the danger in the non-eradication of craving, now showing the benefit in its eradication, she said beginning with "Happily indeed, Vaḍḍha." Its meaning is - Dear son, Vaḍḍha, the sages, being endowed with the qualities of moral perfection, are without longing due to the absence of craving termed longing, having cut off doubt because sceptical doubt has been eliminated by the path of insight alone, having become cooled due to the absence of the fever of all mental defilements, having attained self-control because of having achieved the highest restraint, without mental corruptions, ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions, dwell happily; for them there is no mental suffering at present, and in the future too, all suffering will certainly not exist.

Because this is so, therefore the path practised by those seers, etc. "Should develop" means the path of serenity and insight meditation practised and followed by those seers who have eliminated the mental corruptions, for the achievement of knowledge and vision, for making an end of the entire suffering of the round of rebirths, Vaḍḍha, you should develop, you should cultivate.

Having heard that, the Elder Vaḍḍha, having thought "Surely my mother is established in arahantship," declaring that matter -

207.

"You speak confidently, this matter to me, mother;

I think surely towards me, craving is not found in you." He spoke a verse.

Therein, "you speak confidently, this matter to me, mother" means "May there never be craving for you, Vaḍḍha, in the world" - this matter, this exhortation, mother, free from timidity, not stuck anywhere, not clinging, you speak to me. Therefore "I think surely towards me, craving is not found in you" means surely towards me, mother, not even the mere amount of affection connected with the household is found in you towards me - I think; "not towards me" is the meaning.

Having heard that, the elder nun, having said "not even the slightest mental defilement in any object whatsoever is found in me," making known that her task is done -

208.

"Whatever activities there are, Vaḍḍha, inferior, superior, or middling;

Even minute, even the slightest, craving is not found in me.

209.

"All my mental corruptions are eliminated, being diligent and meditating;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

She spoke this pair of verses.

Therein, "whatever" is an indefinite term. "Activities" means conditioned phenomena. "Inferior" means low, blameworthy. "Superior and middling" means sublime and middling. Or among those, the unconditioned are inferior, those conditioned by birth are superior, those mixed with both are middling. Or those produced by inferior desire and so on are inferior, by middling ones middling, by superior ones superior. Or unwholesome mental states are inferior, supramundane mental states are superior, the others are middling. "Even minute, even the slightest" means not only in you alone, but indeed whatever activities distinguished by the classification of inferior and so on. Among all of those, even minute, even the slightest, even the most insignificant, craving is not found in me.

Therein he states the reason - "All my mental corruptions are eliminated, being diligent and meditating." Therein, "being diligent and meditating" means being a diligent woman who meditates; for this is said by way of change of gender. And here, because the three true knowledges have been attained, therefore the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled. Because she is diligent and a meditator, therefore all my mental corruptions are eliminated, even minute, even the slightest, craving is not found in me - this is the explanation.

Thus, having made the spoken exhortation his goad, with religious emotion arisen, the elder, having gone to the monastery, seated at his daytime resting place, having developed insight, having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, with pleasure arisen, having gone to his mother's presence, declaring final liberating knowledge -

210.

"Indeed my mother bestowed upon me a lofty goad;

Verses connected with the ultimate meaning, just as one who is compassionate.

211.

"Having heard her word, the admonition of my mother;

I attained religious emotion regarding the Dhamma, for the attainment of freedom from bondage.

212.

"I, with self resolute in striving, unwearied day and night;

Urged on by my mother, being peaceful, I attained the highest peace."

She spoke these three verses.

Then the elder nun, having made her own word a goad, with her mind pleased by her son's attainment of arahantship, herself recited back the verses spoken by him. Thus those too became known as Verses of the Elder Nun.

Therein, "lofty" means extensive, great. "Goad" means the goad of exhortation. "Bestowed" means the explanation is: she rightly set in motion, indeed. But what is that goad? He says "verses connected with the ultimate meaning." He speaks that with reference to the verse beginning with "May there not be for you, Vaḍḍha, in the world." "Just as one who is compassionate" means just as another who is helpful, so my mother set in motion the lofty goad, the driving stick, reckoned as verses elucidating occurrence and cessation, arousing the force of my knowledge - this is the meaning.

"I attained religious emotion regarding the Dhamma" means because of bringing the fear of knowledge, I underwent an exceedingly great, dreadful religious emotion.

"With self resolute in striving" means one whose mind is directed towards the divine through the exertion of the fourfold right striving. "I attained the highest peace" means I touched, I attained the unsurpassed peace, Nibbāna - this is the meaning.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Vaḍḍhamātu is concluded.

The commentary on the Book of Nines is concluded.

10.

The Book of the Elevens

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Kisāgotamī

213-223. In the Book of Elevens, the verses of the Elder Nun Kisāgotamī beginning with "Good friendship" and so on. This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among those who wear coarse robes, having performed the preparatory action, she aspired to that position of rank. She, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a poor family at Sāvatthī. Her name was Gotamī. But because of the leanness of her body, she was called "Kisāgotamī." When she had gone to her husband's family, they treated her with contempt as the daughter of a poor family. She gave birth to one son. And on account of obtaining a son, they showed her honour. But her son, at the time of playing, running here and there, died. On account of that, madness from grief arose in her.

She, through the power of grief-induced madness, thinking "Having formerly been one who received contempt, from the time of my son's birth I received honour; these people are even striving to throw my son outside," having taken the dead body on her hip, goes about in the city from house door to house door in succession, saying "Give medicine for my son." People abused her, saying "Medicine from where?" She did not heed their talk. Then a certain wise man, having thought "This woman has reached mental distraction through sorrow for her son; only the One of Ten Powers will know the medicine for her," said "Mother, having approached the perfectly Self-awakened One, ask about medicine for your son." She, having gone to the monastery at the time of the Teacher's teaching of the Teaching, said "Give medicine for my son, Blessed One." The Teacher, having seen her decisive support, said "Go, having entered the city, from whatever house where no one has previously died, bring mustard seed from there." She, with a satisfied mind, having said "Good, venerable sir," having entered the city, at the very first house said "The Teacher has me bring mustard seed for the purpose of medicine for my son. If in this house no one has previously died, give me mustard seed." "Who here is able to count the dead?" "What use then is there with mustard seed?" Having gone to a second and third house, by the power of the Buddha, with her madness gone, established in normal consciousness, she thought - "In the entire city this same rule will apply; this must have been seen by the Blessed One who is compassionate for our welfare." Having gained a sense of urgency, having gone out from that very place, having abandoned her son in the charnel grove, she spoke this verse -

"This is not the principle of a village, nor the principle of a town, nor indeed is this the principle of a single family;

For the whole world including the gods, this alone is the principle, namely impermanence."

And having said thus, she went to the Teacher's presence. Then the Teacher said to her "Have you obtained the mustard seed, Gotamī?" She said "The task with the mustard seed is completed, venerable sir, but be my support." Then the Teacher spoke to her -

"The man who is infatuated with sons and cattle, with mind attached,

Death takes him away, as a great flood a sleeping village."

He spoke a verse.

At the conclusion of the verse, just as she stood, having become established in the fruition of stream-entry, she requested the going forth from the Teacher. The Teacher allowed the going forth. She, having circumambulated the Teacher three times, having paid homage, having gone to the nuns' quarters, having gone forth, having obtained full ordination, before long, doing the work through wise attention, developed insight. Then the Teacher spoke to her -

"And whoever should live a hundred years, not seeing the Deathless state;

Better is the life of one day, of one seeing the Deathless state."

He spoke this verse of radiance.

She, at the conclusion of the verse, having attained arahantship, having become supremely austere in the use of requisites, having put on a robe endowed with three coarse qualities, went about. Then the Teacher, seated at Jeta's Grove, establishing the nuns in successive positions of rank, established her in the foremost position among those who wear coarse robes. She, having reviewed her own practice, thinking "In dependence on the Teacher, this distinction was obtained by me," by way of praising good friendship, spoke these verses -

213.

"Good friendship was praised by the sage, having pointed out to the world;

Associating with good friends, even a fool would become wise.

214.

"Good persons should be associated with, wisdom thus grows for those who associate with them;

Associating with good persons, one would be freed from all sufferings.

215.

"One should cognize suffering, and the origin and cessation of suffering;

And the eightfold path, and also the four noble truths.

216.

"Womanhood is suffering, declared by the guide of men to be tamed;

Living with a co-wife is also suffering, some women having given birth just once.

217.

"Some even cut their throats, delicate women eat poison;

Caught in the midst of birth and death, both experience disasters.

218.

"Going along near to giving birth, I saw my husband dead;

Having given birth on the road, not yet having reached my own home.

219.

"Two sons have died, and my husband died on the road for the wretched woman;

Mother, father, and brother are burning on a single funeral pyre.

220.

"O you of ruined family, O wretched one, immeasurable is the suffering experienced by you;

And tears have flowed from you, through many thousands of births.

221.

"I dwelt in the midst of a cemetery, and also ate the flesh of my sons;

With family destroyed, blamed by all, with husband dead, I attained the Deathless.

222.

"The path has been developed by me, the noble eightfold path leading to the Deathless;

Nibbāna has been realized, I have looked into the mirror of the Dhamma.

223.

"I am one with the dart removed, the burden laid down, what was to be done has been done;

Kisā Gotamī, the elder nun, with liberated mind, spoke this."

Therein, "good friendship" means one whose friend is good, auspicious, and beautiful - thus "good friend." Whoever is for another an instigator in virtues beginning with morality, a destroyer of misery, a provider of welfare, thus helpful in every way as a friend, that person is a good friend; the state of that is good friendship, the quality of having a good friend. "By the sage" means by the Teacher. "Having pointed out to the world, was praised" means that good friends should be followed - with reference to the world of beings -

"This is the entire holy life, Ānanda, that is to say, good friendship, good companionship, good association." "For a monk with good friends, Meghiya, good companions, good associates, this is to be expected - that he will be virtuous, he will dwell restrained by the restraint of the Pātimokkha" - and by such statements and so on it was praised.

"Associating with good friends" and so on is the showing of the benefit of good friendship. Therein, "even a fool would become wise" means a person associating with good friends, though previously being a fool through the absence of learning and so on, would become wise through hearing what was unheard and so on.

"Good persons should be associated with" means because even for a fool they are the cause of becoming wise, good persons such as the Buddha and so on should be cultivated by approaching them from time to time and so on. "Wisdom thus grows for those who associate" means for those who associate with good friends, wisdom thus grows, increases, and goes to fulfilment. The explanation is: just as among them, whoever of the warrior caste and so on, associating with good persons, would be freed from all sufferings beginning with birth.

But to show the method of liberation by means of the method of good friendship, "one should understand suffering" and so on was stated. Therein, "the four noble truths" - the explanation is: one should understand, one should penetrate these four noble truths, namely suffering, the origin of suffering, cessation, and the eightfold path.

The two verses beginning with "Womanhood is suffering" were spoken by a certain demoness censuring the state of womanhood. Therein, "womanhood is suffering, declared" means womanhood is suffering through such dangers as fickleness, bearing a womb, and being at all times dependent on others in one's livelihood and so on - thus it was spoken by the Blessed One, the guide of men to be tamed. "Living with a co-wife is also suffering" means living with a rival, dwelling together with a co-wife is also suffering; this too is a danger in the state of womanhood - this is the intention. "Some women having given birth just once" means certain women having given birth only once, unable to bear the suffering of giving birth in their first pregnancy. "Some even cut their throats" means they cut even their own necks. "Delicate women eat poison" means those of delicate bodies, unable to endure distress because of their delicate nature, eat even poison. "Caught in the midst of birth and death" - "birth-killer" is called an obstructed womb. The killer of the offspring of a woman; "caught in the midst" means the birth-killers gone into the womb, gone into the belly - the meaning is an obstructed womb. "Both experience disasters" means both the embryo and the pregnant woman, even two persons, reach death and disasters bordering on death. Others, however, say: "Birth-killers are indeed the mental defilements; caught in the midst of them means fallen into the continuity of defilements; both wife and husband here by way of the fever of defilements, and in the future by way of the affliction of unfortunate realms, reach disasters." It is said that these two verses were spoken by that demoness having recollected the suffering experienced by herself in a previous existence. The elder nun, however, spoke echoing them for the purpose of illustrating the dangers in the state of womanhood.

The two verses beginning with "Going along near to giving birth" were spoken referring to the story of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā. Therein, "going along near to giving birth" means going along the road having reached the time of giving birth; the construction is: not having reached my own home, having given birth on the road, I saw my husband dead.

"Of the wretched one" means of the miserable one. These two verses, it is said, were spoken by the elder nun for the very purpose of making clear the danger in the state of womanhood, by way of imitating the manner spoken by Paṭācārā who had then fallen into the madness of sorrow.

Having brought both of these as examples, now making clear the suffering experienced by herself, she said beginning with "O you of ruined family." Therein, "of ruined family" means of one belonging to a family that has reached the loss of wealth and so on. "Wretched" means having reached the state of being supremely despised. Both of these are terms of address to herself. "The suffering experienced by you is immeasurable" means in this individual existence, or in former individual existences, not inconsiderable suffering was experienced by you. Now, in order to classify and show that suffering in part, "and tears have flowed from you" and so on was said. Its meaning is: While wandering in this round of rebirths without discernible beginning, overcome by sorrow through many thousands of births, tears have flowed; and this was said without distinction - it would be even more than the water of the great ocean.

"I dwelt in the midst of a cemetery" means having become a bitch and a female jackal that eat human flesh and so on, she dwelt in the midst of a cemetery. "The flesh of my sons was eaten" means the flesh of sons was eaten during the times of being a tigress, a leopardess, a cat, and so on. "One whose family is destroyed" means one whose family lineage is destroyed. "Blamed by all" means blamed by all householders, having reached the state of being blameworthy. "One whose husband has died" means a widow. But she speaks of these three kinds, taking them as having been reached by herself in former existences. Even having been of such a state, through the association with a good friend obtained by chance, she attained the Deathless, she reached Nibbāna.

Now, in order to make manifest and show that very attainment of the Deathless, "developed" and so on was said. Therein, "developed" means made manifest, produced, cultivated, penetrated by way of the full realisation of meditative development. "I looked into the mirror of the Teaching" means I saw, I beheld, a mirror made of the Teaching.

"I am one with the dart removed" means I am one whose darts of household life and so on have been eradicated by the noble path. "The burden laid down" means one who has laid down the burden of sensual pleasure, the aggregates, mental defilements, and volitional activities. "What was to be done has been done" means the sixteenfold function consisting of full understanding and so on has been done and completed. "With well-liberated mind she spoke this" means the Elder Nun Kisāgotamī, with mind liberated in every respect, spoke this meaning by way of verse composition beginning with "good friendship" - thus the elder nun speaks of herself as if speaking of another. Herein is the life history of this elder nun:

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a certain family;

Having approached that excellent man, I went for refuge.

"And I heard his Teaching, endowed with the four truths;

Sweet, of supreme gratification, bringing the happiness of peace from the round of rebirths.

"Then the hero, the highest of men,

Placing her in the foremost position, praised the nun who wore coarse robes.

"Having generated no small joy, having heard of the nun's virtues;

Having done service to the Buddha, according to ability, according to strength.

"Having bowed down to that excellent sage, I aspired for that state;

The Perfectly Self-awakened One, the Leader, gave thanks for the attainment of that state.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Kisāgotamī by name, you will be a disciple of the Teacher.

"Having heard that, having become joyful, for as long as life, then the Conqueror;

With a mind of friendliness I tended, with requisites, the Guide.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"I was his fifth daughter, renowned by the name Dhammā;

Having heard the Teaching of the foremost Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

"Our father did not allow us, while still in the household then;

For twenty thousand years, we wandered untiringly.

"Living the holy life from maidenhood, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, joyful were the seven daughters.

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāyikā.

"Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, Paṭācārā and Kuṇḍalā;

And I and Dhammadinnā, Visākhā is the seventh.

"By those well-done actions, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"And in this final existence now, I was born in a millionaire's family;

When it had become poor, without wealth, ruined, I went to a wealthy family.

"Except for my husband, the rest despise me, saying 'she is poor';

But when I had given birth, I was beloved by all then.

"When he was young, august, tender, delicately nurtured;

Pleasant to me like life itself, then he went under Yama's control.

"Afflicted by sorrow, with wretched face, with tearful eyes, with weeping face;

Having taken up the dead corpse, lamenting, I went.

"Then, having been seen by one, having approached the best of physicians;

I said, 'Give medicine for reviving my son, friend.'

"From a house where no dead are found, from there bring mustard seed,"

Said the Conqueror, skilled in the means of monastic discipline.

"Then having gone to Sāvatthī, I did not obtain such a house;

Whence mustard seed? Therefore, from that I obtained mindfulness.

"Having abandoned the corpse, I approached the leader of the world;

Having seen me from afar, he with the sweet voice spoke.

"And whoever should live a hundred years, not seeing rise and fall;

Better is the life of one day, of one seeing rise and fall.

"This is not the principle of a village, nor the principle of a town, nor indeed is this the principle of a single family;

For the whole world including the gods, this alone is the principle, namely impermanence.

"I, having heard these verses, purified the eye of the Teaching;

Then having cognised the Good Teaching, I went forth into homelessness.

"Thus having gone forth, being peaceful, engaging in the Conqueror's Dispensation;

Not long after, I attained arahantship.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

I know the minds of others, carrying out the Teacher's instruction.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

Having exhausted all mental corruptions, I was pure, completely stainless.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

My knowledge is spotless, pure, owing to the Buddha, the foremost.

"Having brought from rubbish heaps, from cemeteries and from streets;

From that having made a double robe, I wear a coarse robe.

"The Conqueror, satisfied with that virtue, in wearing coarse robes;

The great leader established me in the foremost position, in the assemblies.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Kisāgotamī is concluded.

The commentary on the Chapter of Elevens is concluded.

11.

The Book of the Twelves

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Uppalavaṇṇā

224-235. In the Book of Twelves, the verses beginning with "Both mother and daughter" and so on are the verses of the Elder Nun Uppalavaṇṇā. This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, having gone together with the great multitude to the presence of the Teacher, while hearing the Teaching, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain nun in the foremost position among those possessing supernormal power, having given a great gift to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha for seven days, she aspired to that position of rank. She, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, having taken conception in the house of Kikī, the King of Kāsi, in the city of Bārāṇasī, having been among the seven sisters, having lived the holy life for twenty thousand years, having had a residential cell built for the Community of monks, she was reborn in the heavenly world.

Having passed away from there, coming again to the human world, she was reborn in a certain small village in a place where one earns a living by working with one's own hands. She, one day, going to the field hut, on the road, having seen in a certain lake a lotus flower that had bloomed right early, having descended into that lake, having taken both that flower and a lotus leaf for the purpose of putting parched corn into, having cut rice ears in the paddy field, seated in the hut, having roasted parched corn, having made five hundred portions of parched corn, she set them aside. At that moment, a certain Individually Enlightened One who had emerged from the attainment of cessation on Mount Gandhamādana, having come, stood in a place not far from her. She, having seen the Individually Enlightened One, having taken the lotus flower together with the parched corn, having descended from the hut, having put the parched corn into the Individually Enlightened One's bowl, having covered the bowl with the lotus flower, she gave it. Then, when the Individually Enlightened One had gone a little way, this occurred to her - "Those gone forth have no need for flowers; I shall take the flower and adorn myself" - having gone, having taken the flower from the Individually Enlightened One's hand, she thought again - "If the noble master had no need for the flower, he would not have placed it on the top of the bowl; surely the noble master must have need of it" - having gone again, having placed it on the top of the bowl, having asked forgiveness from the Individually Enlightened One, she made the aspiration: "Venerable sir, as an outcome of these parched corn of mine, may I have sons equal in number to the parched corn; as an outcome of the lotus flower, in whatever place I am reborn, at every step may a lotus flower arise." The Individually Enlightened One, while she was still watching, having gone through the sky to Mount Gandhamādana, having made that lotus into a foot-wiping mat near the steps of approach of the Individually Enlightened Ones at the Nandamūlaka cave, placed it there.

She too, as an outcome of that action, took conception in the heavenly world. From the time of her rebirth, at every step a great lotus flower arose. She, having passed away from there, was reborn in the interior of a lotus in a certain lotus lake at the foot of a mountain. In dependence on that, a certain hermit dwelt. He, having gone to the lake right early for the purpose of washing his face, having seen that flower, thought - "This flower is larger than the rest, and the rest have bloomed but this one is still in bud; there must be a reason for this" - having descended into the water, he took that flower. That bloomed the very moment it was taken by him. The hermit saw a girl lying inside the lotus. From the time of seeing her, having developed affection for a daughter, having led her together with the lotus itself to the hermitage, he laid her down on a small bed. Then, by the power of her merit, milk was produced in her thumb. He, when that flower had withered, having brought another new flower, laid her down in it. Then, from the time she was able to play by running to and fro, at every step a lotus flower arose, and her bodily colour was like a heap of saffron. She had not attained divine beauty, but had surpassed human beauty. She was left behind in the hermitage when her father had gone for the purpose of gathering fruits.

Then one day, when she had come of age, when her father had gone for the purpose of gathering fruits, a certain forester, having seen her, thought - "Human beings do not have such beauty; I shall investigate" - and looking out for the coming of the hermit, he sat down. She, when her father was coming, having gone to meet him on the way, took the carrying pole and water pitcher from his hand, and having come, showed her duties of service to him who was seated. Then that forester, having known her human nature, having paid respect to the hermit, sat down. The hermit, having invited that forester with forest roots and fruits and with drinking water, asked: "My dear man, will you stay in this very place, or will you go?" "I shall go, venerable sir; what shall I do here?" "Will you be able to go from here without speaking of this thing seen by you?" "If the noble master does not wish it, for what reason would I speak of it?" - having paid homage to the hermit, he departed, making marks on branches and marks on trees for the purpose of recognising the path at the time of coming again.

He, having gone to Bārāṇasī, saw the king. The king asked "Why have you come?" "I, Sire, your forester, having seen a marvellous woman-treasure at the foot of a mountain, have come" - he related the whole story. He, having heard his word, having gone with speed to the foot of the mountain, having set up camp in a place not far away, together with the forester and other men, having done the meal duty of the hermit, at the time when he was seated, having gone there, having paid respect, having exchanged friendly welcome, sat down to one side. The king, having placed the articles of a recluse's requisites at his feet, said "Venerable sir, what shall we do at this place, shall we go?" "Go, great king." "Yes, I am going, venerable sir, but we have heard that near the noble one there is an unsuitable company; this is not fitting for those gone forth. Let her go together with me, venerable sir." The mind of human beings is difficult to satisfy; how will she dwell in the midst of many? From the time she is agreeable to us, having placed her in the position of chief among the rest, we shall look after her, venerable sir.

He, having heard the king's words, by way of the very name given in childhood, called his daughter "Dear, Padumavatī." She, at just a single word, having come out from the hermitage, having paid respect to her father, stood. Then his father said to him - "You, dear, have come of age; from the time you have been seen by the king, it is not fitting for you to dwell in this place. Go together with the king, dear." She, having accepted her father's word saying "Good, father," having paid respect, stood weeping. The king, thinking "I shall win over her father's mind," having placed her upon a heap of coins at that very place, performed the consecration. Then, having taken her, having brought her to his own city, from the time of her arrival, without looking at the remaining women, he delighted together with her alone. Those women, overcome by jealousy, wishing to cause a rift between her and the king, said thus - "This one, great king, is not of human birth. Where indeed have you ever seen lotuses springing up in a place where human beings walk about? Surely this one is a demoness. Remove her, great king." The king, having heard their talk, remained silent.

Then at another time the borderland was in revolt. He, having left Padumavatī, who was heavy with child, in the city, went to the borderland. Then those women, having given a bribe to her female attendant, said "As soon as this one's child is born, having removed it, having smeared one wooden door-latch with blood, place it near her." For Padumavatī too, before long, the delivery took place. Prince Mahāpaduma alone took conception in the womb. The remaining four hundred and ninety-nine boys, having come forth from the mother's womb of Prince Mahāpaduma, at the time of lying down, having become moisture-born, arose. Then, having known "She has not yet regained consciousness," that female attendant, having smeared one wooden door-latch with blood, having placed it nearby, gave the signal to those women. Those five hundred women too, each one having taken one boy, having sent to the turners, having had caskets brought, having laid the boys taken by each one therein, having made a mark on the outside, placed them.

Padumavatī too, having regained consciousness, asked that female attendant "What have I given birth to, mother?" She, having threatened her, having said "From where will you obtain a child?" placed the blood-smeared wooden door-latch before her, saying "This is the child that came out from your womb." She, having seen that, having reached displeasure, said "Quickly split it and remove it; if anyone should see it, it would be a cause for shame." She, having heard her words, as if well-wishing, having split the wooden door-latch, threw it into the oven.

The king too, having come from the borderland, waiting for the celebration, having set up camp outside the city, sat down. Then those five hundred women, having come out to meet the king, said - "You, great king, do not believe us; what was said by us appears to be without reason. You, having summoned the queen's female attendant, ask her in return - your queen has given birth to a wooden doll." The king, without even investigating that matter, thinking "She must be of non-human birth," drove her out from the house. Together with her very departure from the royal palace, the lotus flowers disappeared, and her bodily complexion too became faded. She, all alone, set forth along the side streets. Then a certain old woman who had come of age, having seen her, having aroused affection as for a daughter, said "Where are you going, mother?" "I am a visitor, I am wandering about looking for a dwelling place." "Come here, mother," and having given her a dwelling place, she prepared food.

While she was dwelling there in just this manner, those five hundred women, being of one mind, said to the king - "Great king, when you had gone to war, we made an aspiration to the deity of the Ganges: 'When our lord has come back victorious in battle, having made an oblation, we shall have water-sport.' We inform you of this matter, Sire." The king, pleased by their words, went to the Ganges to have water-sport. They too, having concealed the caskets taken by each one, having taken them, having gone to the river, for the purpose of concealing those caskets, having wrapped themselves again and again, having fallen into the water, they released the caskets. Those caskets too, all having gone together, got caught in a net spread downstream. Then, having played water-sport, when the king had come out, while lifting up the net, having seen those caskets, they brought them to the king's presence.

The king, having looked at the caskets, said "What is in the caskets, dear sons?" "We do not know, Sire." He, having had those caskets opened, while looking, first had the casket of Prince Mahāpaduma opened. But for all of them, on the very days they had been laid down in the caskets, by the power of merit, milk was produced from their thumbs. Sakka, the king of gods, for the purpose of removing that king's doubt, had letters inscribed inside the caskets - "These princes were born in the womb of Padumavatī, sons of the king of Bārāṇasī. Then Padumavatī's co-wives, five hundred women, having placed them in caskets, threw them into the water. Let the king know this matter." As soon as the caskets were opened, the king, having read the letters, having seen the children, having lifted up Prince Mahāpaduma, having swiftly yoked the chariots, "Harness the horses! Today, having entered the inner city, I shall show my affection to certain women," having ascended the excellent mansion, having placed a bag of a thousand on the elephant's neck, he had a drum beaten in the city - "Whoever sees Padumavatī, let him take this thousand."

Having heard that announcement, Padumavatī gave a signal to her mother - "Take the thousand from the elephant's neck, mother." She said "I do not dare to take such a thing." When it was said a second and a third time, she said "Saying what shall I take it, mother?" "Having said 'My daughter sees Queen Padumavatī,' take it." She, thinking "Be it whatever it may be," having gone, took the bag of a thousand. Then people asked her - "Do you see Queen Padumavatī, mother?" She said "I do not see her; my daughter, it is said, sees her." They, having said "But where is she, mother?" having gone together with her, having recognised Padumavatī, fell at her feet. At that time she, having known "This is Queen Padumavatī," said "A weighty deed indeed has been done by a woman, who, being the chief queen of such a king, dwelt without protection in such a place."

Those king's men too, having had Padumavatī's dwelling enclosed with white curtains, having placed a guard at the door, having gone, reported to the king. The king sent a golden palanquin. She said: "I shall not go thus. From my dwelling place up to the king's palace, in between here, having had excellent painted canvas coverings spread, having had a cloth canopy decorated with golden stars tied above, when all ornaments have been sent for the purpose of adornment, I shall go on foot only; thus the citizens will see my success." The king said: "Do as Padumavatī wishes." Then Padumavatī, having adorned herself with all decorations, set out on the road thinking "I shall go to the king's palace." Then at every place she stepped upon, breaking through the excellent painted canvas coverings, lotus flowers arose. She, having shown her success to the public, having ascended to the king's dwelling, had all those cloth painted coverings given to that old woman as a fee for nurturing.

The king too, having summoned those five hundred women, said: "These I give to you, queen, having made them your female slaves." "Good, great king, make it known throughout the entire city that they have been given to me." The king had a drum beaten in the city: "The five hundred women who were treacherous to Padumavatī have been given as female slaves to her alone." She, having known "Their status as female slaves has been observed by the entire city," asked the king: "May I make my female slaves into freewomen, Sire?" "It is your wish, queen." "That being so, having summoned that very same drum-beater - 'The five hundred women given as her own female slaves to Queen Padumavatī have all been made freewomen' - have the drum beaten again," she said. She, when their status as freewomen had been made, having given the four hundred and ninety-nine sons into their very hands for the purpose of nurturing, herself took only Prince Mahāpaduma.

Then at a later time, when those princes had reached the age for playing, the king had various kinds of playing places built in the park. They, at the time when they were about sixteen years of age, all having come together, while playing in the park at the auspicious pond covered with lotuses, having seen new lotuses in bloom and old lotuses falling from their stalks, thought: "Even for this much, which is not clung-to, such ageing reaches it; how much more then for our bodies. This too will indeed have just such a destiny" - having taken this as their object, all of them, having produced the knowledge of individual enlightenment, rising up one after another, sat cross-legged on the pericarps of the lotuses.

Then the king's men who had gone together with them, having known that much of the day had passed, said: "Noble sons, be aware of the time." They were silent. The men, having gone, reported to the king - "The princes, Sire, are seated on the pericarps of the lotuses; even when we speak to them, they make no verbal expression." "Allow them to sit according to their liking." They, having kept guard the whole night, in the same manner of sitting on the pericarps of the lotuses, saw the dawn arise. The men, having approached on the following day, said: "Sires, be aware of the time." "We are not sires; we are called Individually Enlightened Ones." "Sirs, you speak a weighty word; those called Individually Enlightened Ones are not like you; they have hair and beard two inches long and the eight requisites fastened upon their bodies." They touched their heads with their right hands; at that very moment the layman's outward sign disappeared. And the eight requisites were fastened upon their bodies. Then, while the great multitude was still watching, they went through the sky to the Nandamūlaka cave.

Queen Padumavatī too, having reached heart-sorrow thinking "I, having had many sons, have become sonless," having died by that very sorrow, was reborn in a village outside the city gates of the city of Rājagaha in a place where one earns a livelihood by doing work with one's own hands. Then afterwards, having gone to a family house, one day, while carrying rice gruel to her husband's field, having seen eight Individually Enlightened Ones going through the sky at the time of the alms round among those who were her own sons, having gone very quickly, she informed her husband - "Look, noble sir, at the Individually Enlightened Ones; having invited them, let us feed them." He said - "These are ascetic-birds; they roam about thus elsewhere too; these are not Individually Enlightened Ones." While they were still speaking, they descended at a place not far away. That woman, having given them her own meal of food, solid food and soft food on that day, said "Tomorrow too, eight of you, please accept almsfood from me." "Good, female lay follower, let your honour be just this much, and let the seats be only eight; having seen many other Individually Enlightened Ones too, may your mind become confident." She, on the following day, having prepared eight seats, having arranged honour and respect for eight, sat down.

The invited Individually Enlightened Ones gave a signal to the rest - "Sirs, today, without going elsewhere, all of you show support to your mother." They, having heard their words, all together, having come through the sky, appeared at the door of their mother's house. She too, because she had previously received the signal, even though seeing many, was not shaken. Having ushered all of them into the house, she caused them to sit down on seats. As they sat down in succession, the ninth one, having created another eight seats, himself sat down on the front seat; as the seats increased, so the house increased. Thus, when all of them were seated, that woman, having given the honour prepared for the eight Individually Enlightened Ones as much as they liked even to the five hundred, having brought eight bundles of blue waterlilies, having placed them at the feet of the invited Individually Enlightened Ones alone, said - "May my bodily complexion, venerable sirs, in whatever place I am reborn, be like the colour of the interior of these blue waterlilies" - she made the aspiration. The Individually Enlightened Ones, having given thanksgiving to their mother, went to Mount Gandhamādana itself.

She too, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the heavenly world, in this arising of a Buddha, took conception in a millionaire's family in Sāvatthī. And because her complexion was similar to the interior of a blue waterlily, they gave her the name Uppalavaṇṇā. Then, when she had come of age, kings and millionaires throughout the whole Indian subcontinent sent a messenger to the millionaire saying "Let him give us his daughter." There was no one who did not send. Then the millionaire thought - "I shall not be able to take hold of the minds of all; but I shall employ one strategy" - having summoned his daughter, he said "Dear, will you be able to go forth?" Because she was a being in her final existence, her father's words were to her like oil prepared a hundred times poured on the head. Therefore she said to her father: "I shall go forth, dear father." He, having made an offering for her, having led her to the nuns' quarters, gave her the going forth. When she had only recently gone forth, her turn came at the Observance hall. She, having lit a lamp, having swept the Observance hall, having taken a sign from the flame of the lamp, standing right there, looking again and again, having produced meditative absorption with the fire kasiṇa as object, having made that itself the foundation, attained arahantship. Together with the fruition of arahantship itself, the direct knowledges and analytical knowledges too succeeded. But in particular, she was a master through practice in the miraculous transformation of supernormal power. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena;

A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.

"Then I, in Haṃsavatī, was born in a millionaire's family;

Radiant with various jewels, endowed with great happiness.

"Having approached that great hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma;

Then, with confidence arisen, I go to the Conqueror for refuge.

"The Blessed One, the Leader, praised as foremost among those possessing supernormal power;

A nun who was conscientious, such a one, skilled in concentration and meditative absorption.

"Then with a joyful mind, I, wishing for that state;

Having invited the one of ten powers, the leader of the world together with the Community.

"Having fed them for seven days, and having given the three robes;

Having taken a garland of seven strands, waterlilies fragrant as a goddess.

"Having placed them at the Teacher's feet, I venerated his knowledge;

Having bowed down with my head at his feet, I spoke these words.

"She who was praised, O hero, the sage in the eighth cosmic cycle from now;

Such shall I become, if it succeeds, O leader.

"Then the Teacher said to me, 'Be confident, girl;

In the future time, you will obtain that wish.

"A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, of the Okkāka clan origin;

Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.

"'His heirs in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching;

Uppalavaṇṇā by name, and glorious in beauty.

"'Having attained mastery over the direct knowledges, carrying out the Teacher's instruction;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, you will be a disciple of the Teacher.'

"Then I, having become joyful, for as long as life, then the Conqueror;

With a mind of friendliness I attended, the leader of the world together with the Community.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Having passed away from there, among humans, I was reborn of the Self-Become One;

Covered with water lilies, I gave almsfood.

"Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader named Vipassī;

Arose, lovely to behold, having vision regarding all phenomena.

"Having been a millionaire's daughter then, in the best city of Bārāṇasī;

Having invited the self-enlightened one, the leader of the world together with the Community.

"Having given a great gift, with water lilies to the Guide;

Having venerated him with my mind, I aspired to beauty of complexion.

"In this fortunate cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"I was his second daughter, named Samaṇaguttā;

Having heard the Teaching of the foremost Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

"Our father did not allow us, while still in the household then;

For twenty thousand years, we wandered untiringly.

"Living the holy life from maidenhood, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, joyful were the seven daughters.

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāyikā.

"I and Khemā the wise, Paṭācārā and Kuṇḍalā;

Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā, Visākhā is the seventh.

"By those well-done actions, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Passed away from there among human beings, reborn in a great family;

Yellow, polished, excellent cloth, I gave to the Worthy One.

"Having passed away from there, in Ariṭṭha city, I was born in a brahmin family;

The daughter of Tiriṭivaccha, Ummādantī, the charming one.

"Passed away from there, in a country, in a certain family, I;

Was born in one not very prosperous, I guarded rice then.

"Having seen a Paccekasambuddha, I gave five hundred portions of parched corn;

Covered with lotuses, I have five hundred sons.

"I aspired, they too aspired, having given honey to the Self-Become One;

Passed away from there, in the forest I was born in the belly of a lotus.

"Having been the chief queen of the King of Kāsi, honoured and revered;

I gave birth to princes, a full five hundred.

"When they, having reached youth, were playing water sports;

Having seen a fallen lotus, they became Solitary Leaders.

"I, separated from them, the learned heroes, sorrowful;

Passed away on the slope of Isigili, I was born in a small village.

"When Sutamatī, awakened, for her sons and husband too;

Taking rice gruel, was going to the eight individual leaders.

"While going to the village for alms, having seen children, I remembered;

A stream of milk flowed out, then, due to my love for my son.

"Thereupon I gave them rice gruel, devoted, with my own hands;

Having passed away from there, I was reborn among the deities, in Nandana.

"Having experienced happiness and suffering, having wandered in the round of rebirths from existence to existence;

For your benefit, O great hero, life was given up.

"Your daughter, O great hero, wise one, radiant one;

And much difficult action, done by me, exceedingly difficult.

"Rāhula and I, for many hundreds of births;

Born in one existence, with the same desire and mind.

"Rebirth is together, and by birth also together;

When the final existence is attained, both are of different origins.

"The meeting with the former supreme conquerors has been pointed out by you;

Much aspiration of mine, for your benefit, O great sage.

"Whatever wholesome action was fulfilled by me, remember it, O sage;

For your benefit, O great hero, merit was accumulated by me.

"Having avoided the state of inability, preventing misconduct;

For your benefit, O great hero, my life was given up many times.

"Thus manifold suffering, and success of many kinds;

When the final existence was attained, I was born formerly in Sāvatthī.

"In a family of a millionaire of great wealth, happy and well-prepared likewise;

Shining with various jewels, prosperous with all sensual pleasures.

"Honoured and venerated indeed, revered and esteemed likewise;

Endowed with personal splendour, greatly honoured among families.

"I was very much desired, for my beauty, splendour, and glory;

Desired by merchants' sons, by many hundreds too.

"Having abandoned the house, I went forth into homelessness;

Before a fortnight had passed, I attained the four truths.

"Having created by supernormal power a chariot with four horses, I;

Paid homage at the feet of the Buddha, the Protector of the World, such a one.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I am a master, O great sage.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

My knowledge is spotless, pure, by the power of the great sage.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

In a moment they offer, thousands from all around.

"The Conqueror, satisfied with that virtue, established me in the foremost position;

As the foremost among those possessing supernormal power," said the great leader in the assemblies.

"The Teacher has been attended upon by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled;

The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

"For the purpose of which I went forth, from home into homelessness;

That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But this elder nun, when the Blessed One approached the foot of the kaṇḍamba tree to perform the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sāvatthī, then having approached the Teacher and having paid homage, said thus - "I, venerable sir, shall perform the wonder, if the Blessed One permits," she roared the lion's roar. The Teacher, making this reason the occasion, seated in the midst of the noble company at the great monastery of Jetavana, while establishing the nuns in successive positions of rank, established this elder nun in the foremost position among those possessing supernormal power. She, spending her time in the happiness of meditative absorption, the happiness of fruition, and the happiness of Nibbāna, one day, reviewing the danger, degradation, and defilement of sensual pleasures, echoing the verses spoken by one in whom spiritual urgency had arisen with reference to the co-wife life together with the mother and daughter of the Elder Gaṅgātīriya -

224.

"Both mother and daughter, we were co-wives;

For me there was spiritual urgency, wonderful and terrifying.

225.

"Shame on sensual pleasures, unclean, foul-smelling, full of thorns;

Where mother and daughter, we were co-wives.

226.

"Having seen the danger in sensual pleasures, having seen security in renunciation;

She went forth in Rājagaha, from the household life into homelessness."

She spoke these three verses.

Therein, "both mother and daughter, we were co-wives" means as mother and daughter, both of us were mutually co-wives.

It is said that in Sāvatthī, towards the break of dawn, an embryo was established in the womb of the wife of a certain merchant; she did not know it. The merchant, when the night became light, having loaded goods onto carts, departed heading for Rājagaha. As time went on, the embryo, having grown, reached maturity. Then her mother-in-law said to her thus - "My son has been away from home for a long time and you are pregnant; an evil deed has been done by you." She said: "I do not know any other man apart from your son." Even having heard that, the mother-in-law, not believing her, drove her out from the house. She, seeking her husband, gradually arrived at Rājagaha. At that very moment, while her kamma-born winds were stirring, having entered a certain hall near the road, the delivery took place. She, having given birth to a son resembling a golden image, having laid him down in a poorhouse, went outside for the purpose of the water-function. Then a certain childless caravan leader, going by that road, thinking "The child belongs to a woman without a husband; he shall become my son," gave him into the hands of a nurse. Then his mother, having done the water-function, having taken water, having turned back, not seeing her son, overcome by sorrow, having lamented, without even entering Rājagaha, set out on the road. A certain chief of thieves, having seen her on the road, with his mind enamoured, made her his wife. She, dwelling in his house, gave birth to one daughter. Then she, one day, while standing holding her daughter, having quarrelled with her husband, threw the daughter onto the small bed. The girl's head was slightly split. Thereupon she too, fearing her husband, having returned to Rājagaha itself, wanders about freely. Her son, standing in early youth, not knowing her as his mother, made her his wife. At a later time, not knowing the daughter of the chief of thieves to be his sister, having performed the marriage, he brought her to his own house. Thus he made his own mother and sister his wives and made them dwell together. On account of that, they both lived as co-wives. Then one day, the mother, having loosened her daughter's hair-knot, while looking for lice, having seen a wound on her head, having asked "Could this perhaps be my daughter?" with a sense of urgency arisen, having gone to the nuns' quarters in Rājagaha, having gone forth, having completed the preliminary functions, dwelling in a secluded residence, having reviewed her own former practice, spoke the verses beginning with "both mother" etc. But echoing those very verses spoken by her, by way of seeing the danger in sensual pleasures, this elder nun said beginning with "both mother and daughter" etc. Therefore it was said - "She, spending her time in the happiness of meditative absorption, the happiness of fruition, and the happiness of Nibbāna, spoke these three verses."

Therein, "impure" means impure through the trickling of the impurity of mental defilements. "Foul-smelling" means of putrid odour through the blowing of a poisonous odour. "Full of thorns" means having manifold thorns of mental defilements in the sense of piercing through good conduct by the occurrence of envy. For thus they are said to be "sensual pleasures like stakes of spears." "Where" means in those sensual pleasures that are to be enjoyed. "A co-wife" means a shared wife; the meaning is "a co-wife."

227.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

And the knowledge of others' minds, the ear-element purified.

228.

"Supernormal power has been realized by me, the elimination of mental corruptions has been attained by me;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

The two verses beginning with "Past lives" were spoken by the elder nun who had become filled with joy and pleasure after reviewing the distinction she had attained. Therein, "knowledge of others' minds" means the knowledge of others' mental states; the connection is with "realized" or "attained."

229.

"Having created by supernormal power a chariot with four horses, I;

Having paid homage at the feet of the Buddha, the Protector of the World, such a one."

This verse was spoken with faith when the Blessed One approached the foot of the Kaṇḍamba tree to perform the Twin Miracle, and this elder nun, having created such a chariot, having gone together with it to the Teacher's presence, having said "Blessed One, I shall perform the wonder for the crushing of the vanity of the sectarians; please allow me," stood near the Teacher. Therein, "having created by supernormal power a chariot with four horses, I" - the intention is: having created by supernormal power a chariot yoked with four horses, having paid homage at the feet of the Buddha, the Blessed One, she stood to one side.

230.

"Having approached the tree in full bloom at its top, you stand alone at the foot of the sal tree;

And there is no companion of yours whatsoever, foolish one, do you not fear the cheats?"

Therein, "in full bloom at its top" means well bloomed at the top, the meaning is blossoming in every branch beginning from the top. "Tree" means a tree; but here a sal tree is intended. "You alone" means you, a solitary woman, stand here. "And there is no companion of yours whatsoever" means there is no one who is a friend and protector of yours; or there is no one equal to you in beauty, you of incomparable form stand alone in this place secluded from people. "Foolish one, do you not fear the cheats" means young woman, how do you not fear the wicked men; the intention is cheats who cause harm. It is said that Māra spoke this verse one day, having seen the elder nun seated for the day residence in a sal grove covered with flowers, having approached, wishing to cut her off from seclusion, testing her. Then the elder nun, frightening him, by the power of her own spiritual might -

231.

"Even a hundred thousand cheats, such as these, were to come together;

I would not stir a hair nor would I tremble, what will you do to me, Māra, alone?

232.

"I can disappear, or I can enter your belly;

I can stand between your eyebrows, and standing there you will not see me.

233.

"I have become master over my mind, the bases for spiritual power are well developed;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

234.

"Sensual pleasures are like stakes of spears, the aggregates are their chopping block;

What you call 'sensual delight', that is now discontent for me.

235.

"Delight has been destroyed everywhere, the mass of darkness has been split open;

Know thus, Evil One, you are defeated, O Death."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "even a hundred thousand cheats, such as these, were to come together" means if cheats of such a kind as you, of such a form, even numbering many hundreds of thousands, were to come together. "I would not stir a hair nor would I tremble" means not even a hair's breadth would stir nor would tremble. "What will you do to me, Māra, alone" means Māra, what will you, all alone, do to me?

Now, making clear the very inability of Māra to do anything to her, she spoke the verse "I can disappear." Its meaning is - Māra, I, standing right before you, disappear, go to invisibility; without your even knowing, I enter your belly, or I stand between your eyebrows; and thus standing, you do not see me.

If one asks why? "I have become master over my mind, the bases for spiritual power are well developed" - I am indeed, Māra; my mind has attained mastery; the four bases for spiritual power too have been well developed and cultivated by me; therefore I am capable of the aforesaid extent of supernormal power. All the remainder is clear in itself since the method has been stated above.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Uppalavaṇṇā is concluded.

The commentary on the Chapter of Twelves is concluded.

12.

The Book of the Sixteens

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Puṇṇā

236-251. In the Book of Sixteens, the verses of the Elder Nun Puṇṇā beginning with "A water-carrier I was in the cold" and so on. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, with religious emotion arisen, having gone to the presence of nuns, having heard the Teaching, having gained confidence, having gone forth, of pure morality, having learnt the three Canons, she was very learned, a bearer of the Teaching, and a preacher of the Teaching. And just as in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Vipassī, so too having gone forth in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Sikhī, Vessabhū, Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa, she was accomplished in morality, very learned, a bearer of the Teaching, and a preacher of the Teaching. But because of having the nature of conceit, she was not able to utterly destroy the mental defilements. Because of action done by the force of conceit as decisive support, in this arising of a Buddha, she was reborn in the womb of a household slave girl of the millionaire Anāthapiṇḍika; her name was Puṇṇātissā. She, having become a stream-enterer through the teaching of the Sīhanāda Discourse, afterwards having tamed a brahmin who practised water cleansing, having been esteemed by the millionaire, having been brought by him to the state of freedom, having obtained his permission for the going forth, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"Of the Blessed One Vipassī, of Sikhī and of Vessabhū;

Of the sage Kakusandha, of Koṇāgamana and such ones.

"And of the Buddha Kassapa, having gone forth in the Dispensation;

A nun accomplished in morality, prudent, with controlled faculties.

"Very learned, bearers of the Teaching, questioners about the meaning of the Teaching;

Learners of the teachings, listeners, those who attend.

"Teaching in the midst of people, I was in the Conqueror's Dispensation;

Because of that great learning, I despised the well-behaved.

"And in this final existence now, in Sāvatthī, the best of cities;

In the house of Anāthapiṇḍika, I was born as a water-carrying slave girl.

"Having gone to fetch water, I saw a twice-born in distress;

Afflicted by cold in the midst of the water, having seen that, I spoke this.

"A water-carrier I was in the cold, always going down into the water;

Frightened by fear of punishment from my masters, afflicted by fear of verbal blame.

"Frightened of whom, brahmin, do you always descend into the water;

With trembling limbs, you feel the cold intensely.

"Knowing me indeed, dear lady, Puṇṇikā, you inquire;

Doing wholesome action, preventing evil that has been done.

"Whether one is old or young, whoever commits an evil deed;

By sprinkling with water, even he is freed from evil deeds.

"I declared to Uttara the passage connected with the Teaching and welfare;

And having heard that, he, agitated, having gone forth, became a Worthy One.

"Completing the deficient hundred, since I was born in a slave family;

Therefore my name is Puṇṇā, they made me a free woman.

"Having taken leave of the millionaire, I went forth into homelessness;

Not long after, I attained arahantship.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the divine ear element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I am a master, O great sage.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

My knowledge is spotless, pure, owing to the Buddha, the foremost.

"Of great wisdom through meditation, learned indeed through learning;

Born of low family through conceit, for action does not perish.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

236.

"A water-carrier I was in the cold, always going down into the water;

Frightened by fear of punishment from my masters, afflicted by fear of verbal blame.

237.

"Frightened of whom, brahmin, do you always descend into the water;

With trembling limbs, you feel the cold intensely.

238.

"Knowing me indeed, dear lady, Puṇṇikā, you inquire;

Doing wholesome action, preventing evil that has been done.

239.

"Whether one is old or young, whoever commits an evil deed;

By sprinkling with water, even he is freed from evil deeds.

240.

"Who then told you this, one not knowing to one not knowing;

'By sprinkling with water, one is freed from evil deeds.'

241.

"Surely they will go to heaven, all the frogs and turtles;

Serpents and crocodiles too, and whatever others dwell in water.

242.

"Sheep-butchers, pig-butchers, fishermen, deer-hunters;

Thieves and executioners too, and whatever others are evil-doers;

By sprinkling with water, even they would be freed from evil deeds.

243.

"If these rivers would carry away for you the much evil done before;

They would also carry away your merit, thereby you would be an outsider.

244.

"That of which, brahmin, you are frightened, always descending into the water;

That very thing, brahmin, do not do, let not the cold harm your skin.

245.

"Me, who had entered the wrong path, you brought to the noble path;

By sprinkling with water, dear lady, I give you this cloth.

246.

"Let the cloth be yours alone, I do not wish for a cloth;

If you fear suffering, if suffering is unpleasant to you.

247.

"Do not do evil action, whether openly or in secret;

If you will do or are doing evil action.

248.

There is no freedom from suffering for you, even if you approach and flee;

If you fear suffering, if suffering is unpleasant to you.

249.

"Go to the Buddha, the Teaching, and such a Community for refuge;

Take upon yourself the moralities, that will be for your benefit.

250.

"I go to the Buddha, the Teaching, and such a Community for refuge;

I take upon myself the moralities, that will be for my benefit."

251.

"Formerly I was a kinsman of Brahma, today I am a true brahmin;

I am a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, accomplished in the Vedas, a learned one, and I am one who has bathed."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "a water-carrier" means one who carries water with a pot. "In the cold, always going down into the water" means even in the cold season, always, night and day, I descended into the water. Whenever the masters had need of water, then I entered the water; the intention is: having descended into the water, I brought the water. "Frightened by fear of punishment from my masters" means frightened by fear of punishment from the masters. "Afflicted by fear of verbal blame" means afflicted and oppressed by fear of verbal punishment and by fear of anger; the explanation is: even in the cold I descended into the water.

Then one day the slave Puṇṇā went to the water landing place to bring water with a pot. There she saw a certain brahmin who practised water cleansing, at the time of snowfall, while great cold was prevailing, right early having descended into the water, having dived in up to the head, having mumbled sacred texts, having risen from the water, with wet clothes, with wet hair, trembling, playing a tooth-lute. Having seen him, with a mind urged by compassion, wishing to dissuade him from that wrong view, she spoke the verse "Frightened of whom, brahmin, are you?" Therein, "frightened of whom, brahmin, are you" means from what cause of fear indeed are you frightened, that you always descend into the water, at all times, evening and morning, you descend into the water. And having descended, with trembling, shaking limbs, with bodily parts, you feel the cold intensely; you experience, you undergo the suffering of cold, exceedingly unbearable.

"Knowing me indeed, dear lady" means: dear lady Puṇṇikā, you, knowing me who am doing wholesome action by this going down into the water, which is capable of preventing the accumulated evil deed, indeed inquire.

Is not this matter well-known in the world? Showing "how then shall we tell you," he spoke the verse "whether one is old." Its meaning is - Whether old or young or middle-aged, whoever commits evil deed of the type of harming and so on, does it exceedingly, even he, greatly devoted to evil deeds, by sprinkling with water, by bathing, is freed from that evil deed, is absolutely liberated.

Having heard that, Puṇṇikā, giving him a reply, said beginning with "who then told you." Therein, "who then told you this, one not knowing to one not knowing" means: to you who do not know the result of action, one not knowing, a fool, an ignorant person, who does not know the result of action in every way whatsoever, told this matter that one is freed from evil deed by reason of sprinkling with water - who indeed declared this? He is not one whose word is trustworthy, nor is this fitting - this is the intention.

Now, making clear that very absence of fitness, she said beginning with "surely they will go to heaven." Therein, "serpents" means water-serpents. "Crocodiles" means crocodiles. "And whatever others dwell in water" means whatever others too are water-dwellers - fish, sea-monsters, nandiyāvatta and so on - they too will surely go to heaven, will be reborn in the heavenly world, methinks; the meaning is: if there is freedom from evil deed by sprinkling with water.

"Sheep-butchers" means slaughterers of rams. "Pig-butchers" means slaughterers of pigs. "Fishermen" means fishermen. "Deer-hunters" means huntsmen. "Executioners" means those engaged in the work of executing those condemned to death.

"They would also carry away your merit" means these rivers beginning with the Aciravatī, just as if they were to carry away much evil done by you before through sprinkling with water there, likewise these rivers would carry away, would wash away, even the merit done by you. Thereby you would be an outsider - that being so, by that meritorious action you would be deprived, would become an outsider - and this is not fitting. This is the intention. Or just as by water there is no washing away of merit for one who immerses in water, so too there is no washing away of evil either. Why? Because bathing is not the opponent of the causes of evil. Whatever destroys whatever, that is its opponent. Just as light is of darkness, and true knowledge is of ignorance, bathing is not thus of evil. Therefore the conclusion should be reached here: "there is no release from evil by sprinkling with water." Therefore the Blessed One said -

"Not by water is one pure, though many people bathe here;

In whom there is truth and the Teaching, he is pure, he is a brahmin."

Now, in order to show "if you wish to wash away evil, do not do evil entirely in every way," she spoke the verse beginning with "of whom, brahmin." Therein, "that very thing, brahmin, do not do" means since you are frightened of evil, that very evil, brahmin, brahmin, you should not do. But descending into water in such a cold season merely afflicts the body alone. Therefore he said - "Let not the cold harm your skin" means in such a cold season, the cold produced by sprinkling with water should not strike, should not afflict your bodily skin. This is the meaning.

"Me, who had entered the wrong path" means me who had entered upon, having taken up and stood firm in, this wrong path, this wrong grasp that "by sprinkling with water there is purification." "You brought to the noble path" means you brought me to this path traversed by the noble ones such as the Buddha and others, namely "the non-performance of all evil, the acquisition of the wholesome," you led me properly. Therefore, dear lady, I give you this cloth as a gift of gratitude, as the teacher's share; accept it. This is the meaning.

She, having rejected that, having taught the Teaching, in order to establish him in the refuges and in the precepts, having said "Let the cloth be yours alone, I do not wish for a cloth," said beginning with "if you fear suffering." Its meaning is - If you fear the suffering of the varieties such as discomfort, destruction of prosperity, and so on, pertaining to the entire realm of misery and also to the fortunate worlds. If that is unpleasant to you, not desirable. Whether openly, by making it unconcealed by way of being manifest to others, through body or through speech, by way of killing living beings and so on, or whether in secret, by making it concealed by way of being not manifest, at the mind-door alone, by way of covetousness and so on - do not do, do not perform, even the slightest evil, inferior action. But if you will do that evil action in the future, or are doing it at present, with the intention "The suffering that is the fruit of that in the four realms of misery beginning with hell and among human beings will not follow me fleeing from here or from there" - even for you who flee intentionally, having approached, there is no freedom, no release from that evil. The meaning is that when there is a conjunction of other conditions such as destination, time, and so on, it will indeed ripen. Or the reading is "uppaccā," meaning having flown up. Having thus shown the absence of suffering through the non-performance of evil, now in order to show that also through the performance of merit, "if you fear" and so on was stated. Therein, "such" means one who has attained the state of such-likeness with regard to the seen and so on. Or just as the former perfectly Self-awakened Ones are to be seen, because he is to be seen in that way, he is such - go to that Buddha for refuge. This is the explanation. In the case of the Teaching and the Community too, the same method applies. The Teaching of such excellent Buddhas, the Community as the assembly of the eight noble persons. This is the explanation. "That" refers to the going for refuge and the undertaking of the precepts. "Hehiti" means it will be.

That brahmin, having established himself in the refuges and in the precepts, at a later time, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, striving and endeavouring, before long, having become a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, having reviewed his own practice, uttering an inspired utterance, spoke the verse "kinsman of Brahma."

Its meaning is - Formerly I was called a kinsman of Brahma merely by birth in a brahmin family. Likewise, merely by recitation and so on of the Iruveda and so on, I was called a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, accomplished in the Vedas, a learned one, and one who has bathed. Now, through having warded off evil in every respect, I am a true brahmin, a brahmin in the ultimate sense; through the achievement of the triad of true knowledges, a possessor of the threefold true knowledge; through being endowed with inspiration reckoned as path knowledge, accomplished in the Vedas; and through having crossed over all evil, one who has bathed. And here, both the verses spoken by the brahmin and the verses spoken by herself were afterwards spoken individually by the elder nun; thus all became the elder nun's verses.

The commentary on the verses of the elder nun Puṇṇā is completed.

The commentary on the Chapter of Sixteens is concluded.

13.

The Book of the Twenties

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Ambapālī

252-270. In the Twentieth Nipāta, the verses beginning with "Black, like the colour of wasps" and so on are those of the Elder Nun Ambapālī. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, having gone forth in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Sikhī, having become fully ordained, dwelling having undertaken the training rules of a nun, one day, together with many nuns, having paid homage to a shrine and circumambulating it, a lump of spittle suddenly spat out by an elder nun who had eliminated the mental corruptions, who was going ahead, fell on the shrine courtyard; when the elder nun who had eliminated the mental corruptions had gone without seeing it, this one, going behind, having seen that lump of spittle, reviled saying "What courtesan indeed dropped a lump of spittle in this place?" She, during her time as a nun, guarding morality, being disgusted with dwelling in a womb, fixed her mind on a spontaneously born individual existence. Therefore, in her final individual existence, she was spontaneously born at the foot of a mango tree in a royal garden at Vesālī. Having seen her, the park keeper brought her to the city. Because she was born at the foot of a mango tree, she was called "Ambapālī." Then, having seen her lovely, beautiful, pleasing, endowed with distinguished qualities such as charm, loveliness, and so on, many princes, each desirous of making her their own possession, made a dispute with one another. For the purpose of appeasing their dispute, judges instigated by her action established her in the position of a courtesan, saying "Let her belong to all." She, having gained faith in the Teacher, having built a monastery in her own park and having dedicated it to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, afterwards, having heard the Teaching in the presence of her son, the Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, in dependence on the state of being aged and decrepit of her own body, with a sense of urgency arisen, making clear the impermanence of activities -

252.

"Black, like the colour of wasps, with curly tips, my hair was;

Now through ageing, like hemp fibres, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

253.

"Like a perfumed casket, fragrant, filled with flowers, was my hair on the head;

Now through ageing, it smells like animal hair, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

254.

Like a grove, dense and well-planted, adorned with tips arranged by comb and needle;

That, through ageing, sparse here and there, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

255.

"Adorned with gold upon the dark mass of hair, it shone beautifully, decorated with lovely braids;

That head, through ageing, has been made bald, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

256.

"Like lines well drawn by a painter, my eyebrows were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, hanging down with wrinkles, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

257.

"Bright and very beautiful like gems, my eyes were deep blue and elongated;

They, struck by ageing, are not beautiful, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

258.

"And my nose, smooth and prominent, shone beautifully towards the bloom of youth;

Now through ageing, as if shrivelled, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

259.

"Like a bracelet well made, well finished, my earlobes were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, hanging down with wrinkles, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

260.

"Like the colour of a plantain bud, my teeth were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, broken and discoloured, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

261.

"Wandering in the jungle thicket in the forest, like a cuckoo I warbled sweetly;

That, through ageing, falters here and there, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

262.

"Like a smooth conch-shell well polished, my neck was beautiful before;

Now through ageing, broken and bent, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

263.

"Both like round cross-bars in comparison, my arms were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, like withered trumpet-flower branches, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

264.

"Adorned with smooth signet rings of gold, my hands were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, like roots and tubers, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

265.

"Both plump, round, joined together and upraised, my breasts were beautiful before;

Like water-skins they hang down, without water, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

266.

"Like a polished golden plank, my body shone beautifully before;

Now it is covered with fine wrinkles, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

267.

"Both like an elephant's trunk in comparison, my thighs were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, like bamboo tubes, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

268.

"Adorned with smooth golden anklets, my calves were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, like sesame stalks, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

269.

"Both like cotton-stuffed cushions in comparison, my feet were beautiful before;

Now through ageing, cracked and wrinkled, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise.

270.

"Such was this body, decrepit, the abode of many sufferings;

With its plaster fallen off, a house of ageing, the word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise."

She spoke these verses.

Therein, "black" means of black colour. "Like the colour of wasps" means though being black, of a colour similar to wasps; the meaning is glossy blue. "With curly tips" means with curled tips; the meaning is curled and twisted from the root up to the tips. "Head-born" means hair. "Through ageing" means because of ageing, with beauty destroyed by ageing. "Like hemp fibres" means like hemp and like bark fibres; the meaning is also like hemp fibres and like bow-string hemp fibres. "The word of the truth-speaker is not otherwise" means the utterance of the truth-speaker, the unerring speaker, the perfectly Self-awakened One, beginning with "all matter is impermanent, overcome by ageing," is not otherwise, it is just as it really is; there is no falsehood therein.

"Like a perfumed casket, fragrant" means fragrant like a toiletry box perfumed with flower-scent, perfumed powder and so on, made to take on fragrance. "Filled with flowers, my hair on the head" means formerly my tress of hair, filled with champaka, jasmine, Arabian jasmine and other flowers, was pure - this is the meaning. "That" refers to the hair on the head. Then afterwards, now it has become having the smell of animal hair, just the natural smell of body hair. Or alternatively, "having the smell of animal hair" means having the same odour as ram's wool. They also say "the smell of goat wool."

"Like a grove, dense and well-planted" means like a nearby forest that is well planted, dense, with compact arrangement, rising only upward, with straight long branches. "Adorned with tips arranged by comb and needle" means formerly, having been adorned with tips arranged by disentangling the matted hair with a comb and a golden needle; or having become like a comb in density, adorned by the arrangement of tips with coral-toothed hairpins. "That" refers to the hair on the head. "Sparse here and there" means with hair fallen out, sparse here and there.

"Adorned with gold on the dark mass" means a mass of dark hair decorated with gold, diamonds and so on. But those who read "saṇhakaṇḍakasuvaṇṇamaṇḍita," for them the meaning is adorned by disentangling the matted hair with smooth golden needles. "Shines adorned with beautiful braids" means having been adorned with braids of hair similar to garlands of royal trees, it shone formerly. "That head through ageing has been made bald" means that head, thus adorned, has now through ageing been made bald, with hair fallen out in patches here and there.

"Like lines well drawn by a painter" means it shines like lines well drawn with blue colour pigment by a painter, a craftsman. "Beautiful eyebrows before were mine" means beautiful eyebrows formerly attained beauty for me. "Hanging down with wrinkles" means standing hanging down with wrinkles arisen at the edge of the forehead.

"Bhassarā" means bright. "Surucirā" means very beautiful. "Yathā maṇī" means like a jewel-ring. "Nettahesuṃ" means they were beautiful eyes. "Abhinīlamāyatā" means having been deeply blue and extended. "Te" means the eyes. "Jarāyabhihatā" means struck by ageing.

"Saṇhatuṅgasadisī ca" means smooth, prominent, and proportionate to the remaining facial features. "Sobhate" means my nose shines like a line of yellow orpiment rounded and placed. "Su abhiyobbanaṃ patī" means in the beautiful time of fresh youth; that nose has now, through ageing, with its beauty obstructed, become as if steamed, and like a leather strap.

"Kaṅkaṇaṃva sukataṃ suniṭṭhitaṃ" means she speaks with reference to the circular shape, like a well-prepared golden bracelet. "Sobhare" means they shine. Or the reading is "sobhante." "Su" is merely a particle. "Kaṇṇapāḷiyo" means the ear-lobes. "Valibhippalambitā" means having become wrinkled by wrinkles arisen here and there, they fall down and hang like bundles of cloth stretched out on a lathe.

"Pattalīmakulavaṇṇasādisā" means having the colour and shape similar to a plantain bud. "Khaṇḍitā" means broken by breaking and falling, having gone to a state of brokenness. "Asitā" means having gone to a state of blackness through change of colour.

"Wandering in the jungle thicket in the forest, like a cuckoo I warbled sweetly" means wandering in the jungle thicket by way of frequenting the feeding ground, like a cuckoo dwelling in the forest singing along, I warbled a sweet utterance. "Taṃ" means the warbled utterance. "Khalitaṃ tahiṃ tahiṃ" means due to the condition of broken teeth and so on, it has become stumbling here and there.

"Saṇhakamburiva suppamajjitā" means like a smooth golden conch-shell well polished. "Bhaggā vināmitā" means through the wasting away of flesh, with the network of veins on the head having become visible, it is broken and bent.

"Vaṭṭapalighasadisopamā" means exactly equal to a round cross-bar stick. "Tā" means those two arms. "Yathā pāṭalibbalitā" means resembling the withered branches of a trumpet-flower tree due to the state of decrepitude.

"Saṇhamuddikasuvaṇṇamaṇḍitā" means decorated with signet rings made of gold, polished and bright. "Yathā mūlamūlikā" means resembling radish tubers.

"Pīnavaṭṭasahituggatā" means plump, round, joined together as if one, and risen upward-facing. "Sobhate su thanakā pure mamā" means my two breasts, having been of the aforesaid form, shone like golden water-pots. For this is a singular used in the sense of a plural, and a present tense expression used in a past sense. "Thevikīva lambanti nodakā" means those two breasts of mine, without water, with their liquid drained, hang like water-bags of ashes placed on a bamboo stick.

"Polished like a golden plank" means it shines like a golden plank that has been smeared with natural vermilion and polished for a long time. "It is covered with fine wrinkles" means that body of mine is now spread here and there with fine wrinkles, having become wrinkled-skinned.

"Like the coil of a noble elephant in simile" means equal to the trunk of a noble elephant. For here the trunk is called "bhoga" because one consumes by means of it - thus it is said. "Te" means the thighs. "Like bamboo tubes" means now they were like bamboo joints.

"Adorned with smooth golden anklets" means decorated with smooth, polished golden anklets. "Jaṅghā" means the bony calves of the legs. "Tā" means those calves. "Like sesame stalks" means because of having little flesh and blood, through emaciation, they were like sesame stalks left over after reaping, dried up. The letter "ra" serves as a word-connector.

"Like filled with cotton in simile" means like sandals wrapped with silk-cotton tree cotton, through being soft and smooth. Those feet of mine are now cracked and split, wrinkled, having become wrinkled.

"Ediso" means of such a form. "Ahu" means it was, of the aforesaid nature. "This body" means this body of mine. "Decrepit" means loosely bound. "The abode of many sufferings" means having become the abode of many sufferings caused by ageing and so on. "Sopalepapatito" means this body has fallen without its coating, fallen through the utter elimination of the coating of volitional activities, facing downfall - this is the meaning. Or the word-analysis is "so pi alepapatito"; the meaning is the same. "A house of ageing" means like a decrepit house. Or it had become a house for ageing. Therefore the word of my Teacher, the perfectly Self-awakened One, the truth-speaker, the unerring speaker, who having known the intrinsic nature of phenomena as they really are, speaks of them properly, is not otherwise.

Thus this elder nun, having reflected upon impermanence in all phenomena of the three planes through the approach of discerning impermanence in her own individual existence, and in accordance with that having applied the characteristic of suffering and the characteristic of non-self therein, striving in insight, attained arahantship by the succession of paths. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"He whose garland was touched by rays, the great sage named Phussa;

I was his sister, I was born in a warrior family.

"Having heard his teaching, with a clear mind;

Having given a great gift, I aspired to accomplishment of beauty.

"Thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, Sikhī, the chief leader of the world;

Arose as the light of the world, the refuge of the three worlds, the Conqueror.

"In that charming city of Aruṇa, born of a brahmin family;

Angry, I cursed a nun with a liberated mind.

"Like prostitutes, of misconduct, corrupters of the Conqueror's Dispensation;

Having thus reviled, by that evil action.

"Having gone to the cruel hell, consigned to great suffering;

Passed away from there among human beings, reborn as a female ascetic.

"For ten thousand births, I made myself a courtesan;

From that evil I would not be freed, like one having eaten deadly poison.

"I practised the holy life in the Conqueror's Dispensation under Kassapa;

By the result of that action, I was born in the city of the Thirty-three heaven.

"When the final existence was attained, I was spontaneously born;

Born among the mango branches, therefore I am called Ambapālī.

"Surrounded by tens of millions of living beings, I went forth in the Conqueror's Dispensation;

I have attained the unshakeable state, a legitimate daughter of the Buddha.

"And I am a master in supernormal powers, in the purification of the ear-element;

In the knowledge of others' mental states, I am a master, O great sage.

"I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified;

With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.

"In meaning, teaching, and language, and likewise in discernment;

My knowledge is spotless, pure, owing to the Buddha, the foremost.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

Like a she-elephant having cut the bond, I dwell without mental corruptions.

"Indeed welcome it was for me, in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"The four analytical knowledges, and these eight deliverances;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance she recited those very verses.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Ambapālī is concluded.

2.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Rohinī

271-291. The verses of the Elder Nun Rohinī beginning with "Ascetics, dear lady, you sleep." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Blessed One walking for almsfood in the city of Bandhumatī, having taken the bowl, having filled it with cake, having given it to the Blessed One, filled with joy and happiness, paid homage with the fivefold prostration. She, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, gradually having accumulated the requisites for deliverance, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the house of a brahmin of great wealth in Vesālī, having received the name Rohinī, having attained discretion, while the Teacher was dwelling at Vesālī, having gone to the monastery, having heard the Teaching, having become a stream-enterer, having taught the Teaching to her mother and father, having aroused confidence in the Dispensation, having obtained their permission, having gone forth by herself, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said -

"In the city of Bandhumatī, of Vipassī, the great sage;

Wandering for almsfood, I gave a cake then.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having gladdened my mind there, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"I attained the status of chief queen of thirty-six kings of gods;

I attained the status of chief queen of fifty universal monarchs.

"Whatever was wished for by mind, all succeeded for me;

Having experienced success, among gods and humans.

"When the final existence was attained, I was born in a brahmin family;

Rohinī by name, held dear by relatives.

"Having gone to the presence of monks, having heard the Teaching according to truth;

Having become one with a stirred mind, I went forth into homelessness.

"Wisely striving, I attained arahantship;

Ninety-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the gift that I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the gift of cake.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, speaking by way of an inspired utterance the verses spoken formerly at the time of being a stream-enterer by way of words and replies between her father and herself -

271.

"'Ascetics,' dear lady, you sleep, 'ascetics,' you awake;

You praise only ascetics, surely you will become a female ascetic.

272.

"Abundant food and drink you give to the ascetics;

Rohinī, now I ask you, why are the ascetics dear to you?

273.

"Unwilling to work, lazy, living on what is given by others;

Hopeful, lovers of sweet things, why are the ascetics dear to you?

274.

"At long last indeed, dear father, you inquire of me about the ascetics;

I will explain to you their wisdom, morality and effort.

275.

"Loving work, not lazy, doers of the foremost work;

They abandon lust and hate, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

276.

"The three roots of evil, those who act purely shake off;

All evil has been abandoned by them, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

277.

"Their bodily action is pure, and their verbal action is such;

Their mental action is pure, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

278.

"Spotless like a conch shell or pearl, pure within and without;

Full of bright qualities, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

279.

"Very learned, bearers of the Teaching, noble ones, living righteously by the Teaching;

They teach the meaning and the Teaching, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

280.

"Very learned, bearers of the Teaching, noble ones, living righteously by the Teaching;

With unified minds, mindful, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

281.

"Going afar, mindful, speaking with wisdom, unagitated;

They understand the end of suffering, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

282.

From whatever village they depart, they do not look back at anything;

They go without longing, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

283.

"They do not store their own in granaries, nor in jars, nor in baskets;

Seeking what is already prepared, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

284.

"They do not take unwrought gold, nor gold nor money;

They sustain themselves with the present, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

285.

"Gone forth from various families, and from various countries;

They cherish one another, therefore the ascetics are dear to me.

286.

"Indeed for our benefit, dear lady, you were born in this family, Rohinī;

With faith in the Buddha and the Teaching, and with keen respect for the Community.

287.

"For you understand this, the unsurpassed field of merit;

These ascetics accept offerings from us too.

288.

"The sacrifice is established here, it will be fruitful for us;

If you fear suffering, if suffering is unpleasant to you.

289.

"Go to the Buddha, the Teaching, and such a Community for refuge;

Take upon yourself the moralities, that will be for your benefit.

290.

"I go to the Buddha, the Teaching, and such a Community for refuge;

I take upon myself the moralities, that will be for my benefit."

291.

"Formerly I was a kinsman of Brahma, now I am a brahmin;

I am a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, a learned one, one who has attained the highest knowledge, and I am one who has bathed."

She recited these verses.

Therein, the first three verses were spoken by one not wishing his own daughter's devotion to the monks. Therein, "'Ascetics,' dear lady, you sleep" means dear lady, you, even at the time of sleeping, praising "ascetics, ascetics," speaking only talk connected with ascetics, you sleep. "'Ascetics,' you awake" means even when rising from sleep, having said "ascetics" thus, you awake, you arise from sleep. "You praise only ascetics" means at all times you praise, you extol only ascetics or only the virtues of ascetics. "Surely you will become a female ascetic" means even though standing in the form of a laywoman, in mind you will, methinks, be a female ascetic indeed. Or alternatively, "surely you will become a female ascetic" means even though now standing in the form of a laywoman, before long you will, methinks, become a female ascetic indeed, because of your inclination and tendency towards ascetics alone.

"You give" (pavecchasi) means you gave. "Rohinī, now I ask" means: mother Rohinī, I now ask you - thus the brahmin said, asking his own daughter. "Why are the ascetics dear to you" means: mother Rohinī, whether you are sleeping or waking or at other times too, you praise only the virtues of the ascetics; the meaning is: for what reason indeed have the ascetics become those to be held dear by you?

Now the brahmin, pointing out the fault in the ascetics to his daughter, spoke the verse "unwilling to work." Therein, "unwilling to work" (akammakāmā) means not willing to work, not desirous of doing any work that brings benefit to oneself and others. "Lazy" (alasā) means idle. "Living on what is given by others" (paradattūpajīvino) means habitually subsisting only on what is given by others. "Expectant" (āsaṃsukā) means those who, from that very source, hope for food, clothing, and so on. "Desiring what is sweet" (sādukāmā) means those who desire only sweet, pleasant food. All this the brahmin said as fault imagined by himself alone, not knowing the virtues of the ascetics.

Having heard that, Rohinī, with a satisfied mind thinking "Now I have obtained the opportunity to speak of the virtues of the noble ones," wishing to praise the virtues of the monks, first declaring her pleasure in praising them, spoke the verse "At long last indeed, father." Therein, "at long last indeed" (cirassaṃ vata) means after a long time, indeed. "Father" (tāta) - she addresses her father. "Ascetics" (samaṇānaṃ) - you inquire about the ascetics, or about why the ascetics should be held dear by me. "Of them" (tesaṃ) means of the ascetics. "Wisdom, morality, and endeavour" (paññāsīlaparakkama) means wisdom and morality and effort.

"I will explain" (kittayissāmi) means I will relate. Having acknowledged, praising them, in order to first unravel the fault stated by him as "unwilling to work, lazy" and to show the virtue that is the opposite of that, she said beginning with "loving work." Therein, "loving work" (kammakāmā) means they desire, they wish for work - the ascetic duty distinguished as duties and counter-duties and so on - by way of fulfilment; thus they are "loving work." Therein, having been properly engaged, by rising up, exerting themselves, and striving, they are not lazy; thus "not lazy" (analasā). But they do that work as foremost, highest, conducive only to Nibbāna; thus they are "doers of the foremost work" (kammaseṭṭhassa kārakā). But while doing that, because of the blameless nature of the practice, they abandon lust and hate; in such a way that lust and hate are abandoned, thus the ascetics do their work. "Therefore the ascetics are dear to me" means the meaning is: by that aforesaid right practice, the ascetics are to be held dear by me.

"The three roots of evil" means the three roots of the unwholesome, reckoned as greed, hate, and delusion. "They shake off" (dhunanti) means they destroy; the meaning is they abandon. "Those who act purely" (sucikārino) means those who perform blameless actions. "All evil has been abandoned by them" means by the achievement of the highest path, all evil has been abandoned by them.

Thus, in order to analyse and show the meaning stated in brief as "the ascetics are those who act purely," she spoke the verse "bodily action." That is easily understood.

"Spotless like conch shells and pearls" (vimalā saṅkhamuttāvā) means free from stain like well-washed conch shells and like pearls, devoid of the stains of lust and so on. "Pure within and without" (suddhā santarabāhirā) means the inner and the outer is within and without. From that, pure within and without; the meaning is pure in disposition and practice. "Full of bright qualities" (puṇṇā sukkāna dhammānaṃ) means completely full of exclusively bright, blameless qualities; the meaning is endowed with the aggregates of morality and so on of one beyond training.

"Much learning beginning with discourses, mixed prose and verse, and so on belongs to them, or they have arisen through learning" thus they are very learned; the meaning is endowed with great learning of the scriptures and great learning of penetration. "They bear that very twofold Teaching" thus they are bearers of the Teaching. "They guide beings by the training rule of good conduct and conduct" thus they are noble. "They live by the Teaching, by the true method" thus they are living righteously. "They teach the meaning and the Teaching" means they speak about and make known both the meaning of what is said and the Teaching of the exposition. Or alternatively, they teach and declare what is not deviating from meaning and not deviating from the Teaching.

"With unified minds" means with concentrated minds. "Mindful" means having established mindfulness.

"Going far" means gone to the forest, having left the precincts of humans, going far away; or by the power of supernormal power, going to a far place according to their liking - thus they are going far. "Mantā" is called wisdom; by the habit of speaking with that, they are speakers of wisdom. "Not agitated" means unagitated, free from restlessness, with quietened minds. "They understand the end of suffering" means they penetrate Nibbāna, which is the limit of the suffering of the round of rebirths.

"They do not look back at anything" means from whatever village they depart, they do not look at any being or activity in that village by way of longing; rather, they go and depart without longing.

"They do not store in granaries" means those ascetics do not store their own property and wealth in granaries, they do not put it away and keep it, because of the absence of such possession. "Kumbhin" means in a jar. "Khaḷopiyan" means in a hand-basket. "Seeking what is already prepared" means seeking food that is already prepared for the benefit of others in other families.

"Hirañña" means a coin. "Rūpiya" means silver. "They sustain themselves with the present" means not sorrowing over the past and not longing for the future, they sustain themselves with the present, they maintain their individual existence.

"They cherish one another" means they show friendliness towards one another. "Pihāyanti" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.

Thus that brahmin, having heard the virtues of the monks in the presence of his daughter, with a gladdened mind, praising his daughter, said beginning with "For the benefit indeed" and so on.

"Amhampi" means for us too. "Dakkhiṇa" means a gift.

"Here" means regarding those ascetics. "Yañña" means the practice of giving. "Vipula" means of abundant fruit. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

Thus the brahmin, having established himself in the refuges and in the precepts, at a later time, with religious emotion arisen, having gone forth, having developed insight, having become established in arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, uttering an inspired utterance, spoke the verse "kinsman of Brahma." Its meaning has been stated above.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Rohinī is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Cāpā

292-312. The verses of the elder nun Cāpā beginning with "Before he held a staff in hand." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with accumulated wholesome roots, with the requisites of deliverance stored up, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the daughter of the chief deer-hunter in a certain deer-hunter's village in the Vaṅgahāra country; her name was Cāpātissā. And at that time, Upaka the naked ascetic, having met the Teacher who was going from the seat of enlightenment towards Bārāṇasī to set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, having asked "Your faculties are indeed very clear, friend, your complexion is pure and bright! With reference to whom have you gone forth, friend, or who is your Teacher, or whose Teaching do you approve of?" -

"I am the all-conquering one, the all-knowing one, untainted by all phenomena;

Having abandoned all, liberated through the elimination of craving, having directly known by myself, whom should I point to as teacher?

"I have no teacher, no one equal to me is found;

In the world including the gods, there is no one who is my match.

"For I am a Worthy One in the world, I am the unsurpassed Teacher;

I alone am the perfectly Self-awakened One, become cool, quenched.

"To set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, I am going to the city of Kāsi;

In the world that has become blind, I will beat the drum of the Deathless."

When the Teacher had declared his own state of omniscient Buddhahood and the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching, he, with a confident mind, having said "May it be so, friend, you deserve to be the infinite conqueror," having taken a side path, departed and went to the Vaṅgahāra country. There he made his dwelling in dependence on a certain deer-hunter's small village. There the chief deer-hunter attended upon him. He, one day, going far away to hunt, having commanded his own daughter Cāpā "Do not be negligent towards my Worthy One," departed together with his sons and brothers. And that daughter of his was lovely and beautiful to see.

Then Upaka the naked ascetic, having gone to the deer-hunter's house at the time for the alms round, having seen Cāpā who had approached to serve food, overcome by lust, being unable even to eat, having taken the meal in a vessel, having gone to his dwelling place, having put the meal aside, lay down without food, thinking "If I obtain Cāpā, I shall live; if not, I shall die." On the seventh day, the deer-hunter, having come, asked his daughter - "Have you not been negligent towards my Worthy One?" She said: "Having come for just one day, he has not come again." And the deer-hunter, at that very moment having gone to his dwelling place, asked while stroking his feet: "What is it, venerable sir, are you unwell?" Upaka just kept turning over, groaning. He said: "Speak, venerable sir, whatever I am able to do, all that I shall do." Upaka, by one method of exposition, informed him of his own disposition. "But do you know, venerable sir, any craft?" "I do not know." "Venerable sir, it is not possible for one not knowing any craft to dwell in a house." He said - "I do not know any craft, but I shall be a meat-carrier for you, and I shall sell meat." The huntsman, saying "That itself pleases us too," having given him an upper garment, having made him dwell at his own friend's house for a few days, on such a day having brought him to the house, gave him his daughter.

Then, as time passed, from their living together a son was born; they gave him the name Subhadda. Cāpā, at the time of his crying, mocked Upaka with a song for soothing the child, such as "Son of Upaka, son of a naked ascetic, son of a meat-carrier, do not cry, do not cry." He said: "Do not think me destitute, Cāpā; I have a friend named the Infinite Conqueror, I shall go to his presence." Cāpā, having known "Thus this one is troubled," spoke in that same way again and again. One day, having been thus spoken to by her, having become angry, he began to go. Even though being conciliated by her saying this and that, not coming to acceptance, he departed facing the western direction.

And the Blessed One at that time, while dwelling at Sāvatthī in Jeta's Grove, informed the monks - "Whoever, monks, today comes here and asks 'Where is the Infinite Conqueror?' send him to my presence." And Upaka too, asking here and there "Where does the Infinite Conqueror dwell?" having gradually gone to Sāvatthī, having entered the monastery, having stood in the middle of the monastery, asked "Where is the Infinite Conqueror?" The monks led him to the presence of the Blessed One. He, having seen the Blessed One, said: "Do you know me, Blessed One?" "Yes, I know you. But where have you been living for so long a time?" "In the Vaṅgahāra country, venerable sir." "Upaka, now that you have become old, will you be able to go forth?" "I shall go forth, venerable sir." The Teacher commanded a certain monk - "Come, monk, give the going forth to this one." He gave him the going forth. He, having gone forth, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the Teacher, devoting himself to meditation, before long, having become established in the fruition of non-returning, having died, was reborn in the Aviha realm; at the very moment of rebirth he attained arahantship. Seven persons, merely upon being reborn in the Aviha realm, attained arahantship; he was one of them. For this was said:

"Seven monks, liberated, have been reborn in Aviha;

With lust and hate eliminated, they have crossed over attachment in the world.

"Upaka and Palagaṇḍa, and Pakkusāti, those three;

Bhaddiya and Khaṇḍadeva, and Bāhuraggi and Siṅgiya;

They, having abandoned the human body, have overcome the divine bond."

But when Upaka had departed, Cāpā, with a disenchanted heart, having handed over the child to his grandfather, going by the path formerly gone by Upaka, having gone to Sāvatthī, having gone forth in the presence of the nuns, doing the work of insight, having become established in arahantship by the succession of paths, having reviewed her own practice, having combined together the verses formerly spoken by Upaka and by herself, by way of an inspired utterance -

292.

"Before he held a staff in hand, now he is a deer-hunter;

Through hope he sank into a terrible mire, he was not able to reach the beyond.

293.

"Thinking me well-intoxicated, Cāpā also pleased the son;

Having cut the bond to Cāpā, I shall go forth again."

294.

"Do not be angry with me, great hero, do not be angry with me, great sage;

For indeed, for one afflicted by wrath, there is no purity, how much less austere asceticism.

295.

"I shall depart from Nāḷā, who here will remain in Nāḷā;

Binding ascetics living righteously by the Teaching with her womanly form.

296.

"Come, Kāḷa, turn back, enjoy sensual pleasures as before;

Both I and my relatives are brought under your control.

297.

"From here, Cāpā, a quarter part, as you speak to me;

For a man attached to you, that would indeed be lofty.

298.

"Like a dark-limbed woman, a flowering takkāri tree on a mountain top;

Like a pomegranate sapling in full bloom, like a trumpet-flower tree within an island.

299.

"Me, with limbs anointed with yellow sandalwood, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Me, such a beautiful one, having left behind, for whose sake do you go.

300.

"Just as a fowler wishes to capture a bird;

With this contrived appearance, you will not ensnare me.

301.

"And this fruit of a son, Kāḷa, produced by you for me;

Me, such a one with a son, having left behind, for whose sake do you go.

302.

"The wise give up sons, then relatives, then wealth;

Great heroes go forth, like an elephant having cut its bond.

303.

"Now this son of yours, with a stick or with a dagger,

Or I will dash him to the ground; you will not go because of sorrow for your son.

304.

"If you give the son to jackals and dogs,

You will not make me return for the sake of a child, wretched one.

305.

"Well now, venerable one, where will you go, Kāḷa;

To which village and market town, city or royal capital?

306.

"We were before leaders of groups, not ascetics though thinking ourselves ascetics;

We wandered from village to village, to cities and royal capitals.

307.

"For this Blessed One is the Buddha, towards the river Nerañjarā;

For the abandoning of all suffering, he teaches the Teaching to living beings;

I am going to his presence, he will be my Teacher.

308.

"Now you should pay my homage to the unsurpassed lord of the world;

And having circumambulated him, you should dedicate the offering.

309.

"This indeed can be obtained by us, as you speak to me;

Now I shall pay homage for you to the unsurpassed lord of the world;

And having circumambulated him, I shall dedicate the offering.

310.

"Then Kāḷa departed, towards the river Nerañjarā;

He saw the Self-enlightened One, teaching the Deathless state.

311.

Suffering, the origin of suffering, and the overcoming of suffering;

The noble eightfold path, leading to the peace of suffering.

312.

"Having paid homage to his feet, and having circumambulated him;

Having dedicated the offering to Cāpā, I went forth into homelessness;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "with a staff in hand" means one with a stick in hand. "Formerly" means formerly, in the time of being a wandering ascetic, he was one who went about having taken a stick in hand for the purpose of warding off fierce bulls, dogs, and so on. "He is now a deer-hunter" means he now, through living and eating together with deer-hunters, became a deer-hunter, a huntsman. "Through hope" means through craving. "Āsayā" is also a reading; the meaning is because of disposition. "Into a mire" means from the mire of sensual pleasure and the mire of wrong view. "Terrible" means terrible because of its severity, since it brings vast harm that is unknown. "He was not able to reach the beyond" means he was not able to come to, to go to Nibbāna, which is the beyond of that very mire; he did not succeed - Upaka speaks with reference to himself alone.

"Thinking me well-intoxicated" means regarding me as well intoxicated in herself, having reached a state of vanity, stuck through the power of attachment to sensual pleasure, or having made me heedless. "Cāpā pleased the son" means Cāpā, the daughter of the deer-hunter, offending me with such words as "son of the naked ascetic" and so on, pleased the son, played with him. Some also read "Thinking me asleep"; the meaning is thinking me to be one who sleeps. "Having cut the bond to Cāpā" means having cut the bondage of mental defilements arisen in you, Cāpā. "I shall go forth again" means again, for a second time too, I shall go forth.

Now he says to her "I have no need of you." Having heard that, Cāpā, asking forgiveness, spoke the verse "Do not be angry with me." Therein, "do not be angry with me" means do not be angry with me merely on account of playing. "O great hero, O great sage" - she addresses Upaka. For she, considering him as one who had gone forth before and as one wishing to go forth now too, and expecting patience, said "O great sage." Therefore he said - "For indeed, for one afflicted by wrath, there is no purity, how much less austere asceticism" - the intention is: you, not being able to endure even this much, how will you tame the mind, or how will you practise austere asceticism?

Then, when told by Cāpā "So you wish to go to Nāḷā and live there?" he said - "I shall depart from Nāḷā, who here will remain in Nāḷā" - who will dwell here in Nāḷā? I shall indeed depart from Nāḷā itself. For that was his birth-village; having departed from there, he went forth. And that is in the region near the seat of enlightenment in the country of Magadha; it was said with reference to that. "Binding ascetics living righteously by her womanly form" means: Cāpā, you, binding with your womanly form and with feminine wiles and deportment those who have gone forth, who are righteous, who live by the Teaching, you stand thus. The intention is: because of which I have now become like this, therefore I abandon you.

When this was said, Cāpā, wishing to make him turn back, spoke the verse "Come, Kāḷa." Its meaning is - Because of your dark complexion, Kāḷa, Upaka, come, turn back, do not depart; enjoy sensual pleasures as before; both I and whatever relatives of mine there are, all of them are brought under your control, wielding power over them, through your not wishing to depart.

Having heard that, Upaka spoke the verse beginning with "From here, Cāpā." Therein, "cāpe" means Cāpā (in the vocative). For because she had a bodily stature similar to a bow (cāpa), she obtained the name "Cāpā"; therefore, she is called "Cāpā." You, Cāpā, as you speak, as you now say, you should make only a quarter part of such affectionate behaviour. For a man attached to you, overpowered by lust, that would indeed be lofty; but I am now dispassionate towards you and towards sensual pleasures; therefore I do not stand by Cāpā's words - this is the intention.

Again, Cāpā, wishing to arouse attachment towards herself in him, said "kāḷaṅgini." Therein, "kāḷā" is a vocative addressing him. "Aṅgini" means one accomplished in the beauty of limbs. "Iva" is an indeclinable particle used for comparison. "Takkāriṃ pupphitaṃ girimuddhani" means like a pomegranate sapling in full bloom standing on a mountain top. And some read "ukkāgāri"; the meaning is like a sapling of limb-bones. And "on a mountain top" is said for the purpose of showing beauty unspoilt by anything. Some, stating the reading "kāliṅgini," explain the meaning as similar to a pumpkin creeper. "Phullaṃ dālimalaṭṭhiṃva" means like a flowering pomegranate creeper. "Antodīpeva pāṭali" means like a trumpet-flower tree in bloom within an island; and the mention of the island here is solely for the purpose of showing the wonder of its splendour.

"Haricandanalittaṅgi" means one whose entire body is anointed with red sandalwood. "Kāsikuttamadhārini" means one who wears the finest Kāsi cloth. "Taṃ maṃ" means such a me. "Rūpavatiṃ santi" means being one accomplished in beauty. "Kassa ohāya gacchasi" means for the sake of what being, or for what reason, for what cause, having left behind, having abandoned, having relinquished, do you go?

From here onwards too, setting aside only the verses of their speech and reply, there are three verses at the conclusion. Therein, "sākuntiko" means like a bird-hunter. "Āharimena rūpena" means by contrived appearance through the adorning of hair and so on, through the tending of the body, and through garments, ornaments, and so on - by artificial form, beauty, artifice, and skill - this is the meaning. "Na maṃ tvaṃ bādhayissasi" means now, as before, you will not be able to ensnare me.

"Puttaphala" means the fruit reckoned as a son, the offspring of a son.

"Sappaññā" means the wise, endowed with wisdom that discerns the danger in the round of rebirths - this is the intention. For they go forth having abandoned a small or a great circle of relatives or a mass of wealth. Therefore he said - "Great heroes go forth, like an elephant having cut its bond" - like a noble elephant cutting its iron bond, having cut the bondage of the household life, they go forth with great energy only, not with inferior energy - this is the meaning.

"Daṇḍena" means with whatever stick. "Churikāya" means with a razor. "Bhūmiyaṃ vā nisumbhissaṃ" means having thrown him to the ground, I shall harm him by beating, piercing, and so on. "Puttasokā na gacchasi" means you will not go on account of sorrow for your son.

"Will give" means he will give. "On account of the child" means for the reason of the child. "Wretched one" is a vocative addressing her; the meaning is "inferior one."

Now, having consented to his departure, in order to know the place of his going, she spoke the verse "Well then."

The other, showing "Formerly I stood having taken up a Dispensation not leading to liberation, but now wishing to stand in the Dispensation of the Infinite Conqueror which is leading to liberation, therefore I shall go to his presence," said beginning with "We were." Therein, "having a group" means leaders of a group. "Not ascetics" means not those who have calmed evil. "Deeming themselves ascetics" means those having the perception thus: "We have calmed evil." "We wandered" - he speaks having included himself among Pūraṇa and the others.

"Towards the Nerañjarā" means near the river Nerañjarā, on its bank. "The Buddha" means one who has attained the highest enlightenment; he speaks with the intention that the Blessed One, having attained the highest enlightenment, while teaching the Teaching, dwelt right there at all times.

"Now you should pay my homage" means you should convey my homage; the meaning is you should address the unsurpassed lord of the world in my name. "And having circumambulated, you should dedicate the offering" means having circumambulated the Buddha, the Blessed One, three times and having paid homage at four places, then from that merit, giving the transference of merit to me, you should dedicate the circumambulation. She speaks thus because of having previously heard the qualities of the Buddha and because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions.

"This indeed can be obtained by us" means this merit of performing the circumambulation can be given to you by us, but not the turning back, and the enjoyment of sensual pleasures as before is not possible - this is the intention. "I shall pay your respect" means I shall convey your homage.

"He" means Kāḷa; "he saw" means he saw.

Because in the Teacher's teaching the discourse on the truths is predominant, and because of the absence of anything apart from that, "suffering" and so on was said; the remainder is by the same method as already stated.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Cāpā is concluded.

4.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sundarī

313-338. The verses beginning with "Your children have died, dear lady" are the verses of the Elder Nun Sundarī. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, in the time of the Blessed One Vessabhū, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher walking for almsfood, with a gladdened mind, having given almsfood, paid homage with the fivefold prostration. The Teacher, having known her confidence of mind, having given thanksgiving, departed. She, by that meritorious action, having been reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, having remained there as long as life lasted, having experienced heavenly success, having passed away from there, wandering again and again only in fortunate destinations, with matured knowledge, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the daughter of a brahmin named Sujāta in Bārāṇasī. Because of her beauty, her name was Sundarī. And when she came of age, her younger brother died. Then her father, overpowered by sorrow for his son, going about here and there, having met with the Elder Nun Vāsiṭṭhī, asking her the means of dispelling that sorrow, spoke two verses beginning with "Your children have died, dear lady." The elder nun, having known him to be overcome by sorrow, wishing to dispel his sorrow, having spoken two verses beginning with "Many hundreds of sons," related her own state of being free from sorrow. Having heard that, the brahmin said "How have you, lady, become thus free from sorrow?" The elder nun related to him the virtues of the Triple Gem.

Then the brahmin, having asked "Where is the Teacher?" having heard "He is now dwelling in Mithilā," at that very moment, having harnessed the chariot, having gone by chariot to Mithilā, having approached the Teacher, having paid homage, having exchanged pleasant talk, sat down to one side. The Teacher taught him the Teaching. He, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, having established insight, striving and endeavouring, on the third day attained arahantship. Then the charioteer, having taken the chariot, having gone to Bārāṇasī, reported that news to the brahmin woman. Sundarī, having heard of her own father's state of having gone forth, asked permission of her mother saying "Mother, I too shall go forth." The mother said "Whatever wealth there is in this house, all that is your own property; you are the heiress of this family, proceed accordingly, consume all this wealth, do not go forth." She, having obtained her mother's permission saying "I have no need for wealth, I shall go forth indeed, mother," having thrown away the great success like a lump of spittle, went forth. And having gone forth, while still being a female trainee, having developed insight, striving and endeavouring, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, because her knowledge had reached maturity, together with the analytical knowledges, she attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"As Vessabhū, the great sage, was walking for almsfood;

Having taken up a ladle of almsfood, I gave to the foremost Buddha.

"Having accepted, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, Vessabhū, the leader of the world;

The Teacher, standing in the street, gave me thanksgiving.

"'Having given a ladle of almsfood, you will go to Tāvatiṃsa;

You will become the chief queen of thirty-six divine kings.

"'You will become the chief queen of fifty universal monarchs;

All that is wished for by mind, you will obtain always.

"'Having experienced success, you will go forth without possessions;

Having fully understood all mental corruptions, you will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.'

"Having said this, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, Vessabhū, the leader of the world,

The hero rose up into the sky, like a king of swans in the firmament.

"Well given by me was the excellent gift, well sacrificed was the accomplishment of alms-giving;

Having given a ladle of almsfood, I have attained the unshakeable state.

"Thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, the gift that I gave then;

I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving almsfood.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, dwelling in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, afterwards, having asked permission from her preceptor thinking "I will roar a lion's roar before the Teacher," having departed from Bārāṇasī, together with many nuns, having gone gradually to Sāvatthī, having approached the presence of the Teacher, having paid homage to the Teacher, standing to one side, having been received with friendly welcome by the Teacher, she declared the final liberating knowledge by way of making clear her state as the Teacher's own-born daughter and so on. Then, beginning with her mother, the whole group of kinsmen and the retinue went forth. She, afterwards, having reviewed her own practice, beginning with the verse spoken by her father, by way of an inspired utterance -

313.

"Your children have died, dear lady, you who formerly devoured them;

You by day and by night, grieve exceedingly.

314.

"Today, having consumed all your hundred sons, brahmin woman;

Vāseṭṭhi, by what reason do you not grieve excessively?

315.

"Many hundreds of sons, and hundreds of congregations of kinsmen;

Were consumed in the past, both mine and yours, brahmin.

316.

"I, having known the escape from birth and from death;

I do not grieve, I do not weep, nor did I worry.

317.

"Wonderful indeed, Vāseṭṭhi, you speak such a word;

Whose Teaching have you understood, that you speak such an utterance?

318.

"This one, brahmin, is the Perfectly Self-awakened One, towards the city of Mithilā;

For the abandoning of all suffering, he taught the Teaching to living beings.

319.

"Having heard the Teaching from that Worthy One, O brahmin, free from clinging;

There having cognised the Good Teaching, I dispelled my sorrow for my son.

320.

"So I too shall go, towards the city of Mithilā;

Perhaps that Blessed One may release me from all suffering."

321.

The brahmin saw the Buddha, free, without clinging;

He taught him the Teaching, the sage who has gone beyond suffering.

322.

Suffering, the origin of suffering, and the overcoming of suffering;

The noble eightfold path, leading to the peace of suffering.

323.

There, having cognised the Good Teaching, he delighted in the going forth;

Sujāta, within three nights, touched the three true knowledges.

324.

"Come, charioteer, go, hand over this chariot for me;

Tell the brahmin woman of good health, 'The brahmin has now gone forth;

Sujāta, within three nights, touched the three true knowledges.

325.

Then the charioteer, having taken the chariot and also the thousand,

Told the brahmin woman of good health, 'The brahmin has now gone forth;

Sujāta, within three nights, touched the three true knowledges.

326.

"This horse-carriage and also the thousand, charioteer;

Having heard of the brahmin with the threefold true knowledge, I give you a gift."

327.

"Let the horse-carriage be yours alone, and also the thousand, brahmin woman;

I too shall go forth, in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom."

328.

"Elephants, cattle and horses, jewelled earrings, and this prosperous household wealth having abandoned;

Your father has gone forth, enjoy the possessions, Sundarī;

You are the heiress in the family.

329.

"Elephants, cattle and horses, jewelled earrings, and this charming household wealth having abandoned;

My father has gone forth, distressed by sorrow for his son;

I too shall go forth, distressed by sorrow for my brother.

330.

"May that thought of yours succeed, whatever you desire, Sundarī;

Almsfood obtained by standing up and gleaning, and a rag robe;

Accomplishing these, in the world beyond, without mental corruptions.

331.

"For me as a female trainee, lady, the divine eye has been purified;

I know past lives, where I dwelt before.

332.

"In dependence on you, beautiful one, elder nun, ornament of the Community;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

333.

"Permit me, lady, I wish to go to Sāvatthī;

I shall roar the lion's roar in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost.

334.

"See, Sundarī, the Teacher, golden-coloured, with golden skin;

The tamer of the untamed, the self-enlightened, safe from every quarter.

335.

"See Sundarī coming, free, without clinging;

Without lust, unbound, having performed one's obligations, without mental corruptions.

336.

"Having departed from Benares, I have come into your presence;

Your female disciple, O Great Hero, Sundarī pays homage at your feet.

337.

"You are the Buddha, you are the Teacher, I am your daughter, brahmin;

A legitimate one, born from your mouth, who has done what was to be done, without mental corruptions.

338.

"Welcome to you, Bhadda, and your coming is not unwelcome;

For thus indeed the tamed ones come, to pay homage at the Teacher's feet;

Without lust, unbound, who have done what was to be done, without mental corruptions."

She recited these verses.

Therein, "petāni" means dead. "Bhoti" - he addresses her thus. "Puttāni" is said with a change of gender; the meaning is "pete putte" (dead sons). Only one son of hers had died, but the brahmin, having become one with the perception "This one has been afflicted by sorrow and wandered about for a long time; many sons of hers must have died, I think," spoke with the plural. And likewise "today, having consumed all your hundred sons." "Khādamānā" - this is a term of jeering by way of popular expression. For in the world, when a woman's sons die as soon as they are born, censuring her, they say "child-devourer" and so on. "Atīvā" means very much, exceedingly. "Paritappasi" means grieves; "pure" is the explanation. Here this is the meaning in brief - Dear lady Vāseṭṭhi, formerly you, having become one whose sons had died, grieving and lamenting, exceedingly given over to sorrow, wandered about villages, market towns, and royal cities.

"Sājjā" means she today, meaning she, you, at present. Or the reading is "sajjā." "By what beauty" means by what reason.

"Khāditāni" - the elder nun too speaks in the same manner of expression as spoken by the brahmin. Or "khāditāni" was said with reference to births as tigresses, leopardesses, cats, and so on. "Atītaṃse" means in the past portion, the meaning is in past existences. "Mama tuyhañca" means by me and by you.

"Having known the escape from birth and from death" means having penetrated with path knowledge Nibbāna, which is the escape from birth, ageing, and death. "Na cāpi paritappayin" means nor was I in anguish; the meaning is I did not fall into anguish.

"Abbhutaṃ vata" means wonderful indeed. For that which is marvellous, what was previously not become, is called "abbhuta." "Edisi" means of such kind - a speech illuminating the absence of grieving and so on, thus: "I do not grieve, I do not weep, nor did I worry." "Whose Teaching have you understood" - since such a Teaching simply cannot be obtained, therefore "whose Teacher's Teaching have you understood that you speak such an utterance" - he asks about the Teacher and the Dispensation.

"Without clinging" means free from suffering. "Having understood the Good Teaching" means having penetrated the Teaching of the noble truths. "Dispelled" means I removed, I abandoned.

"Free" means liberated in every respect, unbound from all mental defilements and all existences. "For him" means that perfectly Self-awakened One, for this brahmin.

"There" means in that teaching of the Teaching of the four truths.

"Hand over the chariot to me" means hand over this chariot to the brahmin woman.

"And a thousand too" means the explanation is: having taken also the thousand coins brought for the purpose of travel expenses, hand them over.

"Horse-chariot" means a chariot yoked with horses. "A gift" means a gift of gratitude.

Thus, when the gift of gratitude was being given by the brahmin woman, the charioteer, not accepting it, having spoken the verse "Let it be yours alone," having gone to the very presence of the Teacher, went forth. But when the charioteer had gone forth, the brahmin woman, having addressed her own daughter Sundarī, urging her to the household life, spoke the verse "Elephants, cattle and horses." Therein, "elephants" means elephants. "Cattle and horses" means cattle and horses. "Jewelled earrings" means gems and earrings. "Having abandoned this prosperous household wealth" means having abandoned all of this - the variety beginning with elephants as stated, and also the unstated variety of fields, sites, unwrought gold, gold, and so on, the prosperous and abundant household wealth, the household equipment, and also other things such as female and male slaves and so on - your father went forth. "Enjoy the possessions, Sundarī" means Sundarī, you should enjoy these possessions. "You are the heiress in the family" means for you are indeed worthy of the inheritance in this family.

Having heard that, Sundarī, making known her own disposition towards renunciation, said beginning with "Elephants, cattle and horses."

Then her mother, urging her towards renunciation itself, spoke one and a half verses beginning with "May that succeed for you." Therein, "whatever you desire, Sundarī" means Sundarī, whatever you now desire, wish for. May that thought of yours for the going forth, that desire for the going forth, succeed, may it be accomplished without obstacle. "Almsfood obtained by standing up" means almsfood to be obtained by standing at house after house. "Gleaning" means wandering from house to house in succession for that purpose, and standing for that purpose. "These" means almsfood obtained by standing up and so on. "Enduring" means overcoming without weariness in dependence on the strength of one's legs; the meaning is accomplishing.

Then Sundarī, having promised her mother saying "Very well, mother," having gone out, having gone to the nuns' quarters, while being just a female trainee, having realised the three true knowledges, having informed her preceptor saying "I shall go to the Teacher's presence," went to Sāvatthī together with the nuns. Therefore it was said "For me as a female trainee, lady" and so on. Therein, "for me as a female trainee" means by me while being a female trainee. "Lady" - she addresses her own preceptor.

"In dependence on you, beautiful one, elder nun, ornament of the Community" means the explanation is: lady, in dependence on you, a good friend, beautiful one - beautiful through being endowed with beautiful qualities such as morality and so on, the senior nun of the Community by being more senior in the community of nuns and through the connection with the quality of firmness - the three true knowledges have been attained by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"Icche" means I wish. "Sāvatthi gantave" means to go to Sāvatthī. "I will roar the lion's roar" is said with reference to the declaration of the final liberating knowledge itself.

Then Sundarī, having gone gradually to Sāvatthī, having entered the monastery, having seen the Teacher seated on the pulpit, experiencing lofty joy and pleasure, addressing herself, said "See, Sundarī." "Golden-coloured" means of gold colour. "Gold-skinned" means having skin resembling gold. And here, the Blessed One is called "gold-coloured" because of his yellow colour. Then, in order to show that he resembles a well-polished golden mirror that has been properly rubbed and anointed with natural vermilion, having said "golden-coloured," "gold-skinned" was said.

"See Sundarī coming" means see me, the one named Sundarī, coming to the Blessed One. By the phrase beginning with "free," she declares the final liberating knowledge, speaking through the diffusion of joy.

In order to dispel the doubt of those who might wonder "From where has she come, where has she come to, and what kind of person is this Sundarī?" having spoken the verse "from Bārāṇasī," in order to make the meaning stated therein as "a female disciple" more obvious, she spoke the verse "You are the Buddha." Its meaning is - In this world including its gods, you alone are the Omniscient Buddha; because of instructing as is fitting through benefits pertaining to the present life, the future life, and the highest good, you are my Teacher; and I, a brahmin woman who has eliminated the mental corruptions, am legitimate through the noble birth generated by effort on the Blessed One's breast; born from the mouth because of being born through the noble path, which is the foremost of the Dispensation, by the proclamation of the Teaching proceeding from the mouth; having done what was to be done because of the completion of what was to be done beginning with full understanding; without mental corruptions because of the exhaustion of mental corruptions in every respect.

Then the Teacher, delighting in her coming, spoke the verse "Welcome to you." Its meaning is - You who attained as it really is the Teaching attained by me. For you, dear lady Sundarī, the coming here to my presence is welcome. Therefore that is not unwelcome, it is not an ill coming. Why? Because "for thus indeed the tamed ones come" - just as you, Sundarī, thus indeed those tamed by the highest taming of the noble path, thereby everywhere without lust, unbound because of the complete eradication of all mental fetters, having done what was to be done, without mental corruptions, come to pay homage at the Teacher's feet; therefore welcome to you, not unwelcome - this is the explanation.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Sundarī is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Subhā the Smith's Daughter

339-367. The verses of the elder nun Subhā, the goldsmith's daughter, beginning with "When I was young." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, gradually with developed wholesome roots, with accumulated requisites of deliverance, wandering only in fortunate destinations, with matured knowledge, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the daughter of a certain goldsmith in Rājagaha; because of the splendour of her beauty, her name was Subhā. She, gradually having attained discretion, with confidence arisen in the Teacher at the Teacher's entrance to Rājagaha, one day, having approached the Blessed One, having paid homage, sat down to one side. The Teacher, having seen the maturity of her faculties, taught the Teaching containing the four truths in accordance with her disposition. She, at that very moment, became established in the fruition of stream-entry adorned with a thousand methods. She, at a later time, having seen a fault in the household life, having gone forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, established in the morality of a nun, devoted herself to meditation for the purpose of the higher path. Her relatives, approaching her from time to time, inviting her with sensual pleasures, having shown abundant wealth and various kinds of prosperity, enticed her. She, one day, making known the danger in the household life and in sensual pleasures to those who had come to her presence, having taught the Teaching with twenty-four verses beginning with "When I was young," having made them desireless, having dismissed them, doing the work of insight, purifying the faculties, having aroused zeal in meditation, before long attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. But having attained arahantship -

339.

"When I was young, dressed in pure garments, I heard the teaching before;

For me, being heedful, there was full realization of the truths.

340.

"Then I, in all sensual pleasures, found intense discontent;

Having seen fear in identity, I longed only for renunciation.

341.

"Having left behind my group of relatives, and slaves and workers;

Prosperous villages and fields, delightful and joyful.

342.

"Having abandoned no small wealth, I went forth;

Thus having left through faith, when the Good Teaching is well proclaimed.

343.

"This would not be proper for one who aspires to nothingness;

Who, having abandoned gold and silver, would come back again.

344.

"Silver or gold is not for enlightenment, not for peace;

This is not lawful for an ascetic, this is not noble wealth.

345.

"This is productive of greed and intoxication, deluding, increasing defilement;

Dangerous, full of trouble, and here there is no stable duration.

346.

"Here, men who are lustful and heedless, with defiled minds;

Mutually opposed, they make quarrels far and wide.

347.

"Murder and imprisonment and affliction, loss and sorrow and lamentation;

For those afflicted by sensual pleasures, much disaster is seen.

348.

"Me, such a one, relatives like enemies, why do you engage me in sensual pleasures?

Know me as one gone forth, seeing danger in sensual pleasures.

349.

"Not by gold and money are mental corruptions eliminated;

Sensual pleasures are enemies, murderers, foes, binding darts.

350.

"Me, such a one, relatives like enemies, why do you engage me in sensual pleasures?

Know me as one gone forth, shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe.

351.

"Almsfood obtained by standing up and gleaning, and a rag robe;

This indeed is suitable for me, a resource for the homeless one.

352.

"Sensual pleasures have been vomited out by the great sages, those that are divine and those that are human;

Liberated in the secure place, they have attained unshakeable happiness.

353.

"May I never meet with sensual pleasures, in which no shelter is found;

Sensual pleasures are enemies, murderers, like a mass of fire, painful.

354.

"This is an obstacle, a danger, bringing vexation, thorny;

Greed, very uneven, and this is great, with delusion as its entrance.

355.

"A danger of dreadful form, sensual pleasures are like a snake's head;

Those fools who delight in them, worldlings who have become blind.

356.

"For beings stuck in the mire of sensual pleasure, many in the world are fools;

They do not know the limit of birth and of death.

357.

"The path leading to an unfortunate destination, human beings, because of sensual pleasures;

Many indeed proceed along it, bringing disease upon themselves.

358.

"Thus generating enemies, tormenting, subject to defilement;

Worldly gains are binding, sensual pleasures are bonds to death.

359.

"Maddening, enticing, sensual pleasures crush the mind;

For the defilement of beings, quickly laid as a snare by Māra.

360.

"Sensual pleasures have endless dangers, much suffering, great poison;

Of little enjoyment, conflict-causing, drying up the bright side.

361.

"I, having seen such disaster, caused by sensual pleasures;

I will not return to that, always delighting in Nibbāna.

362.

"Having crossed over the conflict of sensual pleasures, longing for coolness;

Diligent I shall dwell, at the destruction of all fetters.

363.

"Sorrowless, stainless, secure, the Noble Eightfold, straight;

That path I follow, by which the great sages have crossed over.

364.

"See this righteous one, Subhā, the smith's daughter;

Having attained that without longing, she meditates at the root of a tree.

365.

"Today is the eighth day since going forth, endowed with faith, beautiful through the Good Teaching;

Trained by Uppalavaṇṇā, possessing the threefold true knowledge, victorious over death.

366.

"She is a freewoman, free of debt, a nun with developed faculties;

Unbound from all mental bonds, who has done what was to be done, without mental corruptions.

367.

"Sakka, with the host of gods, having approached by supernormal power,

The lord of beings pays homage to Subhā, the smith's daughter." He spoke these verses.

Therein, "when I was young, dressed in pure garments, I heard the teaching before" means because formerly, when I was young, a maiden, dressed in pure garments, clothed in clean garments, adorned and prepared, I heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher. "For me, being heedful, there was full realization of the truths" means because for me, for myself, having reviewed the Teaching as it was heard, being heedful, having established mindfulness, having determined upon morality, while engaging in meditation, there was the full realization of the four noble truths, the penetration by way of "this is suffering" and so on.

"Then I, in all sensual pleasures, found intense discontent" means then, for that reason, because of having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher and because of having fully realised the truths, in all sensual pleasures, both human and divine, I found exceedingly intense discontent and dissatisfaction. "In identity" means in the fivefold aggregates of clinging; "fear" means the state of being fearful; having seen with the eye of knowledge; "renunciation" means the going forth, Nibbāna itself; "I longed" means I long for, I aspire to.

"And slaves and workers" means slaves and labourers; for this is said by way of change of gender. "Villages and fields" means villages and fields where early crops and late crops grow, or fields included within villages. "Prosperous" means successful. "Delightful" means pleasant. "Rejoicing" means greatly delighted; the connection is "having abandoned the mass of wealth." "Property" means one's own wealth, the object of possession consisting of gems, gold, silver, and so on. "Not a little" means great; the explanation is "having abandoned." "Thus having left through faith" means in the manner stated beginning with "having left behind my group of relatives," having abandoned the great circle of relatives and the great mass of wealth, having believed through faith in the trustworthy object, namely action and the fruit of action and the Triple Gem, having gone out from the house, in the Good Teaching well proclaimed, in the Noble One's discipline well proclaimed by the Perfectly Self-awakened One, I went forth.

But for one who has thus gone forth, this would not be proper, that is to say, the return to sensual pleasures that have been abandoned. "For I aspire to nothingness" means I aspire to the state of owning nothing, to the state of non-possession itself. "Who, having abandoned gold and silver, would come back again" means whatever person, having abandoned gold, silver, or any other kind of wealth, were to take it up again, how could he raise his head among the wise?

Because silver or gold is not for enlightenment, not for peace - the meaning is not for path-knowledge, not for Nibbāna. "This is not suitable for ascetics" means this object of possession consisting of gold, silver, and so on, or the acquiring of it, is not suitable for ascetics. For thus it was said: "It is not allowable for the ascetics, disciples of the Sakyan, to accept gold and silver" and so on. "This is not noble wealth" means this aforesaid object of possession is not wealth made of noble qualities like the wealth of faith and so on; it is not because it does not bring about the noble state. Therefore she said "producing greed" and so on.

Therein, "producing greed" means the arousing of greed. "Intoxicating" means bringing intoxication. "Deluding" means the generating of confusion. "Increasing defilement" means the increasing of the defilement of lust and so on. "By whomever it is possessed, because of bringing suspicion to that one, it operates together with suspicion" - thus "dangerous"; by whomever it is possessed, the meaning is that it brings suspicion to that one from here and there. "Full of trouble" means much toil by way of acquiring, guarding, and so on. "And here there is no stable duration" means in this wealth there is neither a state of permanence nor a state of duration; the meaning is that it is merely unstable and unsettled.

"Here, lustful and heedless" means lustful in this wealth, with lust arisen, heedless through separation from mindfulness regarding the ten wholesome mental states. "With defiled minds" means they are indeed those with consciousness defiled by the defilement of greed and so on. And because of that, "mutually opposed, they make quarrels far and wide, even a mother with her son, and a son with his mother" means thus, having become mutually opposed to one another, many beings make quarrels and disputes. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Furthermore, monks, because of sensual pleasures, with sensual pleasures as the source, with sensual pleasures as the reason, etc. a mother quarrels with her son, a son quarrels with his mother" and so on.

"Killing" means death. "Imprisoning" means binding with fetters and so on. "Hardship" means the affliction of cutting off hands and so on. "Loss" means loss of wealth and loss of retinue. "Sorrow and lamentation" means sorrow and lamentation. "Of those afflicted" means of those who are attached. "Much disaster is seen" means in sensual pleasures there is indeed seen much, manifold disaster and harm, of the kind of killing, imprisoning and so on as stated, and also the unstated displeasure, anguish and so on, pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life.

"Me, such a one, relatives like enemies, why do you engage me in sensual pleasures" means such a me, one who is dispassionate towards sensual pleasures, you relatives, being kinsmen, like enemies wishing harm, why, for what reason, do you engage and urge me in sensual pleasures. "Know me as one gone forth, seeing danger in sensual pleasures" means understand me as one gone forth, one who sees sensual pleasures as peril; the intention is: is this much not known by you?

"Not by gold and money are mental corruptions eliminated" means the mental corruption of sensuality and so on never go to utter elimination by gold and money; rather, by those very things they only increase. Therefore he said - "Sensual pleasures are enemies, murderers, foes, binding darts." For sensual pleasures are enemies because of bringing what is harmful, through the absence of friendliness; murderers because of being a cause of death, being similar to a murderer with raised sword; foes because of bringing harm even while pursuing, being similar to a foe who pursues with enmity; binding darts because of binding with the darts of lust and so on.

"Shaven-headed" means one with shaven hair. Having collected rags here and there, wrapped in the double robe by the wrapping of the double-robe garment.

"Almsfood obtained by standing up" means almsfood obtained by standing at house after house with open doors. "Gleaning" means the practice of gleaning for that purpose. "The resource of the homeless" means the requisite of life that has become a decisive support, because it is to be depended upon by having approached the homeless ones who have gone forth. For in dependence on that, those gone forth live.

"Vomited" means discarded. "By the great sages" means by the great sages such as the Buddhas and others. "In the secure place" means in Nibbāna, which has become a place free from danger from the bond of sensuality and so on. "They" means the great sages. "Unshakeable happiness" means they have attained the happiness of Nibbāna. Therefore the intention is that sensual pleasures should be relinquished by one who aspires to that.

"May I not meet with sensual pleasures" means may I never come together with sensual pleasures. If one asks why, she said - "In which no shelter is found" and so on means in which sensual pleasures, when being examined, there is not even in a single one what is called protection from harm. "Like a mass of fire" is in the sense of great scorching. "Painful" is in the sense of suffering.

"This is an obstacle, a danger" means that which is called sensual pleasures, because of bringing vast harm that is unknown. "Bringing vexation" is because of causing vexation to the mind. "Thorny" is because of piercing through. "Greed, very uneven, and this" means greed because of being a cause for attachment. It is very uneven, a great impediment. "Great" is in the sense of being difficult to pass over. "With delusion as its entrance" is because of being a cause for attaining infatuation.

"A danger of dreadful form" means of an extremely terrifying intrinsic nature, because of bringing suffering such as harm and so on, like a great danger from deities. "Sensual pleasures are like a snake's head" is in the sense of being fearful.

"Stuck in the mire of sensual pleasure" means stuck, fastened in the mire reckoned as sensual pleasure.

"The path leading to an unfortunate destination" means the path leading to realms of misery beginning with hell. "Because of sensual pleasures" means because of the enjoyment of sensual pleasures. "Much" means manifold by way of the distinction of killing living beings and so on. "Bringing disease" means conveying suffering of the distinction of pertaining to the present life and so on, reckoned as disease in the sense of afflicting.

"Thus" means in the manner stated beginning with "enemies, murderers." "Generating enmity" means producing the state of enmity. "Tormenting" means causing torment; the meaning is causing remorse. "Subject to defilement" means bringing defilement. "Worldly bait" means being bait in the world. "Fit to be bound" means to be increased by mental fetters which are bonds; the meaning is subject to mental fetters. "Bonds of death" means fetters of death, because of being the sign for arising in existences and so on, and because of being the cause for occurrence.

"Maddening" means causing grief and madness by way of separation from things subject to change, or bringing ever greater intoxication through increase. "Enticing" means causing one to exclaim higher and higher "Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness!" "Ullolanā" is also a reading; like a dog wagging its tail on account of a morsel of food, it is the repeated cajoling of beings because of material gains, causing them to reach ruin and contempt - this is the meaning. "Crushing the mind" means having the habit of crushing the mind both now and in the future by producing fever of passion and so on. "Cittappamaddino" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. But those who say "cittappamādino," for them the meaning is bringing negligence to the mind. "For defilement" means for obstruction or for vexation. "Quickly laid as a snare by Māra" means these sensual pleasures should be seen as a fish-trap laid by Māra, because of bringing harm to beings.

"Of endless danger" means of limitless danger, of many faults, by the method stated in the Dukkhakkhandha Sutta and so on, beginning with "This is productive of greed and intoxication" and beginning with "Here facing cold, facing heat." "Of much suffering" means accompanied by manifold suffering beginning with that bound for the realm of misery. "Of great poison" means similar to great poisons such as halāhala, because of their sharp and unbearable results. "Of little enjoyment" means of slight gratification, like a drop of honey on a knife's edge. "Producing conflict" means increasing lust and so on. "Drying up the bright side" means destroying the blameless portion of beings.

"Sāhaṃ" means she, I; the meaning is: in the very manner stated above, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having abandoned sensual pleasures, having gone forth, I stand established. "Such" means of such form, of the aforesaid manner. "Having made" means thus having made; the meaning is: for the aforesaid reason. "I shall not return to that" means I shall not again consume those sensual pleasures formerly vomited up by me. "Always delighting in Nibbāna" - the explanation is: because from the time of going forth onwards, at all times delighting in Nibbāna, therefore I shall not return to that.

"Having crossed over the conflict of sensual pleasures" means having crossed over the conflict of sensual pleasures, and that which was to be done by me, having made the strike of the noble path. "Aspiring to the state of coolness" means aspiring to arahantship, which is termed the state of coolness through the appeasement of the disturbance and fever of all mental defilements. "In the elimination of all mental fetters" means delighting in Nibbāna, which is the elimination of all mental fetters.

"By which the great sages have crossed over" means by which noble path the great sages such as the Buddha and so on have crossed over the great flood of the round of rebirths, I too follow the path traversed by them; the meaning is: I reach it through the practice beginning with morality.

"Righteous" means established in the noble fruition states. "Without longing" means the highest fruition which has obtained the name "without longing" because of the calming of longing. "Having attained" means having accomplished, having achieved through the achievement of the highest path. "Meditates" means she reflects upon that very fruition meditative absorption.

"Today is the eighth day since going forth" means having gone forth, from the time of going forth today is the eighth day; the meaning is: she went forth on the eighth day in the past from now. "With faith" means accomplished in faith. "Beautiful through the Good Teaching" means beautiful through the achievement of the Good Teaching.

"A freewoman" means a freewoman through the abandoning of mental defilements which are similar to the state of slavery. Free of debt through the departure of debts beginning with sensual desire.

It is said that these three verses were spoken by the Blessed One who, having shown to the monks the elder nun who, having gone forth, on the eighth day, having attained arahantship, having entered the fruition attainment at the root of a certain tree, was seated, and praising her.

Then Sakka, the lord of the gods, having seen that event with the divine eye, thinking "Since this elder nun is being praised thus by the Teacher, she should be attended upon by the gods too," at that very moment, having approached together with the gods of the Tāvatiṃsa heaven, having paid respect, stood with raised joined palms. With reference to that, it was said by the compilers of the recitation -

"Sakka, with the host of gods, having approached by supernormal power,

The lord of beings pays homage to Subhā, the smith's daughter."

Therein, Sakka, the king of gods, who obtained the name "Lord of Beings" by being made the lord, the ruler of beings, of creatures in the three sensual existences, together with the host of gods, having approached that Subhā, the smith's daughter, by his own divine power, pays homage; the meaning is: he salutes with the fivefold prostration.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Subhā the Smith's Daughter is concluded.

The commentary on the Chapter of Twenties is concluded.

14.

The Book of the Thirties

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Subhā of Jīvaka's Mango Grove

368-401. In the Chapter of Thirties, the verses of the Elder Nun Subhā of Jīvaka's Mango Grove beginning with "Jīvaka's Mango Grove, delightful." This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, with developed wholesome roots, gradually with cultivated requisites of deliverance, with matured knowledge, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Rājagaha in a wealthy brahmin family; her name was Subhātissā. Her bodily limbs, it is said, were endowed with beautiful complexion; therefore the name Subhā arose as fitting the meaning. She, having gained faith at the Teacher's entrance to Rājagaha, having become a female lay follower, at a later time, with a sense of urgency arisen regarding the round of rebirths, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures and regarding renunciation as security, having gone forth in the presence of Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, doing the work of insight, in just a few days became established in the fruition of non-returning.

Then one day a certain scoundrel dwelling in Rājagaha, a young man standing in early youth, having seen her going to Jīvaka's Mango Grove for the day residence, with his mind enamoured, blocking her way, invited her with sensual pleasures. She taught him the Teaching, making known in various ways the danger of sensual pleasures and her own disposition towards renunciation. He, even having heard the talk on the Teaching, did not withdraw; he kept insisting. The elder nun, having seen him not standing by her words and infatuated with her eye, saying "Well then, the eye esteemed by you," having plucked out one of her own eyes, presented it to him. Thereupon that man, shocked, with a sense of urgency arisen, having become as if free from lust therein, having asked forgiveness from the elder nun, departed. The elder nun went to the Teacher's presence. Together with the very sight of the Teacher, her eye was restored to its original state. Thereupon she, being continuously pervaded with joy directed towards the Buddha, stood there. The Teacher, having known the disposition of her mind, having taught the Teaching, told her the meditation subject for the purpose of the highest path. She, having suppressed the joy, at that very moment having developed insight, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. But having attained arahantship, dwelling in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance the verses spoken by herself and by that scoundrel -

368.

"Going to the delightful Jīvaka's Mango Grove, the nun Subhā;

A scoundrel blocked her way, Subhā said this to him.

369.

"What wrong have I done to you, that you stand blocking my way?

For indeed, friend, it is not allowable for a man to touch one gone forth.

370.

"In my Teacher's instruction which is weighty, the training taught by the Fortunate One;

The state of purity, without blemish, why do you stand blocking my way?

371.

"With a disturbed mind, you approach one undisturbed, with impurity, one free from impurity, without blemish;

With a mind liberated everywhere, why do you stand blocking my way?

372.

"You are young and not evil, what will going forth do for you?

Put down the ochre robe, come, let us delight in the forest covered with flowers.

373.

"And the trees, risen with flower pollen, waft sweetness all around;

The first month of spring is a pleasant season, come, let us delight in the forest covered with flowers.

374.

"And the trees with flowering tops, stirred by the wind, seem to roar;

What delight will there be for you, if you enter the forest alone?

375.

"Frequented by packs of beasts of prey, disturbed by bull elephants and she-elephants;

Without a companion you wish to go, to the deserted, terrifying great forest.

376.

"Like a doll made of gold, you wander about like a nymph in the Cittalatā garden;

In fine Kāsi cloth, soft and lovely, you shine in beautiful garments, incomparable.

377.

"I would be obedient to you, if we were to dwell in the forest;

For indeed there is no being dearer to me than you, O round-eyed one like a kinnarī.

378.

"If you will do my bidding, come happily and dwell in a house;

Dwelling in sheltered mansions, let women attend upon you.

379.

"Wear fine Kāsi cloth, and adorn yourself with garlands and cosmetics;

I shall make for you abundant ornaments of gold, jewels and pearls, of various kinds.

380.

"A beautiful bed with well-washed dust-free covering, newly spread with woollen carpet and cotton quilt;

Ascend this very precious couch, fragrant with the essence of sandalwood adorned.

381.

"Like a waterlily risen from the water, as one frequented by non-human spirits;

So you, practitioner of the holy life, will go to old age with your hair and limbs untouched.

382.

"What here do you consider essential, in this corpse-filled, cemetery-augmenting,

Perishable body, seeing which, displeased, you look up?"

383.

"Your eyes are like a doe's, like a kinnara woman's in the mountain caves;

Having seen your eyes, my amorous enjoyment grows more and more.

384.

"Your eyelashes are like the tips of blue lotuses, on your spotless face resembling gold;

Having seen your eyes, my sensual pleasure grows more and more.

385.

"Even when gone far away, I shall remember you, O one with long eyelashes and pure vision;

For indeed there are no eyes dearer to me than yours, O round-eyed one like a kinnarī.

386.

"You wish to travel by a wrong path, you seek the moon as a plaything;

You wish to jump over Meru, you who pursue a daughter of the Buddha.

387.

"There is not indeed in the world with its gods, any object where lust could now arise in me;

Nor do I know what it is like, for it has been destroyed with its root by the path.

388.

"Cast away like a charcoal pit, removed from the fire like a poison bowl;

Nor do I see what it is like, for it has been destroyed with its root by the path.

389.

"For one whose [practice] would be unconsidered, or whose Teacher would be unattended;

You should entice such a one, but you vex yourself with this one who knows.

390.

"For me, whether reviled or honoured, in pleasure and pain, mindfulness is established;

Knowing the conditioned as foul, my mind does not cling to anything at all.

391.

"I am a female disciple of the Fortunate One, travelling by the vehicle of the Eightfold Path;

With the dart removed, without mental corruptions, gone to an empty dwelling, I rejoice.

392.

"For I have seen well-painted figures, dolls or wooden puppets;

Bound with strings and pegs, dancing in various ways.

393.

When the strings and pegs are pulled out, released, separated, scattered about;

One would not find it when made into pieces, on what there should one fix the mind?

394.

"Such is the simile for my bodily parts, without those phenomena they do not exist;

Without phenomena it does not exist, on what there should one fix the mind?

395.

"Just as one might see a picture on a wall, smeared with yellow orpiment;

In that your vision is distorted, the perception of a human woman is meaningless.

396.

"Like a magical illusion made in front, like a golden tree in a dream;

You approach, blind one, what is void, like a silver figure in the midst of people.

397.

"Like a ball of lac placed in a hollow, in the middle a water bubble with tears;

And here a boil and abscess arises, various eye components are massed together.

398.

Having plucked out the lovely to behold, she did not fall into attachment, with unattached mind;

"Come, take this eye of yours," she gave it to that man at that very moment.

399.

And his lust ceased at that very moment, and he asked her forgiveness there;

"May there be well-being for you, practitioner of the holy life, such a thing will not happen again."

400.

"Having assailed such a person, like clasping a blazing fire;

Like grasping a venomous snake, could there be well-being? Forgive us."

401.

Released from that, the nun went to the presence of the excellent Buddha;

Having seen him possessing the signs of uttermost merits, her eye became as it was before.

She recited these verses.

Therein, "Jīvaka's Mango Grove" means the mango grove of Jīvaka Komārabhacca. "Charming" means delightful. That, it is said, through the excellence of the terrain, the excellence of shade and water, and the manner in which the trees were planted, was exceedingly pleasant and delightful. "Going" means having gone towards the mango grove, approaching for the day residence. "Subhā" means one so named. "Scoundrel" means one who indulges in women. It is said that a certain man dwelling in Rājagaha, the son of a goldsmith of great wealth, a youth, handsome, one who indulges in women, intoxicated, was wandering about. He, having seen her on the opposite path, with his mind enamoured, having blocked the road, stood there. Therefore it was said - "A scoundrel blocked her way" means he prevented my going - this is the meaning. "Subhā said this to him" means the nun Subhā spoke to that scoundrel who stood having obstructed her way. And here, by "the nun Subhā going" and "Subhā said," the elder nun speaks of herself as if speaking of another. This verse was spoken by the compilers of the recitation for the purpose of showing the connection of the verses spoken by the elder nun.

Having said "Subhā said," in order to show the manner of what was said by her, he said "what wrong have I done to you" and so on. Therein, "what wrong have I done to you" means what, friend, has been done wrong by me to you. "That you stand blocking my way" means the offence on account of which you stand having blocked me while going and having prevented my passage - that does not exist at all; this is the intention. Then, showing that "if you proceed thus with the perception 'she is a woman,' even so it is not fitting," she said - "For indeed, friend, it is not allowable for a man to touch one gone forth" - friend, son of a goldsmith, even by mundane custom it is not allowable for a man to touch those gone forth; for one gone forth, however, a man even of animal birth is not allowable for touching; let the touching of a man be set aside for now - even the touching by one who has forfeited, of a man who has forfeited, by the influence of lust, is indeed not allowable.

Therefore she said "in my Teacher's instruction which is weighty" and so on. Its meaning is - In my Teacher's instruction which is weighty, to be revered like a stone umbrella, the training which was taught and laid down by the Fortunate One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, with reference to nuns. By those trainings, one whose state is pure, whose wholesome portion is pure, without blemish through the complete absence of blemishes such as lust and so on - why do you stand blocking me, one of such nature, while I am going, and for what reason?

"With a disturbed mind" means with a mind disturbed by the influence of sensual thoughts and so on which cause the disturbed state of the mind; you approach one undisturbed because of the absence of those, with impurity by the influence of the dust of lust and so on, with a blemish; one free from impurity, without blemish because of the absence of those, with a mind liberated everywhere in the fivefold group of aggregates through liberation by eradication - why do you stand blocking my way?

When this was said thus by the elder nun, the scoundrel, making clear his own intention, spoke ten verses beginning with "you are young." Therein, "young" means a maiden standing in the first youth. "And you are not evil" means you are not ugly in appearance, and you were one bearing the highest beauty - this is the intention. "What will going forth do for you" means what will going forth do for you who are thus standing in the first stage of life and endowed with beauty; he speaks with the intention that one should go forth when old or of repulsive appearance. "Cast off" means throw away. Or the reading is "ukkhipā," meaning remove.

"Sweet" means beautiful; the meaning is fragrant. "Waft" means blow. "All around" means from every side. "The trees risen with flower pollen" means these trees, having become as if risen by themselves with their own flower pollen produced by the flower dust arising through a gentle breeze, waft fragrance all around. "The first month of spring is a pleasant season" means this first month of spring prevails, and the season is of pleasant contact - this is the meaning.

"With flowering tops" means with tops fully in flower. "Stirred by the wind, seem to roar" means shaken by the wind, they stand as if roaring, as if thundering. "If you enter the forest alone" means if you, a solitary woman, enter the forest, what delight indeed will there be for you there - he said thus because of his own attachment to the pleasure of being bound together.

"Frequented by herds of beasts of prey" means frequented here and there by multitudes of beasts of prey such as lions, tigers, and so on. "Disturbed by intoxicated elephants and she-elephants" means a region disturbed by intoxicated elephants and she-elephants through tormenting the minds of deer and through breaking the branches of trees, shrubs, and so on. Although such things did not exist in that forest at that time, wishing to frighten her, thinking "a forest is of such a nature," he said thus. "Desolate" means devoid of people, deserted. "Terrifying" means fear-producing.

"Like a doll made of gold" means you wander about like a doll fashioned with red gold, like a golden image prepared by a very skilful machine-master through the application of a machine; just now you move about here and there. "Like a nymph in the Cittalatā garden" means like a celestial nymph in the park named Cittalatā. "In fine Kāsi cloth" means in exceedingly fine cloth produced in the Kāsi country. "Soft and lovely" means smooth and polished. "You shine in beautiful garments, incomparable" means in lower and upper robes, incomparable, without comparison; he speaks making what is future as if it were certainly present, by the influence of his own intention, saying "you now shine as one obedient to me."

"I would be obedient to you" means I too would be obedient to you, doing whatever you command. "If we were to dwell in the forest" means if we both were to live together and delight in the forest. "For indeed there is no being dearer to me than you" - he states the reason for being obedient. "Living being" means a being; the meaning is that no other being whatsoever is dearer to me than you. Or alternatively, "living being" - he speaks with reference to his own life; the meaning is that my life is not dearer to me than you. "Round-eyed one like a kinnarī" means O one with gentle, broad eyes like a kinnarī.

"If you will do my bidding, come happily and dwell in a house" means if you will do my bidding, having abandoned the suffering of the holy life with its single seat and single sleeping place, come, having become happy with sensual pleasures, dwell in a house. Some read "sukhitā heti agāramāvasantī"; for them the meaning is: you will be happy, dwelling in a house. "Dwelling in sheltered mansions" means dwelling in mansions that are sheltered from the wind. "Dwelling in mansion-palaces" is also a reading; the meaning is dwelling in mansions resembling celestial palaces. "Attendance" means service.

"Wear" means put on; dress in both the lower garment and the upper cloak. "Adorn yourself" means apply to the body by way of adornment and decoration; the meaning is adorn yourself. "Garlands and cosmetics" means garlands and fragrant ointments. "Gold, gems, and pearls" means fitted with gold and with gems and pearls; the meaning is inlaid with gems and pearls made of gold. "Much" means of many kinds by the distinction of hand-ornaments and so on. "Various" means of different kinds by the variety of workmanship.

"Well-washed dust-free canopy" means an upper canopy from which dust has been washed away by thorough cleaning. "Beautiful" means attractive. "Spread with a woollen carpet and a cotton quilt" means spread with a long-fleeced black woollen carpet and with a cotton quilt stuffed with goose down and the like. "New" means brand new. "Very costly" means very expensive. "Fragrant with fine sandal-wood decoration" means fragrant by being decorated with fine sandal-wood such as gosīsa and so on; ascend such a bed, and having ascended it, lie down and sit at ease - this is the meaning.

"A waterlily risen from the water" - the particle "ca" is merely a particle; a fully bloomed waterlily that has risen from the water, stood up, risen above and remained standing. "As one frequented by non-human spirits" means that, because it grew in a pond possessed by demons, it would be frequented by non-human spirits and not enjoyed by anyone. "So you, practitioner of the holy life" means just like that fully bloomed waterlily, so you, practitioner of the holy life. With your own hair and limbs, your own bodily parts, not enjoyed by anyone, you will go to old age; you will become feeble and decrepit with age for nothing.

Thus, when the scoundrel had made known his intention, the elder nun, cutting him off there by making clear the true nature of the body, spoke the verse "What here do you." Its meaning is - Friend, son of a goldsmith, in this body-so-called impure carcass, filled with corpses beginning with hair, invariably subject to breaking apart, augmenting the cemetery, what indeed do you consider essential, esteemed, which having seen, displeased, with mental intention gone regarding some other object, or not displeased, having become joyful right here, you look upon - tell me that.

Having heard that, the scoundrel, although her beauty was adorned with skill, but from the first sight onwards, with his mind enamoured by that very glance, citing that very thing, said beginning with "Your eyes are like a doe's." Certainly this elder nun had peaceful faculties through being well restrained; yet in that glance where there was distinguished skill and power obtainable in her eyes - adorned with the five clear sensitive matters, produced by the power of action, with steadily serene, gentle, peaceful gazes of the eyes - because that scoundrel had become deceived by his own supposition of coquetry, charm, grace, and so on in her conduct, therefore his lust from the glance reached a distinguished expansion. Therein, "your eyes are like a doe's" - "tūri" is called a hind; the word "ca" is merely a particle; the meaning is your eyes are like those of a young deer. Or the reading is "koriyārivā"; it means a peahen. "Like a kinnarī in the mountain caves" means the meaning is your eyes are like those of a kinnarī woman wandering in the belly of the mountain. "Having seen your eyes" means having seen your eyes possessing the aforesaid distinguished qualities, my amorous delight grows more and more.

"Like the tips of blue lotuses" means your eyelashes are similar to the tips of red lotuses. "Spotless" means pure. "Resembling gold" means on your face resembling the face of a golden figure - the explanation is: having seen your eyes.

"Even gone far" means even having gone to a distant place. "I remember" means without thinking of anything else, I recollect only your eyes. "With long eyelashes" means with long eyelashes. "Of pure vision" means with spotless eyes. "There is nothing dearer to me than your eyes" means there is no one else dearer to me than your eyes. "Tayā" is indeed an instrumental expression used in the genitive sense.

Thus, overturning the wish of that man who was babbling this and that as if maddened by the beauty of her eyes, the elder nun spoke twelve verses beginning with "by a wrong path." Therein, "you wish to travel by a wrong path" means: friend, son of a goldsmith, while other women exist, you who pursue me, a daughter of the Buddha, a legitimate daughter of the Blessed One Buddha, desire me - you wish to travel by a wrong path, a thorn-covered, dangerous wrong road, you desire to proceed thus; you seek the moon as a plaything, you wish to make the disc of the moon into a ball for play; you wish to jump over Meru, you wish to leap over the king of mountains Sineru, eighty-four thousand yojanas in height, and stand on the other side - you pursue me, a daughter of the Buddha. This is the explanation.

Now, to show that she was beyond his domain and that his longing would bring vexation, "there is not" and so on was stated. Therein, "any object where lust could now arise in me" means that object where lust could now arise in me, could exist - such an object does not exist indeed in the world with its gods. "Nor do I know what it is like" means I do not even know what that lust is like. "For it has been destroyed with its root by the path" - "atha" is merely a particle. Lust, together with its root termed unwise attention, has been destroyed, uprooted by the noble path.

"From a charcoal pit" means from a pit of embers. "Cast away" means like anyone blown by the wind, like fuel for burning - this is the meaning. "Like a vessel of poison" means like a vessel in which poison has been. "Removed from the fire" means removed from the fire, from the embers, made gone away; without leaving even a trace of the poison, removed, destroyed - this is the meaning.

"For one whose [practice] would be unconsidered" means for whatever woman this five-fold aggregate would be unexamined, not fully understood by knowledge. "Or whose Teacher would be unattended" means or for whatever woman the Teacher would be uninstructed, through not seeing the body of the Teaching. "You should entice such a one" means: friend, you should entice with sensual pleasures and approach such a one whose formations have not been crushed, whose supramundane states have not been reviewed. "But you vex yourself with this one who knows" means you vex yourself having come to this nun Subhā who knows occurrence and cessation as they really are, who has penetrated the truth; you incur vexation and suffering both now and in the future.

Now, showing that his vexation was reached by making clear the reason, she said beginning with "for my." Therein, "hi" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of cause. "In reviling and homage" means in reviling and in homage. "In happiness and suffering" means in happiness and in suffering, or in the conjunction with desirable and undesirable objects. "Mindfulness is established" means mindfulness endowed with reviewing is established at all times. "Knowing the conditioned as foul" means having known that which pertains to activities belonging to the three planes is foul through the trickling of the impurity of mental defilements. "In everything" means in the entire threefold existence, my mind is not tainted by the smearing of craving and so on.

"One who travels by the vehicle of the eightfold path" means one who has travelled to, who has reached, the city of Nibbāna by the noble vehicle termed the eightfold path. "With darts removed" means with the darts of lust and so on lifted out from one's own continuity.

"Well-painted" means well painted and fashioned in the form of hands, feet, face, and so on. "Sombhā" means dolls. "Or wooden puppets" means figures constructed with wooden sticks and so on. "With strings" means with sinew threads. "With pegs" means with sticks placed for the purpose of hands, feet, back, ears, and so on. "Tied together" means bound in various ways. "Various dancers" means dancers set in motion by the pulling and releasing of mechanism-strings and so on; the explanation is: they appeared as if dancing.

"When the strings and pegs are pulled out" means on account of the designation of the figure being dependent on the particular arrangement distinguished by its special composition, when in those strings and pegs they are pulled out from their positions, when the bindings are released, when they are mutually separated by being made apart, when they are scattered about by being thrown here and there. "One would not find it when made into pieces" means when the constituents of the puppet-figure are made broken into pieces, one would not find, one would not obtain, the puppet-figure. This being so, "on what there should one fix the mind?" means in that constituent of the puppet-figure, on what - on what stump, or on what cord, or on what lump of clay and so on - should one fix the mind, the perception of mind? In the disassembled constituents, that perception would never apply - this is the meaning.

"Of such a simile" means similar to that, similar to that puppet-figure. If one asks "what?" she said "bodily parts" and so on. Therein, "bodily parts" means the bodily constituents such as hands, feet, face, and so on. "Me" means they are connected with me, they are present. "By those phenomena" means by those phenomena such as earth and so on and eye and so on. "Without them they do not exist" means for indeed, apart from the phenomena of earth and so on arranged in such and such ways, there are no such things as bodies. "Without phenomena it does not exist" means the body without its constituents, without the constituent phenomena, does not exist, is not found. This being so, "on what there should one fix the mind?" means on what - on what, on earth, or on water and so on, or on what is called body, or on what are called hands, feet, and so on - should one fix the mind, the perception of mind? Because this designation is merely a matter of the phenomena of earth and so on and sensitive matter, that is to say, "body" or "hands, feet, and so on" or "being" or "woman" or "man," therefore for one who knows, there is no adherence here whatsoever.

"Just as one might see a picture on a wall, smeared with yellow orpiment" means just as a skilled painter on a wall, having smeared it with yellow orpiment, having plastered it, having applied that coating, having drawn a picture, a woman's form - one might see it. Therein, whatever perception arises through the accomplishment of actions such as supporting and moving and so on, thinking "Is this wall a human woman standing with her back turned?" - that is meaningless, because of the absence there of the reality termed human nature; but perceiving it as "a human woman" is merely a distorted vision there of that, and there is no grasping as it really is. The intention is that the grasping of woman, man, and so on in what is merely a heap of phenomena should be seen as being of just this nature.

"Like a magical illusion made in front" means similar to a magical illusion, conjured up in front by a juggler. "Like a golden tree in a dream" means a dream itself is "in a dream"; like a golden tree appearing therein. "You approach, blind one, what is void" means you, blind fool, approach and cling to this individual existence which is void, hollow, devoid of substance within, as though it were substantial, thinking "this is mine." "Like a silver figure in the midst of people" means like a figure resembling a silver form displayed by a juggler in the midst of a great multitude of people, appearing as though it had substance; the meaning is without substance.

"Like balls" means like pills of lac. "Placed in a hollow" means placed in a hollow, in the cavity of a tree. "Bubbles in the middle" means resembling water bubbles situated in the middle of the eyelids. "With tears" means accompanied by tear-water. "Eye-filth" means eye-excrement. "Arises here" means at both corners of this eye-globe, foul-smelling matter blowing forth arises. Or alternatively, "eye-filth" refers to boils that arise on the eyelids. "Various" means manifold by way of the white and blue circles and the seven membranes of red, yellow, and so on. "Eye-parts" means portions of the eye or types of the eye, because of its nature of consisting of many material groups. "Massed together" means combined.

Thus she made clear the foulness of the eye to one who was attached to the eye, and also its impermanence through its unsettled nature. And having made this clear, just as someone, having taken desirable goods and proceeding along a wilderness of thieves, obstructed by thieves, gives away those desirable goods and departs, just so the elder nun, obstructed by that man who was filled with lust for the eye, having plucked out her own eye, gave it to him. Therefore it was said "having plucked out the lovely to behold" and so on. Therein, "having plucked out" means having plucked out and removed from the eye-socket. "Lovely to behold" means dear to behold, captivating to behold. "She did not fall into" means she did not fall into attachment regarding that eye. "With unattached mind" means with a mind not clinging to any object whatsoever. "Come, here is your eye" means since it was desired by you, and therefore given by me, take this lump of impurity called an eye; having taken it, carry it away, take it to whatever place endowed with confidence you wish.

"And his lust ceased at that very moment" means the lust of that scoundrel departed at that very moment, at the instant the eye was plucked out. "There" means regarding the eye, or regarding that elder nun. Or alternatively, "there" means in that very place. "Asked forgiveness" means he asked for pardon. "May there be well-being for you, practitioner of the holy life" means O one of the noblest conduct, O great sage, may there be good health for you. "Such a thing will not happen again" means from now on such misconduct will not occur; the meaning is I shall not do it.

"Having assailed" means having struck against. "Such" means of such a form, without lust everywhere. "Having clasped a blazing fire" means as if having embraced a blazing fire.

"From that" means from that scoundrel. "That nun" means that nun Subhā. "Went to the presence of the excellent Buddha" means she approached, she went to the presence of the Perfectly Self-awakened One. "Possessing the signs of uttermost merits" means having seen the marks of a great man produced by the highest accumulations of merit. "As it was before" means the eye became restored to its original state, as if the old one, as before the tearing out. Whatever was not said here and there in between, that is easily understood since the method has been stated.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Subhā of Jīvaka's Mango Grove is concluded.

The commentary on the Chapter of Thirties is concluded.

15.

The Book of the Forties

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Isidāsī

402-449. In the Group of Forty, "In the city named Kusuma" and so on are the verses of the Elder Nun Isidāsī. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, established in the state of manhood in this and that existence, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths, in the seventh existence from her final existence, through unwholesome association, having committed the act of adultery, upon the collapse of the body, having been reborn in hell, having been tormented there in hell for many hundreds of years, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the animal realm in three births, having passed away from there, having become a eunuch in the womb of a female slave, was reborn. Then, having passed away from there, she was reborn as the daughter of a certain poor carter. When she had come of age, one named Giridāsa, the son of a certain caravan leader, having made her his own wife, brought her to his house. And he had a wife who was moral and of good character. Overcome by jealousy towards her, she performed the act of causing enmity between her and her husband. She, having remained there for as long as life lasted, upon the collapse of the body, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Ujjenī as the daughter of a millionaire who was esteemed for his virtues of family, region, morality, conduct, and so on, and who was endowed with wealth; her name was Isidāsī.

When she had come of age, her mother and father gave her to a certain merchant's son who was equal in family, beauty, age, wealth, and so on. She, having become a devoted wife in his house, dwelt for just one month. Then, by the power of her action, her husband, having become dispassionate in appearance, drove her out from the house. All that is known from the Pāḷi text itself. But with a sense of urgency arisen due to being displeasing to those various husbands, having obtained permission from her father, having gone forth in the presence of the Elder Nun Jinadattā, doing the work of insight, before long, having attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges, spending her time in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, one day, having walked for almsfood in the city of Pāṭaliputta, after the meal, having returned from her alms round, having sat down on a sandy bank of the great Ganges, being asked by the Elder Nun named Bodhī, her own companion elder nun, about her former practice, she answered that matter by way of verse composition beginning with "In the excellent city of Ujjenī" and so on. Now, to show the connection of those questions and answers -

402.

"In the city named Kusuma, in Pāṭaliputta, the ornament of the earth;

Two nuns indeed, virtuous ones, of noble birth from the Sakyan clan.

403.

Isidāsī was one of them there, the second was Bodhī - both accomplished in morality;

Delighted in the practice of meditative absorption, very learned, with mental defilements shaken off.

404.

They, having walked for almsfood, having finished the meal, with washed bowls;

Comfortably seated in a secluded place, uttered these words."

These three verses were placed by the compilers of the recitation.

405.

"You are lovely, lady, Isidāsī, and your youth is not fallen away;

Having seen what fault, then were you engaged in renunciation?

406.

Being thus questioned, she, skilled in teaching the Dhamma in a secluded place;

Isidāsī spoke these words, "Listen Bodhī, how I went forth.

From here onwards are the verses of reply.

407.

"In the excellent city of Ujjenī, my father was a millionaire restrained in morality;

I was his only daughter, dear, agreeable, and beloved.

408.

Then suitors came to me from Sāketa, of the highest lineage;

A millionaire with abundant wealth, to him my father gave me as daughter-in-law.

409.

"To my mother-in-law and father-in-law, evening and morning, having approached with salutation;

With my head I do homage at their feet, I pay respect as I have been instructed.

410.

"Whoever were my husband's sisters, brothers or attendants;

Having seen even one of them, agitated I give a seat.

411.

"With food and drink, with hard food and whatever is placed there;

I conceal and bring near, and I give what is suitable for whom.

412.

"Having attended at the proper time, I approach the house at the threshold;

Washing hands and feet, with joined palms I go to my husband.

413.

"Having taken comb, cosmetics, eye ointment, and mirror;

Like a personal attendant, I myself adorn my husband.

414.

I myself prepare the cooked rice, I myself washing the vessel;

Like a mother her only son, so I attend to my husband.

415.

"Though I was thus devoted, affectionate, industrious, and humble,

Active and not lazy, virtuous - my husband became angry with me.

416.

"He speaks to mother and father, 'Having asked permission, I shall go;

With Isidāsī I shall not dwell, in one house with her I shall not live.

417.

"Do not speak thus, son, Isidāsī is wise and experienced;

Industrious and not lazy, why does she not please you, son?

418.

"She does not harm me in anything, yet with Isidāsī I shall not dwell;

She is disagreeable to me, enough for me, without asking I shall go.

419.

"Having heard his word, my mother-in-law and father-in-law asked me:

'What wrong has been done by you? Speak freely, as it really is.'

420.

"I do not offend in anything, nor do I harm nor speak harsh words;

What can be done, lady, when my husband feels enmity towards me?

421.

They led me back to my father's house, displeased and overcome by suffering;

'While protecting our son, we have lost a beautiful fortune.'

422.

Then my father gave me to the house of a wealthy man, a second man of good family;

For half the price by which you, millionaire, obtained me.

423.

"In his house too I lived for a month, then he too rejected me;

Though I attended on him like a slave, blameless and accomplished in morality.

424.

"My father speaks to one wandering for alms, a tamer, tamed:

'You will be my son-in-law, put down the cloth and the bowl.'

425.

"He too, having stayed a fortnight, then speaks to father, 'Give me my cloth;

And the bowl and the vessel, I shall walk for almsfood again.'

426.

Then my father, mother, and all my group of relatives spoke to him:

'What is not done for you here? Speak quickly, that will be done for you.'

427.

"Thus spoken to, he speaks, 'If my self is able, enough for me;

With Isidāsī I shall not dwell, in one house with her I shall not live.'

428.

"Dismissed, he went, and I alone pondered;

'Having asked permission I shall go, either to die or to go forth.'

429.

"Then the lady Jinadattā came, walking for her food resort;

To my father's family, a bearer of the discipline, very learned, accomplished in morality.

430.

Having seen her at our home, I rose and prepared a seat for her;

And having paid homage at her feet while she was seated, I gave her food.

431.

"With food and drink, with hard food and whatever is placed there;

Having satisfied her, I said, 'Lady, I wish to go forth.'

432.

"Then my father spoke to me, 'Right here, dear child, practise the Teaching;

With food and drink, satisfy ascetics and brahmins.'

433.

"Then I speak to father, weeping, having extended joined palms in salutation;

'For evil was done by me, that action I will destroy.'

434.

"Then my father spoke to me, 'Attain enlightenment and the foremost teaching;

And may you obtain Nibbāna, which the foremost of bipeds realised.'

435.

"Having paid respect to my mother and father, and to all the groups of relatives;

Seven days after going forth, I attained the three true knowledges.

436.

"I know my own seven births, of which this is the resultant fruit;

That I shall tell you, listen to that with undivided mind.

437.

"In the city of Erakaccha, I was a goldsmith with abundant wealth;

Intoxicated by the pride of youth, I resorted to another's wife.

438.

"I, having passed away from there, was cooked in hell for a long time;

Having risen from there when fully cooked, I entered the womb of a female monkey.

439.

"When I was seven days old, the great monkey, the leader of the herd, castrated me;

This is the fruit of that action, just as I had gone to another's wife.

440.

"I, having passed away from there, having died in the Sindh forest;

I entered the womb of a she-goat, one-eyed and lame.

441.

"For twelve years I, having been castrated, carried children on my back;

Afflicted by worms, unhealthy, just as I had gone to another's wife.

442.

"I, having passed away from there, was born as a cow of a cattle dealer;

A calf, copper-coloured like lac, castrated at twelve months.

443.

"Having drawn the plough, I bear the cart;

Blind and afflicted, unhealthy, just as I had gone to another's wife.

444.

"I, having passed away from there, was born in the house of a female slave on the street;

Neither a woman nor a man, just as I had gone to another's wife.

445.

"Having died at thirty years, I was born as a girl in a carter's family;

In a poor one with little wealth, beset by many creditors.

446.

"Me, from there, the caravan leader, with abundant, extensive interest;

Drags away wailing, having taken by force from the family home.

447.

Then in my sixteenth year, having seen me as a maiden who had reached youth;

The son of Orundhata, Giridāsa by name.

448.

"He too had another wife, moral, virtuous, and famous;

Devoted to her husband - towards her I caused enmity.

449.

"This is the fruit of that action, that having cast me aside they go;

Though I attended on him like a slave, an end to that too has been made by me."

Therein, "in the city named Kusuma" means in the city bearing the name taken by the word "kusuma" as "Kusumapura"; now it shows that city in its own form as "in Pāṭaliputta." "The ornament of the earth" means that which has become the ornament of the entire earth. "Of noble birth from the Sakyan clan" means daughters of the Sakyan clan; it is said thus because of having gone forth in the Dispensation of the Blessed One, the son of the Sakyans.

"Therein" means among those two nuns. "Bodhī" means the elder nun so named. "Delighting in the practice of meditative absorption" means delighting in the practice of mundane and supramundane meditative absorption. "Very learned" means very learned through great learning of the scriptures. "With defilements shaken off" means with defilements altogether uprooted by the highest path. "Having finished the meal" means having completed the meal duty. "In the deserted" means in a secluded place devoid of people. "Comfortably seated" means comfortably seated with the happiness of the going forth and the happiness of seclusion. "These words" means the pleasant talk now being spoken. "Uttered" means they spoke by way of question and answer.

The verse "You are lovely" was spoken by way of the Elder Nun Bodhī's question. The verse "Being thus questioned" was spoken by the compilers of the rehearsal themselves. For all those beginning with "In Ujjenī" were spoken by Isidāsī herself. Therein, "you are lovely" means you were one who brought confidence to those seeing you through the perfection of beauty. "Your youth too is not fallen away" means your youth too is not declined; the meaning is that you were standing in the first stage of life. "Having seen what fault" means having seen what kind of fault, defect, danger in the household life. "Then were you engaged in renunciation" - "atha" is merely a particle; you were engaged in renunciation, the going forth.

"Being questioned" means being asked; the explanation is: she, Isidāsī. "In a secluded place" means in an empty place. "Listen Bodhī, how I went forth" means: Elder Nun Bodhī, listen, hear that old account of how I went forth.

"In the excellent city of Ujjenī" means in the excellent city in the Avanti country named Ujjenī. "Dear" means one to be held dear by virtue of being an only daughter. "Agreeable" means one who increases the minds of others by the virtue of her morality and good conduct. "Beloved" means one to be treated with compassion.

"Then" means afterwards, at the time when I came of age. "Suitors came to me from Sāketa" means suitors for me came from the city of Sāketa, seeking my hand. "Of the highest lineage" means of the foremost family in that city; the one by whom they were sent was a millionaire with abundant wealth. "To him my father gave me as daughter-in-law" means my father gave me to that millionaire of Sāketa, making me a daughter-in-law, a wife for his son.

"Evening and morning" means in the evening and in the forenoon. "Having approached, I make salutation with my head" means having approached the presence of my mother-in-law and father-in-law, I make salutation with my head; I pay homage at their feet. "As I have been instructed" means as I have been instructed by them, so I act; I do not transgress their instructions.

"Even one dear one" means even one beloved person. "Agitated" means trembling. "I give a seat" means whatever is suitable for whatever person, that I give to that one.

"There" means at the place of food distribution. "Stored up" means having been prepared and being available. "I conceal" means I cover over; having covered over, I bring near; having brought near, I give; and even in giving, whatever is suitable for whom, that very thing I give - this is the meaning.

"At the threshold" means at the door. "Washing hands and feet" means I was one who washed the hands and feet; the explanation is: having washed them, I approach the house.

"A comb" means a comb for combing the beard and hair. "Cosmetic" means a facial ointment made of scented powder and the like. "Pasādhana" is also a reading; it means ornamental articles. "Eye ointment container" means a tube for eye ointment. "Like a personal attendant" means though of the foremost family and endowed with wealth, like a maidservant who attends upon her husband.

"I prepare" means I cook. "Vessel" means and the metal vessel. The explanation is: washing, I attend upon him.

"Devoted" means one who has performed devotion to her husband. "Affectionate" means one possessing affection. "Industrious" means industrious in doing each and every thing that ought to be done. "Humble" means one whose pride has been removed. "Active" means one accomplished in industriousness and energy. "Not lazy" means thereby not indolent. "Virtuous" means one accomplished in morality and good conduct. "He becomes angry" means he becomes corrupted; having become angry, he speaks.

"He speaks 'having asked permission, I shall go'" means "I, having asked permission of you, shall go somewhere or other" - thus my husband speaks to his own mother and father. If one asks "what does he say?" - "With Isidāsī I shall not dwell, in one house with her I shall not live." Therein, "shall dwell" means I shall live.

"Disagreeable" means unpleasant. "Enough for me" means the meaning is: I have no use for that woman. "Without asking I shall go" means if you wish for communal life with her for me, I, without asking you, shall depart to a foreign country.

"Of him" means of my husband. "Of what" means what is it of your husband. What wrong has been done by you, what fault has been committed.

"I do not offend" means nor did I offend against him in anything. Or this itself is the reading. "Nor do I harm" means nor do I afflict. "Harsh words" means ill-spoken words. "What can be done, lady" means what am I able to do, lady. "When my husband feels enmity towards me" means because without any reason my husband feels enmity towards me, producing enmity and agitation of mind.

"Displeased" means sorrowful. "While protecting our son" means protecting their own son, my husband, by guarding his mind. "We have lost a beautiful fortune" means we have been defeated, we have indeed been defeated, we have lost the beautiful Sirī; the meaning is we have indeed been deprived of the goddess Sirī who was moving about in human guise.

"To the house of a wealthy man, a second man of good family" means with reference to the first husband, he gave me to the house of a second wealthy son of good family, and when giving, he gave for half the price of the first price. "By which you, millionaire, obtained me" means by which price the millionaire first obtained me, received me - for half that price; this is the explanation.

"He too" means the second husband too. "He sent me away" means he removed me; he drove me out from the house. "Though I attended on him" means though I was attending on him, performing attendance like a female slave. "Blameless" means one who does not commit treachery.

"A tamer" means one who tames the minds of others through the standpoint of compassion. So that others will give something, having made his own body and speech tamed and appeased, one who wanders for almsfood given by others. "Son-in-law" means a daughter's husband. "Put down the cloth and the bowl" means throw away the piece of rag worn by you and the alms-bowl.

"He too, having stayed a fortnight" means that beggar man too, having stayed with me for about half a month, departed.

"Then my father spoke to him" means my father, mother, and all my group of relatives, forming groups, spoke to that beggar. How? "What is not done for you here" means what indeed is not done, not accomplished for you? Speak quickly. "That will be done for you" means that will be done for you.

"If my self is able" means if my self is self-dependent and a freeman, enough for me, there is no use for that Isidāsī; therefore I shall not dwell together, I shall not live together; in one house I shall not live together with her - this is the explanation.

"Dismissed, he went" means that beggar, dismissed by my father, went as he pleased. "Alone" means just a solitary woman. "Having asked permission I shall go" means having taken leave of my father, I shall go. "To die" means to die. "Or" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of an alternative.

"For food resort" means for alms; the explanation is: she came to my father's family.

"Her" means that Elder Nun Jinadattā. "I rose and prepared a seat for her" means having risen, I prepared a seat for that elder nun.

"Right here" means standing in this very house. "Dear son" - he addresses his daughter with compassion using a common expression. "Practise the Teaching" means you, having gone forth, practise the Teaching beginning with the holy life that should be practised. "Twice-born" means of the brahmin caste.

"I shall wear away" means I shall cause to decay, I shall destroy.

"Enlightenment" means the full enlightenment to the truths; the meaning is path-knowledge. "The highest state" means the fruition state, arahantship. "Which the foremost of bipeds realized" means whatever supramundane state designated as path, fruition, and Nibbāna, which the foremost of bipeds, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, realized - may you obtain that - this is the explanation.

"Seven days after going forth" means having gone forth, within seven days. "I touched" means I touched, I realized.

"Of which this is the resultant fruit" means of whatever evil action, this result, which is the natural outcome fruit reckoned as the state of being disagreeable to the husband. "That I shall tell you" means I shall tell you that action. "That" means that very action being told, or that word of mine. "With one mind" means with a fully focused mind. Or this itself is the reading.

"In the city of Erakaccha" means in the city so named. "He resorted to another's wife" means I resorted to the wife of another.

"Tormented for a long time" means burnt by the fire of hell for many hundreds of thousands of years. "And having arisen from there" means having emerged from there, from hell, having passed away. "I entered the womb of a female monkey" means I took conception in the womb of a female monkey.

"Leader of the herd" means the leader of the herd. "Castrated" means he castrated, removed the seeds that are the characteristics of masculinity. "This is the fruit of that action" means this is the fruit of that action done by me in the past. "Just as having gone to another's wife" means just as having transgressed with another's wife.

"From there" means from the monkey realm. "In the Sindh forest" means in a forest place in the Sindh country. "Of a she-goat" means of a she-goat.

"Having carried children about" means having mounted on the back and carried youngsters. "Worm-infested" means having been as if covered with worms at the place of birth, afflicted, distressed. "Unwell" means sick; the remainder of the expression is "was."

"Of a cattle trader" means of one who lives by selling cows. "Lac-coloured" means endowed with copper-coloured hairs as if dyed with lac colouring.

"Having drawn" means having carried. "Plough" means a plough; the meaning is "and I bear the cart." "Blind and afflicted" means having become as if one-eyed, afflicted, oppressed.

"On the street" means on the city street. "Born in the house of a slave girl" means born in the womb of a household slave girl. Some also say "of a courtesan." "Neither a woman nor a man" means I was neither a woman nor a man; the meaning is a eunuch by birth.

"Having died at thirty years" means having been a eunuch, died at the age of thirty years. "In a carter's family" means in a carter's family. "Abounding in the attacks of creditors" means abounding in the assaults of creditor men, to be overwhelmed by many debtors.

"Accumulated" means built up. "Extensive" means great. "Interest" means interest on debt. "Drags away" means pulls away. "From the family house" means from my birth family's house.

"The son of Orundhata" means the son of this caravan leader, with his mind enamoured of me, Giridāsa by name - "puts under restraint" means makes her his own possession in the house.

"Devoted to her husband" means one who follows her husband. "Towards her I caused enmity" means I performed the act of enmity towards that wife, the co-wife, of that husband. I proceeded in such a way that he became angry with her.

"That having cast me aside they go" means that the husbands here and there, having cast aside and abandoned me who attended on them carefully like a slave, depart without concern. This is the result flowing from that action of adultery and the act of enmity towards the co-wife done by me at that time. "An end to that too has been made by me" means the limit of that likewise cruel evil action of attachment has now been made by me who has attained the highest path; from here onwards there is no suffering whatsoever. But whatever here has not been analysed in between, that is of clear meaning since the method has been stated.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Isidāsī is concluded.

The commentary on the Chapter of Forties is concluded.

16.

The Great Book

1.

Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nun Sumedhā

450-524. In the Great Section, the verses of the Elder Nun Sumedhā beginning with "In the city of Mantāvatī" and so on. This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, carefully accumulating the requisites for deliverance, in the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, being of one intention together with her own friends who were daughters of good families, having had a great park built, she dedicated it to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha. She, by that meritorious action, upon the collapse of the body, went to Tāvatiṃsa. There, having experienced heavenly success as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, she was reborn among the Yāma gods. Having passed away from there among the Tusita gods, having passed away from there among the gods who delight in creation, having passed away from there among the gods who control what is created by others - thus, having arisen gradually in the five sensual heavens, having become the chief queen of the kings of gods in each place, having passed away from there, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having become the daughter of a millionaire of great wealth, having gradually attained discretion, having become devoted to the Dispensation, she performed lofty meritorious action dedicated to the Triple Gem.

There, having been one who lives by the Teaching for as long as life lasted, delighting in wholesome qualities, having passed away from there, having been reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, wandering again and again only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, she was reborn as the daughter of a king named Koñca in the city of Mantāvatī. Her mother and father gave her the name Sumedhā. When she had gradually reached the time of growth and come of age, her mother and father consulted together saying "We shall give her to a king named Anikaratta in the city of Vāraṇavatī." She, however, from childhood onwards, having gone to the nuns' quarters together with princesses of the same age and female slave attendants, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the nuns, because of having formed an aspiration since a long time ago, with a sense of urgency arisen regarding the round of rebirths, having become devoted to the Dispensation, at the time of coming of age, her mind was turned away from sensual pleasures. Therefore she, having heard the consultation of her mother and father and relatives, said "I have no need for the household life; I shall go forth." Her mother and father, urging her towards the household life, even though requesting in various ways, were not able to convince her. She, thinking "Thus it is possible for me to go forth," having taken a sword, having herself cut her own hair, applying attention to repulsiveness with reference to that very hair, because of having formed an aspiration there in the past and because of having previously heard the method of attention in the presence of the nuns, having produced the sign of foulness, she attained the first meditative absorption therein. And having attained the first meditative absorption, making her mother and father who had come to urge her towards the household life the starting point, having caused the inner household, the retinue, and the entire royal family to become devoted to the Dispensation, having gone out from the house, having gone to the nuns' quarters, she went forth. And having gone forth, having established insight, with properly matured knowledge, because the qualities that ripen liberation had been distinguished, before long she attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -

"In the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, in a newly established monastery for the Community;

We three friends, women, gave the gift of a dwelling."

"Ten times, a hundred times, a thousand times, and ten thousand times;

We were reborn among the gods, what then to say of among human beings.

"Among the gods we were of great supernormal power, what then to say of in the human realm;

I was the chief queen of one with the seven treasures, I was the woman treasure.

"Here we who have accumulated wholesome deeds, offspring of very prosperous families;

Dhanañjānī and Khemā and I too, three people.

"Having made a well-crafted park, adorned with all its parts;

Having dedicated it to the Community headed by the Buddha, we rejoiced.

"Wherever I am reborn, owing to that action;

I attained the foremost position among the gods, and likewise among human beings.

"In this very cosmic cycle, a kinsman of Brahma of great fame;

Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.

"The attendant of the great sage, then was the lord of men;

The King of Kāsi named Kikī, in the best city of Bārāṇasī.

"He had seven daughters, princesses delicately nurtured;

Devoted to attending upon the Buddha, they lived the holy life.

"Having become their companion, well grounded in morality;

Having given gifts thoroughly, I practised religious duty while still in the household.

"By that well-done action, and by volition and aspirations;

Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

"Passed away from there, I went to the Yāma realm, from there I went to Tusita;

From there to Nimmānarati, and to the city of Vasavatti.

"Wherever I am reborn, endowed with meritorious deeds;

There in each place, I attained the status of chief queen of kings.

Passed away from there to human existence, of universal monarchs,

And of regional kings, I attained the status of chief queen.

"Having experienced success, among gods and humans;

Having been happy everywhere, I wandered in the round of rebirths through many births.

"That is the cause, that is the production, that is the root, that same is the acceptance in the Dispensation;

That is the first combination, that is Nibbāna for one delighted in the Dhamma.

"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, all existences have been uprooted;

Like a she-elephant having cut the bond, I dwell without mental corruptions.

"Indeed welcome it was for me, in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost;

The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

"The four analytical knowledges, and these eight deliverances;

The six higher knowledges have been realized, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."

But having attained arahantship, having reviewed her own practice, by way of an inspired utterance -

450.

"In the city of Mantāvatī, of King Koñca's chief queen;

I was the daughter Sumedhā, gladdened by those who practise the teaching.

451.

"Virtuous, of varied discourse, very learned, disciplined in the Buddha's teaching;

Having approached her mother and father, she speaks: "Both of you, listen.

452.

"I am fond of Nibbāna, non-eternal is existence even if divine;

How much less then hollow sensual pleasures, of little enjoyment and much vexation.

453.

"Sensual pleasures are bitter, like venomous snakes, in which fools are infatuated;

They, consigned to hell for a long time, are afflicted and destroyed.

454.

"Those of evil deeds grieve, in the nether world, ever increasing in evil;

Unrestrained by body and by speech, and by mind, the foolish.

455.

"Those fools are unwise, senseless, obstructed by the origin of suffering;

Not knowing when it is being taught, they do not understand the noble truths.

456.

"The truths, mother, taught by the Excellent Buddha, those who do not know them are the majority;

They delight in existence, they long for rebirth among the gods.

457.

"Even rebirth among the gods is non-eternal, in existence that is impermanent;

Yet fools do not tremble, at being born again and again.

458.

"The four nether worlds, and the two destinations are obtained with difficulty;

And for those gone to the nether worlds, there is no going forth in the hells.

459.

"Both of you, allow me to go forth in the teaching of the Ten-Powered One;

Living at ease, I shall strive for the abandoning of birth and death.

460.

"What is the use of rejoicing in existence, in this body, a heap of misery, without substance;

For the cessation of craving for existence, allow me, I shall go forth.

461.

"The arising of Buddhas has been avoided, the inopportune moment, the moment has been obtained;

The moralities, the holy life, for as long as life lasts I would not corrupt.

462.

Thus speaks Sumedhā to her mother and father: "I will not take food so long;

As a householder, I shall be one gone under the power of death."

463.

The mother, afflicted, weeps, and the father;

His face altogether stricken with tears;

They strive to convince her, fallen on the ground on the upper floor of the mansion.

464.

"Get up, dear child, what is the use of grieving? You have been given to Vāraṇavatī;

King Anīkaratta is handsome, to him you have been given.

465.

"You will become the chief queen, the wife of King Anikaratta;

The moralities, the holy life, going forth is difficult to do, dear son.

466.

"In the kingdom there is command, wealth and sovereignty, pleasures are pleasant, you are young;

Enjoy sensual pleasures, let there be a proposal of marriage for you, child."

467.

Then Sumedhā speaks to them: "Let there not be such things, existence is without substance;

Either there will be going forth, or death for me - I will certainly not accept a proposal of marriage."

468.

"Why would I, like a worm, enter this putrid body, impure, with the odour of discharge, a frightful corpse,

A bellows, more than once trickling, full of impurity?

469.

"Why would I, knowing this, like a worm, exceedingly repulsive, smeared with flesh and blood,

A dwelling for a multitude of worms, food for birds - why is this corpse given?"

470.

"It is carried to the cemetery, before long this body devoid of consciousness;

Discarded like a log, by relatives who are disgusted.

471.

"Having thrown it away in the cemetery, food for others, they bathe in disgust;

Even one's own mother and father, how much more then the common populace.

472.

"Attached to the unessential, to the body, a combination of bones and sinews;

Full of spittle, excrement, and urine, in the putrid body.

473.

"Whoever, having separated it, would turn its inside outward;

Not enduring the odour, even one's own mother would be disgusted.

474.

"Aggregates, elements, sense bases, conditioned, rooted in birth, suffering;

Wisely investigating, why should I wish for a proposal of marriage?

475.

"Day by day three hundred spears, ever fresh, might fall upon the body;

Even a hundred years of slaughter would be better, if thus there were destruction of suffering.

476.

"One should accept slaughter, having thus understood the Teacher's word;

Long is the wandering in the round of rebirths for those being slain again and again.

477.

Among gods and human beings, in the animal realm and the titan host;

Among ghosts and in the hells, countless destructions are seen.

478.

"Many are the destructions in the hells, for one gone to the nether worlds, being oppressed;

Even among the gods there is no protection, there is nothing beyond the happiness of Nibbāna.

479.

"They have attained Nibbāna, those who are devoted to the teaching of the Ten-Powered One;

Living at ease, they strive for the abandoning of birth and death.

480.

"This very day, father, I shall go forth; what use are possessions without substance?

Sensual pleasures are wearisome to me, like vomit, made like the site of a palm tree.

481.

She thus speaks to her father, and Anīkaratta to whom she was given;

He approached Vāraṇavatī, when the time for the marriage proposal had arrived.

482.

Then Sumedhā, having cut with a sword her hair, black, thick, and soft;

Having closed the mansion, she attained the first meditative absorption.

483.

And while she was attained there, Anīkaratta came to the city;

And in the mansion Sumedhā well develops the perception of impermanence.

484.

And while she attends in mind, Anīkaratta ascended quickly;

With limbs adorned with jewels and gold, with joined palms he requests Sumedhā.

485.

"In the kingdom there is command, wealth and sovereignty, pleasures are pleasant, you are young;

Enjoy sensual pleasures, sensual happiness is rare in the world.

486.

"The kingdom has been handed over to you, enjoy the wealth, give gifts;

Do not be unhappy, your mother and father are distressed.

487.

To him Sumedhā speaks, not desiring sensual pleasures, with delusion gone:

"Do not delight in sensual pleasures, see the danger in sensual pleasures.

488.

"King Mandhātā, ruler of the four continents, was the foremost among those who enjoy sensual pleasures;

Unsatisfied he died, and his desire was not fulfilled.

489.

"Even if the seven treasures were to rain down, the rain-cloud spreading over the ten directions all around;

There is no satisfaction in sensual pleasures, men die unsatisfied.

490.

"Sensual pleasures are like a butcher's block, sensual pleasures are like a snake's head;

Like a torch they burn, resembling a skeleton.

491.

"Impermanent, inconstant are sensual pleasures, much suffering, great poison;

Like a heated iron ball, they are the root of misery, with suffering as their fruit.

492.

"Sensual pleasures are like tree fruits, like a slice of flesh, painful;

Like a dream, deceptive, sensual pleasures are like borrowed goods.

493.

"Sensual pleasures are like stakes of spears, disease, boil, misery, trouble;

Like a pit of embers, root of misery, fear, murder.

494.

"Thus sensual pleasures have much suffering, declared as obstructive;

Go, I have no trust in existence for myself.

495.

"What will another do for me, when my own head is burning?

When ageing and death are pursuing, one must strive for its destruction.

496.

"Having opened the door, I saw my mother and father and Anīkaratta;

Seated on the ground, weeping, I said this.

497.

"Long is the wandering in the round of rebirths for the foolish, and for those weeping again and again;

Without discernible beginning, at the death of a father, at the murder of a brother, and at the murder of oneself.

498.

"Tears, mother's milk, blood, the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, remember;

Of beings transmigrating, remember also the accumulation of bones.

499.

Remember the four oceans, brought as comparison for tears, mother's milk, and blood;

Remember the accumulation of bones of one cosmic cycle, equal to Vipula.

500.

"For one transmigrating without discernible beginning, the earth of the Indian subcontinent brought forth;

As pills the size of jujube seeds, mothers of mothers alone would not suffice.

501.

"Grass, sticks, branches and leaves, brought as comparison from without discernible beginning, remember;

As four-finger-length pieces, fathers of fathers alone would not suffice.

502.

Remember the blind turtle in the eastern ocean, and the yoke-hole from the west;

And its head inserted into it - this is the simile for obtaining human birth.

503.

"Remember the materiality like a lump of foam, of the body, without substance;

See the aggregates as impermanent, remember the hells with much vexation.

504.

Remember those increasing the cemetery, again and again in those various births;

Remember the crocodile dangers, remember the four truths.

505.

"When the Deathless exists, what use to you is the five-fold bitter drink;

For all sensual delights are more bitter than the five-fold bitter.

506.

"When the Deathless exists, what use to you are sensual pleasures, which are fevers;

For all sensual delights are blazing, boiling, agitating, and tormenting.

507.

"When the state without enmity exists, what use to you are sensual pleasures, which have many enemies;

Sensual pleasures are common to kings, fire, thieves, water, and unloved heirs, having many enemies.

508.

"When freedom exists, what use to you are sensual pleasures, in which there is murder and bondage;

For in sensual pleasures, those attached to unwholesome pleasures experience the sufferings of murder and bondage.

509.

"A blazing grass torch burns the one who grasps it, not the one who releases it;

For sensual pleasures are like a torch, they burn those who do not release them.

510.

"Do not, for the sake of little sensual happiness, give up abundant happiness;

Do not, like a fish swallowing a hook, afterwards suffer vexation.

511.

"Surely, tame yourself in sensual pleasures, so long as you are like a dog bound by a chain;

Sensual pleasures will do to you what hungry outcasts do to a dog.

512.

"Unlimited suffering and many mental displeasures;

You will experience, being attached to sensual pleasures; give up the unstable sensual pleasures.

513.

"When the ageless exists, what use to you are sensual pleasures, in which there is ageing;

Seized by death and illness, are all births everywhere.

514.

"This is ageless, this is deathless, this is the ageless and deathless state, free from sorrow;

Without enmity, without confinement, without stumbling, without fear, without distress.

515.

"This has been attained by many, the Deathless, and even today this can be obtained;

By one who wisely applies oneself, but it is not possible for one not striving.

516.

Thus speaks Sumedhā, not finding delight in what is subject to activities;

Persuading Anikaratta, Sumedhā threw her hair on the ground.

517.

Having risen, Anikaratta, with joined palms, he requested her father;

"Give up Sumedhā, to go forth, may she see the truth of deliverance."

518.

Released by her mother and father, she went forth, frightened by the fear of sorrow;

The six direct knowledges were realized, the highest fruition for her as a female trainee.

519.

Wonderful and marvellous was that Nibbāna of the princess;

Her past life conduct, as she declared at the final time.

520.

"In the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, in a newly established monastery for the Community;

We three friends, women, gave the gift of a dwelling."

521.

"Ten times, a hundred times, a thousand times, and ten thousand times;

We were reborn among the gods, what then to say of among human beings.

522.

"Among the gods we were of great supernormal power, what then to say of in the human realm;

I was the chief queen of one with the seven treasures, I was the woman treasure.

523.

"That is the cause, that is the production, that is the root, that same is the acceptance in the Dispensation;

That is the first combination, that is Nibbāna for one delighted in the Dhamma.

524.

"Thus do those who believe the word of the one of superior wisdom;

They become disenchanted with existence, and having become disenchanted, they become dispassionate."

He spoke these verses.

Therein, "in the city of Mantāvatī" means in the city so named as Mantāvatī. "Of King Koñca" means I was a daughter born in the womb of the chief queen of the king named Koñca. "Sumedhā" means Sumedhā by name. "Gladdened by those who practise the teaching" means gladdened in the Dispensation by the noble ones who practise the Teacher's instruction through the teaching of the Dhamma, made one in whom confidence in the Triple Gem had arisen.

"Moral" means accomplished in good conduct and morality. "Skilled in discourse" means skilled in discourse on the Dhamma. "Very learned" means endowed with hearing of the Scriptures in the presence of the nuns. "Disciplined in the Buddha's Dispensation" means through wise attention following the discourses, thinking "thus is occurrence, thus is cessation, such is morality, such is concentration, such is wisdom," because of the turning back of mental defilements by way of substitution of opposites, she was disciplined in the Buddhas' Dispensation, restrained in body, speech and mind. "Listen, both of you" means may you both listen to my words; the explanation is: having approached her mother and father, she speaks.

"Even if divine" means all existence, even that included in the heavenly world, is entirely non-eternal, impermanent, suffering, and subject to change. "How much less then hollow sensual pleasures" means how much less then human sensual pleasures; all of them, because of being without substance, are hollow and empty, of little enjoyment like a drop of honey on a sword's edge, and of much vexation because of the abundance of suffering now and in the future.

"Bitter" means undesirable. Like venomous snakes in the sense of being fearful. In which sensual pleasures. "Infatuated" means attached. "Consigned" means by their own action, in every respect applied and cast; the meaning is "reborn." "Are destroyed" means are afflicted.

"In the downfall" means in the realm of misery.

"Senseless" means senseless due to the absence of volition for one's own welfare. "Obstructed by the origin of suffering" means imprisoned in the round of rebirths caused by craving. "When it is being taught" means when the teaching of the four truths is being taught. "Not knowing" means not knowing the meaning. "They do not understand the noble truths" means they do not awaken to the noble truths of suffering and so on.

"Mother" - she addresses with the mother as the chief. "Those who do not know them are the majority" - the explanation is: those who delight in existence, who long for rebirth among the gods, not knowing the truths taught by the Excellent Buddha, those very ones are the majority in this world.

"In existence that is impermanent" means in all existence that is impermanent, rebirth among the gods is not eternal; even this being so, yet fools do not tremble, are not frightened, do not attain a sense of urgency. "At being born again and again" means of one being reborn again and again.

"The four nether worlds" means hell, the animal realm, the sphere of ghosts, and the titan realm - these four are the destinations of the nether world, being fallen from the accumulation of happiness. However, the only two destinations designated as rebirth among humans and gods are obtained somehow with difficulty and hardship, because of the difficulty of meritorious action. "In hells" means in the realms of misery devoid of happiness.

"Living at ease" means free from concern in other tasks. "I shall strive" means I shall endeavour, I shall devote myself to meditation - the explanation is: what is the use of rejoicing in existence, in this body, a heap of misery, without substance?

"Through the cessation of craving for existence" means for the cause of cessation, for the purpose of cessation of craving directed towards existence.

The explanation is: the arising of Buddhas has been obtained, the eightfold inopportune moment consisting of rebirth in hell and so on has been avoided, the moment - the ninth moment - has been obtained. "Moral practices" means the fourfold purification morality. "Holy life" means the holy life of the Dispensation. "I would not corrupt" means I would not violate.

"I will not take food so long as a householder" - the explanation is: thus Sumedhā speaks to her mother and father: "I will indeed not take food while remaining a householder; if I do not obtain the going forth, I shall be one gone under the power of death."

"Her" means of Sumedhā. "Stricken in every respect" means with face stricken in every respect by tears. "They strive to convince" means the mother and father strive and endeavour to convince Sumedhā, who had fallen on the ground on the upper floor of the mansion, to accept the householder life. "They strive and endeavour" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.

"What is the use of grieving" means what is the use of sorrowing "I shall not obtain the going forth." "You have been given to Vāraṇavatī" means you have been given in the city of Vāraṇavatī. Having said "you have been given," the word "you have been given" is repeated again to firmly show the state of having been given.

"In the kingdom there is command" means in the kingdom of Anikaratta your command prevails. "Wealth and sovereignty" means wealth and sovereignty in this family and in the husband's family; and pleasures are pleasant, exceedingly desirable enjoyments - all this is available to you, come into your possession. "You are young" means you are a young maiden; therefore enjoy sensual pleasures. The explanation is: for that reason, let there be a proposal of marriage for you, child.

"Ne" means mother and father. "Let not such things be" means let not such things as sovereignty in the kingdom and so on exist. If one asks why, she said "existence is without substance" and so on.

"Like what" means like a worm. "Foul body" means this putrid corpse. "Oozing odour" means the smell of discharged raw flesh. "Frightful" means bringing fear to those not free from lust. "A corpse, a bellows, I should cling to" means a leather bag filled with corpses, more than once trickling, full of impurity - having become full of many kinds of impurity, constantly oozing at all times, I should cling to it thinking "this is mine."

"How can I, knowing it, so exceedingly repulsive" means exceedingly repulsive, smeared with impure flesh and blood, a dwelling place of many families of worms, become food for birds. "Kimikulālasakuṇabhatta" is also a reading; the meaning is become food for worms and for the remaining birds. I stand knowing that corpse. She shows: for what reason indeed is that me now given by way of a marriage proposal? The explanation is: what is that giving of him like, what does it resemble?

"It is carried to the cemetery, before long the body devoid of consciousness" means this body, before long indeed, devoid of consciousness, is carried to the cemetery, is taken away. "Discarded" means thrown away. "Like a log" means resembling a useless piece of wood. "By relatives who are disgusted" means by one's own kinfolk too who are disgusted.

"Having thrown it away in the cemetery" means having abandoned that corpse in the cemetery. "Food for others" means become food for others such as dogs, jackals, and so on. "They bathe in disgust" means being disgusted even by just this much, thinking "we have come from behind this one," diving in up to the head they bathe; how much more so those who have touched it. "One's own mother and father" means even one's own mother and father. "How much more then the common populace" means what need is there to say that the rest of the multitude is disgusted.

"Attached" means clinging through the influence of craving. "Without substance" means devoid of substance such as permanence and so on.

"Having separated" means having made a separation by consciousness. "Not enduring the odour" means not bearing the odour of this body. "Even one's own mother" means even one's own mother would be disgusted, because through the separation of the bodily parts, the repulsive nature presents itself most clearly.

"Aggregates, elements, sense bases" means these five aggregates beginning with the material aggregate, these eighteen elements beginning with the eye-element, these twelve sense bases beginning with the eye sense base - thus aggregates, elements, and sense bases - all this, the totality of material and immaterial phenomena, is conditioned because it is made by conditions having come together and combined; this, occurring in that existence, is suffering; because it has birth as its condition, it has birth as its root. Thus wisely, by means of the method, investigating and reflecting: a marriage proposal - for what reason should I wish for it?

That which was said by the mother and father, "The moralities, the holy life, going forth is difficult to do" - in order to give a reply to that, "day by day" and so on was said. Therein, "day by day three hundred spears, ever fresh, might fall upon the body" means day by day three hundred spears, at that very moment fresh by being newly sharpened, might fall upon the body. "Even a hundred years of slaughter would be better" means the aforesaid slaughter by spears falling continuously even for a hundred years would be better. "If thus there were destruction of suffering" means if thus there would be the utter elimination of the suffering of the round of rebirths; the intention is that even having endured such great suffering of continued existence, effort should be made for the achievement of Nibbāna.

"Accepts" means one should receive. "Thus" means in the manner stated. This is what is meant - Whatever person, having understood the Teacher's word illuminating the beginningless round of rebirths and the immeasurable suffering of the round of rebirths, standing firm, should accept the suffering of slaughter by spears as aforesaid, by that very means there might be the utter elimination of the suffering of the round of rebirths. Therefore he said - "Long is the wandering in the round of rebirths for those being slain again and again" means the meaning is: those being afflicted again and again by birth, ageing, illness, death, and so on.

"Among the titan host" means in the order of ghost-titans beginning with the Kālakañcikas. "Slaughter" means injuries and killing of body and mind.

"Many" means many, numerous slaughters occurring by reason of punishments such as the fivefold bondage and so on. "Of one gone to the nether world" means even of one who has reached the nether world reckoned as the remaining realms of misery. "Of one being oppressed" means of one being afflicted by impacts and so on in individual existences such as the animal realm and so on. "Even among the gods there is no protection" means even in divine individual existences there is no shelter, because of the state of being accompanied by suffering and vexation through the fever of lust and so on. "There is nothing beyond the happiness of Nibbāna" means beyond the happiness of Nibbāna there is no other highest happiness whatsoever, because mundane happiness is by nature the suffering of change and of activities. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Nibbāna is the highest bliss."

"They have attained Nibbāna" means they have indeed attained Nibbāna. Or alternatively, those very ones have attained Nibbāna. "Those who are devoted to the teaching of the Ten-Powered One" means those who are devoted and engaged in the Dispensation of the perfectly Self-awakened One.

"Disenchanted" means dispassionate. "By me" means by me. "Like vomit" means similar to a dog's vomit. "Made like a palm stump" means made similar to the base of a palm tree.

"Then" means afterwards, having declared her own disposition to her mother and father, and having heard of the arrival of Anikaratta. "Black, thick, and soft" means black by being of the same colour as a sapphire-coloured bee, thick by being dense, soft by having a touch similar to silk-cotton fibre. "Having cut her hair with a sword" means having cut her own hair with a well-sharpened sword. "Having closed the mansion" means having closed the royal bedchamber in her own dwelling mansion, having shut its door - this is the meaning. "She attained the first meditative absorption" means having placed before her the hair cut with the sword, applying attention to repulsiveness therein, when the sign had duly appeared, having brought the arisen first meditative absorption to mastery, she attained it.

That Sumedhā had attained meditative absorption there in the mansion - this is the intention. "She well develops the perception of impermanence" means having risen from meditative absorption, having made the meditative absorption the foundation, having established insight, she well develops the observation of impermanence by the method beginning with "whatever materiality." It should be understood that by the inclusion of the perception of impermanence alone, the inclusion of the perception of suffering and so on is also made here.

"With limbs adorned with gems and gold" means with body decorated with gem-studded golden garland ornaments.

"In the kingdom, command" and so on is an illustration of the manner of his entreaty. Therein, "command" means lordship. "Sovereignty" means fame and the achievement of resources. "Wealth and happiness" means desirable and agreeable enjoyment of sensual pleasures. "You are young" means you are now young, a maiden.

"The kingdom has been handed over to you" means my entire kingdom of three yojanas has been given up to you; having entered upon that, enjoy the wealth too. "This one invites me with sensual pleasures alone" - do not be unhappy. "Give gifts" means carry on great gifts to ascetics and brahmins according to your liking. Your mother and father are distressed, having reached displeasure, having heard your intention to go forth; therefore, while enjoying sensual pleasures. "They too are present; release their minds from suffering" - thus here the word-meaning construction should be understood.

"Do not delight in sensual pleasures" means do not delight in objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures. But rather, see the danger, the fault, in those sensual pleasures in accordance with my words; look with the eye of knowledge.

"Ruler of the four continents" means lord of the four great continents beginning with Jambudīpa. "Mandhātā" means a king of that name; he was the foremost, the chief, among those who enjoy sensual pleasures. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Rāhu is the foremost among those possessing a physical form, Mandhātā among those who enjoy sensual pleasures." "Unsatisfied he died" means for eighty-four thousand years by way of boyish amusements, for eighty-four thousand years by way of viceroyalty, for eighty-four thousand years having become a wheel-turning monarch, having enjoyed wealth similar to divine wealth, having experienced heavenly success in the Tāvatiṃsa realm for the life-span duration of thirty-six Sakkas, even so he died still unsatisfied with sensual pleasures. "And his desire was not fulfilled" means the hope of that King Mandhātā regarding sensual pleasures was not complete.

"Even if the seven treasures were to rain" means even if the seven treasures, the rain-cloud spreading over the ten directions, from all sides, all around, were to rain according to a man's preference, just as in the case of the Great King Mandhātā, even so there is no satisfaction in sensual pleasures; men die unsatisfied. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Not by a rain of coins is satisfaction in sensual pleasures found."

Sensual pleasures are like a butcher's block in the sense of cutting, like a snake's head in the sense of being fearful, like a torch, like a grass torch, in the sense of burning. Therefore it is said "they burn." Resembling a skeleton in the sense of having little gratification.

"Of great poison" means similar to great poisons such as halāhala. "Root of misery" means the root, the cause, of misery, of suffering. Therefore it is said "with suffering as their fruit."

Like tree fruits in the sense of breaking the limbs and minor limbs. The simile of a piece of meat is in the sense of being shared by many. Like a dream in the sense of manifesting only briefly, because of enticing like an illusion. Therefore it is said "deceptive," meaning deceitful - this is the meaning. "Like borrowed goods" means similar to borrowed articles in the sense of being temporary.

The simile of a stake of spears is in the sense of piercing through. A disease in the sense of afflicting, because suffering is easily obtained. A boil because of the oozing of the impurity of mental defilements. Misery in the sense of producing suffering. Trouble by leading to death. Like a pit of embers in the sense of greatly scorching. Because of being a cause of fear and because of the abundance of murderers, they are called fear and murder - sensual pleasures, this is the explanation.

"Declared as forming impediments" means "obstructing the attainment of the heavenly path and the path leading to Nibbāna" - thus spoken by the Buddhas and others who are possessors of right understanding. "Go" means she dismisses Anikaratta together with his following.

"What will another do for me" means what indeed of benefit will another, a different person, do for me when one's own head, the highest part, is burning with the eleven fires. Therefore she said "when ageing and death are pursuing." For the destruction, for the uprooting of that ageing and death, that burning of the head, one must strive, one must endeavour.

"Chamā" means on the ground. "I said this" means I spoke this utterance beginning with "Long is the wandering in the round of rebirths for the foolish," which leads to a sense of urgency.

"Long is the wandering in the round of rebirths for the foolish" means the round of rebirths, reckoned as the successive occurrence of the aggregates, sense bases, and so on, which constitute the round of mental defilements, action, and result, is long for the blindly foolish whose basis has not been fully understood - not to be delimited even by the knowledge of a Buddha. For just as, because of the uninterruptedness of ignorance and craving, the first point of the continuity of existence is not discerned due to its very unlimitedness, so too the latter point. "And for those weeping again and again" means of those weeping again and again on account of sorrow. By this too she makes clear the very uninterruptedness of their ignorance and craving.

"Tears, mother's milk, blood" means the tears of those weeping who are afflicted by the disaster of relatives and so on, and the mother's milk drunk from the mother's breast during childhood, and the blood of those slain by enemies. "The round of rebirths without discernible beginning" - following the round of rebirths, because of its unknowable end, even having followed with knowledge, because of its unknowable end, because of its undiscovered end, during this long period of time, of beings who have transmigrated, who have wandered again and again, remember the transmigrating; recollect that as "how much"; remember, recollect the accumulation of bones; reflect upon it - this is the meaning.

Now, in order to show the abundance of the danger by means of a simile, she spoke the verse "remember the four oceans." Therein, "remember the four oceans, brought as comparison for tears, mother's milk, and blood" means remember, recollect the four oceans, the four great oceans, brought by the Buddhas by way of comparison, to be compared in measure with the tears, mother's milk, and blood of each and every one of these beings transmigrating in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning. "The accumulation of bones of one cosmic cycle, equal to Vipula" means remember the accumulation of bones of one person in one cosmic cycle, brought as equal to Mount Vepulla. And this too was said of them -

"For one person in one cosmic cycle, the accumulation of bones;

Would be a heap equal to a mountain, thus was said by the great sage.

"And this great Vepulla mountain has been declared;

To the north of the Vulture's Peak, in the Giribbaja of the Magadhans."

The earth of the Indian subcontinent brought forth. "As pills the size of jujube seeds, mothers of mothers alone would not suffice" means having made the great earth reckoned as the Indian subcontinent into pills the size of jujube seeds, the size of jujube stones, and when distributing each one thus: "This is for my mother, this is for my mother's mother," those pills would not suffice for the mothers of mothers alone; while the mothers of mothers remain unexhausted, those limited pills would go to utter elimination and exhaustion, but not the mothers of a mother of a being transmigrating in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning. Thus reflect upon the earth of the Indian subcontinent brought forth by way of simile because of the long nature of the round of rebirths.

"Grass, sticks, branches and leaves" means grass and sticks and branches and leaves. "Brought" means brought by way of comparison. "From without discernible beginning" means because of the state of the round of rebirths being without discernible beginning. "Four-finger-length pieces" means pieces measuring four finger-breadths. "Fathers of fathers alone would not suffice" means those pieces would not suffice even for the fathers and grandfathers alone. This is what is meant - If all the grass and sticks and branches and leaves in this world were made into four-finger-length pieces and each one were distributed thus: "This is for my father, this is for my grandfather," those pieces alone would go to utter elimination and exhaustion, but not the fathers and grandfathers of a being transmigrating in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning. Thus remember the grass and sticks and branches and leaves brought as comparison by the long nature of the round of rebirths. But in this instance -

"This wandering in the round of rebirths, monks, is without discernible beginning, a first point is not discerned of beings hindered by ignorance, fettered by craving, transmigrating and wandering in the round of rebirths. What do you think, monks, which is more, the tears that have flowed and trickled down while you were transmigrating and wandering in the round of rebirths during this long period of time, crying aloud and weeping due to association with the disagreeable and separation from the agreeable, or the water in the four great oceans?" and so on - The "Anamatagga Pāḷi" should be brought in.

"Remember the blind turtle" means recollect the turtle blind in both eyes. "In the eastern ocean and the yoke-hole from the west" means the single hole of a yoke drifting about by the force of the wind in the eastern ocean and from the west in the western, northern, and southern oceans. "And its head inserted into it" means remember the head of the blind turtle and the insertion of the head into the yoke-hole of one who raises its neck by the elapse of every hundred years. "The simile for obtaining human birth" means remember all this with wisdom, having made it a simile for obtaining human existence, just as in the teachings on the arising of Buddhas, because of its exceedingly rare nature and because of the surpassing nature even of the fear of attachment. For this was said: "Just as, monks, a man might throw a yoke with a single hole into the great ocean" and so on.

"Remember the materiality like a lump of foam" means remember the materiality - impure, foul-smelling, loathsome and repulsive in nature - of the body, which is termed a mass, which is like a lump of foam because of being unable to withstand crushing, which is a coming together of many harmful things, and which is without substance because of being devoid of permanent substance and so on. "See the aggregates as impermanent" means see even the five aggregates of clinging as impermanent in the sense of non-existence after having been; look with the eye of knowledge. "Remember the hells with much vexation" means recollect the eight great hells and the sixteen subsidiary hells with much vexation, much suffering, and great suffering.

"Remember those increasing the cemetery" means recollect the beings who, again and again in those various births, through successive arising again and again, increase the cemetery, the charnel ground, the cremation ground itself. Or the reading is "increasing"; the explanation is: you increasing. "Crocodile dangers" means the dangers of gluttony, by way of doing what should not be done for the purpose of feeding the belly. For it was said: "Danger of crocodiles, monks, is a designation for gluttony." "Remember the four truths" means "This is the noble truth of suffering, etc. this is the noble truth of the practice leading to the cessation of suffering" - recollect and reflect upon the four noble truths as they really are.

Thus the king's daughter, having made known the danger in sensual pleasures and in the round of rebirths by way of recollection in various ways, now, to make that known also by way of contrast, said beginning with "when the Deathless exists." Therein, "when the Deathless exists" means when the nectar of the Good Teaching, brought by the Perfectly Self-awakened One through great compassion, is obtainable. "What use to you is the five-fold bitter drink" means what use to you is the five-fold bitter, the flavour of the five types of sensual pleasure, when drunk - since in all five instances, namely quest, possession, safeguarding, enjoyment, and result, because of being followed by sharper suffering, because of being accompanied by vexation, because of being accompanied by anguish? Now, making the very meaning already stated more obvious, she said - "For all sensual delights are more bitter than the five-fold bitter" - the meaning is exceedingly more bitter.

"Which are fevers" means which sensual pleasures, just now with the fever of mental defilements and in the future with the fever of results, are with fever and of great vexation. "Blazing, boiling, agitating, and tormenting" means having blazed up and boiled with the eleven fires, they are agitating and tormenting to those possessed of them.

"In the state without enmity" means in renunciation which is devoid of enmity. "Existing" means being present, existing. Having said "having many enemies," in order to show by which there are many enemies, "kings, fire" and so on was stated. Because sensual pleasures are common to kings and fire and thieves and water and unloved heirs and so on, the simile was stated with reference to those very things - kings, fire, thieves, water, and the unloved.

"In which there is murder and bondage" means in which sensual pleasures, on account of sensual pleasures, there is the affliction of death, beating and so on, and the bondage of chains and fetters and so on - this is the meaning. "In sensual pleasures" and so on is the making obvious of the very meaning stated. Therein, "hi" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of cause. Because in sensual pleasures, because of sensual pleasures, these beings experience and undergo the sufferings of murder and bondage, therefore she said - "Asakāmā" means sensual pleasures by name are unwholesome, inferior, and low - this is the meaning. "Ahakāmā" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. For "aha" is a synonym for low, as in such passages as "ahalokitthiyo nāmā" and so on.

"Ablaze" means blazing. "A grass torch" means a torch made of grass. "They burn those who do not release them" means whatever beings do not release those sensual pleasures, but rather grasp them, they indeed burn them, they consume them both now and in the future.

"Do not for the sake of little" means do not give up, do not abandon the abundant, lofty, sublime, and supramundane happiness for the sake of sensual happiness which is small, similar to the taste of a flower. "Do not, like a broad-scaled fish, having swallowed a hook" means like a fish named "broad-scaled" which, having swallowed a hook through greed for bait, reaches disaster, do not, without relinquishing sensual pleasures, afterwards suffer vexation, afterwards incur distress.

"Like a dog bound by a chain" means just as a dog bound by a leash, tied to a post by the leash-binding, unable to go elsewhere, wanders about right there, so you, bound by sensual craving - now surely, even if in sensual pleasures, at least tame yourself, tame the faculties. "Sensual pleasures will do to you what hungry outcasts do to a dog" - "khu" is merely a particle. But those sensual pleasures will do to you just as outcasts, internally hungry, having obtained a dog, bring it to calamity and disaster - this is the meaning.

"And unlimited suffering" means immeasurable, impossible to define as "this much," bodily suffering in hell and so on. "And many mental displeasures" means many, numerous displeasures and mental sufferings arising in the mind. "You will experience" means you will undergo. "Attached to sensual pleasures" means yoked to sensual pleasures, not relinquishing them. "Give up the unstable sensual pleasures" means depart from, go away from sensual pleasures which are unstable and impermanent - this is the meaning.

"Seized by ageing, death, and illness, all births everywhere" means since births, distinguished by the classification of inferior and so on, everywhere in existences and so on, are seized by ageing, death, and illness, and are not freed from them, therefore, when the ageless Nibbāna exists, what use to you are sensual pleasures which are not freed from ageing and so on - this is the explanation.

Having thus made known the danger in sensual pleasures and existences by way of showing the virtues of Nibbāna, now making known the very virtues of Nibbāna that have been produced, she spoke two verses beginning with "This is the ageless." Therein, "this is the ageless" means this one alone is ageless because of the absence of ageing in itself and because of being the cause of the absence of ageing for one who has attained it. "This is the deathless" - here too the same method applies. "This is the ageless and deathless" - she speaks combining both of those together by way of praise. "State" means the state to be gone forth into and to be practised by those wishing to be freed from the suffering of the round of rebirths. Sorrowless because of the absence of the causes of sorrow and because of the absence of sorrow. Without enmity because of the absence of states that produce enmity. Without confinement because of the absence of the confinement of mental defilements. Without stumbling because of the absence of misconduct reckoned as stumbling. Without fear because of the complete absence of the fears of self-reproach and so on and the fear of the round of rebirths. Without distress because of the absence of the distress of suffering and of mental defilements as well. All this she says with reference to the great deathless Nibbāna alone. For she, presenting it to herself by way of an aspect established through oral tradition and so on, as if showing it to them directly, said "this."

"This has been attained by many, the Deathless" means this Deathless, Nibbāna, has been attained by many, by infinite and immeasurable noble ones such as the Buddha and others, known, made evident to oneself. She speaks not only with reference to what has been attained by them, but indeed even today it can be obtained, even now it can be attained, it is possible to attain. "By whom can it be obtained?" she said "one who wisely applies oneself." Whatever person, wisely, by means of the method, standing firm in the exhortation given by the Teacher, engages and makes right effort - by that person it can be obtained. This is the explanation. "But it is not possible for one not striving" means whoever does not wisely apply oneself, by that one not striving it is not possible; it is simply never possible to obtain - this is the meaning.

"Thus speaks Sumedhā" means in the way above explained, the princess Sumedhā speaks a talk on the Teaching that illuminates her own sense of urgency regarding the round of rebirths and is conducive to penetration regarding sensual pleasures. "Not finding delight in what is subject to activities" means not finding contentment even in the slightest occurrence of activities. "Persuading Anikaratta" means persuading King Anikaratta. "And threw her hair on the ground" means she threw, cast away, on the ground the hair cut by her own sword.

"He requested her father" means that Anikaratta requested her, Sumedhā's, father, King Koñca. What does he request? She said "Give up Sumedhā, to go forth, may she see the truth of deliverance." Give up the princess Sumedhā to go forth, and having gone forth, may she see the truth of deliverance, may she become one who sees Nibbāna without distortion - this is the meaning.

"Frightened by sorrow and fear" means frightened by the cause of separation from relatives and so on, and by all the fear of the round of rebirths, alarmed by the superiority of knowledge. "As a female trainee" means while being a female trainee, the six direct knowledges were realized; from that very fact the highest fruition, arahantship, was realized.

"Wonderful and marvellous was that Nibbāna of the princess" means for the king's daughter Sumedhā, the final extinguishment of the mental defilements was wonderful and marvellous. If one asks how the accomplishment of the six direct knowledges is spoken of - "her past life conduct, as she declared at the final time" means at the final time of the extinguishment of the aggregates, her conduct included in her past lives, as she declared it, so should that be known.

But in order to show her past lives as declared by her, "in the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana" and so on was stated. Therein, "in the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana" means when the perfectly Self-awakened One Koṇāgamana had arisen in the world. "In a newly established monastery for the Community" means in a park newly established for the Community. "We three friends, women, gave the gift of a dwelling" means Dhanañjānī, Khemā, and I - we three friends gave the gift of a dwelling, a park, to the Community.

"Ten times, a hundred times" means by the power of that gift of a dwelling, we were reborn among the gods on ten occasions; then having been reborn among human beings, again a hundred times we were reborn among the gods; from there too having been reborn among human beings, again a thousand times we were reborn among the gods; from there too having been reborn among human beings, again ten thousand times we were reborn among the gods - what then to say of among human beings. Thus, regarding the occasions of being reborn among human beings, there is not even any discussion; the meaning is we were reborn many thousands of times.

"Among the gods we were of great supernormal power" means at the time of being reborn among the gods, in each and every order of gods, we were of great supernormal power and great majesty. "What then to say of in the human realm" means regarding the obtaining of human existence, there is not even any discussion of the state of great supernormal power. Now, showing that very excellence and state of great supernormal power in the state of human existence, she said "I was the chief queen of one with the seven treasures, I was the woman treasure." Therein, the seven treasures beginning with the wheel treasure belong to him - thus "one with the seven treasures," a wheel-turning monarch; of that one with the seven treasures. Free from the six faults, possessing the five beauties, having surpassed human beauty, having reached but not attained divine beauty - by the endowment of such and other qualities, I was a jewel among women.

"That is the cause" means that gift of a dwelling to the Community made in the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana - that is the cause of the aforesaid celestial success as well. "That is the production, that is the root" is a synonym for that very same thing. "That same is the acceptance in the Dispensation" means that very same is the acquiescence through pondering in the Teacher's instruction, in the Teaching, here. "That is the first combination" means that very same is the first combination, the first meeting with the Teaching of the Teacher's instruction; that very same, for one delighted in the Teaching of the Teacher's instruction, at the final goal is Nibbāna - she speaks of the cause by a figurative usage of the result. But these four verses, because they proceeded by way of elucidation of the elder nun's life history, were placed in the classification in the Apadāna text as well.

In the concluding verse, "thus do" means just as what was done and practised by me in former existences and at present, so others too do and practise. Who do thus? She said - "Those who believe the word of the one of superior wisdom" means whatever persons believe the word of the Perfectly Self-awakened One whose wisdom is complete through having knowledge that reaches the limit of what is knowable, accepting "so it is," they thus do and practise. Now, in order to show that by the practice that has reached excellence, "they become disenchanted with existence, and having become disenchanted, they become dispassionate" was said. Its meaning is - Those who believe the word of the Blessed One as it really is, proceeding along the practice of purification, become disenchanted through insight wisdom with all activities of the three planes that constitute existence; and having become disenchanted, they become dispassionate in every respect through the noble path, and are liberated from all existence - this is the meaning. When the noble path of dispassion is attained, they are indeed liberated.

Thus these elder nuns and others, ending with Sumedhā, have been brought together here into one collection by way of similar verses, "seventy-three in number." But by recitation sections, the elder nuns and verses are approximately six hundred and two more. They are all of one kind just as by being female disciples of the Perfectly Self-awakened One, so too by the state of being beyond training, by having the cross-bar lifted, by having the surrounding moat filled, by having the pillar pulled out, by being unbolted, by having the burden laid down, by being unbound, and by having dwelt the dwelling in the ten noble dwellings; for thus they have abandoned the five factors, are possessed of the six factors, have one safeguard, have four supports, have dismissed individual truths, have completely abandoned the search, have undisturbed thought, have calmed bodily activities, have a well-liberated mind, and have well-liberated wisdom - thus they are of one kind by such a method and so on.

They are twofold by the distinction of face-to-face and not-face-to-face. For those who were born with a noble birth during the time the Teacher was still living, such as Mahāpajāpati Gotamī and others, they are called face-to-face disciples. But those who attained distinction after the Blessed One's extinguishment of the aggregates, they, even though the Teacher's Teaching-body is evident, because of the Teacher's physical body not being evident, are called not-face-to-face disciples. Likewise by way of liberation on both sides and liberation by wisdom. But those who have come in the canonical text here are liberated on both sides only. Likewise by the distinction of those with a life history and those without a life history. For those for whom there exists a life history reckoned as the state of having formed aspirations by way of meritorious activity in the presence of former Perfectly Self-awakened Ones, Individually Enlightened Ones, or Enlightened Noble Disciples, they are those with a life history. Those for whom that does not exist, they are those without a life history. Likewise they are twofold: those who obtained full ordination from the Teacher and those who obtained full ordination from the Community. Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, who obtained full ordination through the acceptance of the rules of respect, because she obtained full ordination from the Teacher's own presence, is called one who obtained full ordination from the Teacher. All the rest obtained full ordination from the Community. They too are twofold: those ordained unilaterally and those ordained bilaterally. Therein, those five hundred Sakyan women who went forth together with Mahāpajāpati Gotamī, they were ordained unilaterally, because they obtained full ordination from the community of monks only, setting aside Mahāpajāpati Gotamī. The others were ordained bilaterally, because of full ordination in both communities.

Like the "come, monk" pair, the "come, nun" pair is not found here. Why? Because of the absence of such full ordination for nuns. If so, that which was said in the Therīgāthā by Subhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā -

Having placed my knees down and paid homage, I made a salutation with joined palms in his presence;

'Come, Bhadda,' he said to me, that was my full ordination."

Likewise in the Apadāna too -

"Having been requested, the Leader then said, 'Come, dear lady';

Then I became fully ordained, I saw a small amount of water."

How is that explained? This was not said with reference to full ordination by way of the "come nun" status. But it was said "That command of the Teacher, which was the cause of my full ordination, was my full ordination."

For thus it was said in the commentary: "He said to me and commanded, 'Come, dear lady, having gone to the nuns' quarters, go forth and receive full ordination in the presence of the nuns.' That command of the Teacher, because of being the cause of my full ordination, was my full ordination." It should be seen that by this very means the meaning of the Apadāna verse too is explained.

Even so, how is this "come nun" stated in the Bhikkhunī Vibhaṅga? It is a statement illuminating the non-intrinsic nature of the full ordination of nuns by way of the "come nun" status, because of the absence of such full ordination for nuns. If so, how was the analytic explanation "come nun" made in the Vibhaṅga? By way of having fallen into the stream of the method of teaching. For this falling into the stream is such that even what is obtainable somewhere is not brought in.

Just as in the Abhidhamma, in the analytic explanation of the mind-element, although the jhāna factor is obtainable, it was not taken up because of having fallen into the stream of the five sense consciousnesses, since it is not possible in any teaching. Just as the heart-organ in the analytic explanation of the sense-base right there, by way of including even what is not obtainable somewhere. Likewise in the analytic explanation of one who stabilises the cosmic cycle. As he said -

"And what person is one who stabilises the cosmic cycle? If this person were practising for the realisation of the fruition of stream-entry, and it were the time for the cosmic cycle to be burnt up, the cosmic cycle would indeed not be burnt up until this person realises the fruition of stream-entry."

Thus here too it should be understood by way of including what is not obtainable; for this is a hypothetical statement - if the Blessed One were to say "come, nun" to any woman suitable for the status of a nun, even so the status of a nun might be. But why did the Blessed One not speak thus? Because of the absence of those who had made such aspirations. But those who, having stated the reason "because of not being near and present," say "monks indeed are ones who walk near the Teacher, always present, therefore they deserve to be told 'come, monk,' not nuns" - that is merely their opinion. Because the state of being near or far from the Teacher is not established as the state of being capable or incapable. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"Even if, monks, a monk were to follow behind, holding the corner of the double robe, stepping foot upon foot, and yet he is covetous, with intense lust for sensual pleasures, with a corrupted mind, with evil mental intentions, unmindful, not fully aware, unconcentrated, with a wandering mind, with uncontrolled faculties; then he is far from me, and I from him. What is the reason for this? For that monk, monks, does not see the Teaching. Not seeing the Teaching, he does not see me.

"Even if, monks, that monk were to dwell a hundred yojanas away. And yet he is non-covetous, without intense lust for sensual pleasures, with an uncorrupted mind, with non-evil mental intentions, mindful, fully aware, concentrated, with fully focused mind, with controlled faculties; then he is near to me, and I to him. What is the reason for this? For that monk, monks, sees the Teaching. Seeing the Teaching, he sees me."

Therefore, nearness to or distance from the Teacher in terms of place is not the reason. But because of not having formed a resolution, there is the unsuitability of nuns for that. Therefore it was said - "The 'come, nun' pair is not found here." Thus they are twofold.

Chief female disciples, great female disciples, and ordinary female disciples - thus they are threefold. Therein, Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā - these two elder nuns are called chief female disciples. Granted that all elder nuns who have eliminated the mental corruptions, accomplishing purification of morality and so on, with minds well established in the four establishments of mindfulness, having developed the seven factors of enlightenment as they really are, having exhausted the mental defilements without remainder by the succession of paths, become established in the highest fruition. Nevertheless, just as the distinction in the preliminary stage of development between one liberated by faith and one attained to right view, and between one liberated by wisdom and one liberated in both ways, is a desired distinction accomplished through the preliminary development, so because of the production of a surpassing distinction of qualities in one's own continuity through the greatness of resolution and the greatness of former exertion, they are great among female disciples through virtues such as morality and so on - thus they are great female disciples. But among those very qualities conducive to enlightenment, through right practice that was the cause for the production of the surpassing function and power of right view and right concentration - which are the bearers of the charge by being foremost - a right practice brought about by the corresponding resolution, carefully, continuously, for a long time, through the attainment of the highest perfection in wisdom and concentration respectively in succession, because of standing in the foremost state among all virtues with distinction, those two also are called chief female disciples. But Mahāpajāpati Gotamī and others, by virtue of the distinction of qualities obtained through the greatness of resolution and the greatness of former exertion, being great female disciples - thus they are called great female disciples. The other elder nuns such as Tissā, Vīrā, Dhīrā, and so on, because of the absence of greatness of resolution and so on, are called ordinary female disciples. But they, unlike the chief female disciples and unlike the great female disciples, are not limited in number; rather, they should be understood as many hundreds and many thousands. Thus they are threefold by the classification beginning with chief female disciples. Likewise, they are threefold by the classification beginning with the deliverance through emptiness.

Fourfold by the classification beginning with practice. Fivefold by the classification of predominant faculty. Likewise, fivefold by the classification beginning with mode of practice. Sixfold by way of liberation through the signless and so on. Sevenfold by the classification of disposition. Eightfold by the classification beginning with the charge and practice. Ninefold and tenfold by the classification of liberation. Now these, when divided by the aforesaid classification of charge, become twenty; when divided by the classification of practice, they become forty. Again, when divided by the classification of practice and the classification of charge, they become eighty. Or alternatively, when divided by the classification beginning with deliverance through emptiness, they become two hundred and forty. Again, when divided by the classification of predominant faculty, they become one thousand two hundred. Thus the manifold diversity of these elder nuns should be understood by virtue of their own qualities alone. This is the summary here; the detail, however, should be understood by the method already stated below in the commentary on the Theragāthā.

The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nun Sumedhā is concluded.

The commentary on the Great Chapter is concluded.

Concluding Verses

And to this extent -

"Those who are accomplished in the Good Teaching, of the King of the Dhamma, the Teacher;

Legitimate, mouth-born sons, heirs, created by the Teaching.

"Accomplished in virtues beginning with morality, having done what was to be done, without mental corruptions;

The elders beginning with Subhūti, the elder nuns beginning with Therikā and others.

"The verses that were spoken by them, by way of declaration of the final liberating knowledge and so on;

Having gathered all those together, the great elders placed them into the classification as 'Verses of the Elder Monks'

"And as 'Verses of the Elder Nuns,' such ones;

In order to make known the meaning of those, in dependence on the method of the ancient commentary,

"The exposition of the meaning that was undertaken by me;

That which therein is the elucidation of ultimate realities, in each case as is fitting,

"Is by name called the Paramatthadīpanī;

It has reached accomplishment, with unconfused judgment;

Measuring ninety-two recitation sections of the Pāḷi.

"Thus, by one who has composed that, whatever merit has been attained by me;

By the power of that, may the Dispensation of the Protector of the World,

"Having been plunged into through the purified practice beginning with morality;

May all embodied beings become partakers of the flavour of liberation.

"May the Dispensation of the perfectly Self-awakened One long endure in the world;

May all living beings always be respectful towards it.

"May the god who is lord of the earth rain properly in due season;

Delighting in the Good Teaching, may he govern the world by the Teaching alone."

By the Elder Teacher Dhammapāla, dwelling at the Badaratittha Monastery

Completed.

the exposition of the meaning of the Therīgāthā is concluded.

The commentary on the Therīgāthā is completed.

×

Error: Contact form not found.

×

Add notes for personal use